Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit D08-089 - WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER MALL - CLARKS - TENANT IMPROVEMENT466 SOUTHCENTER MALL a CLARKS D08 -089 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY This certificate is issued pursuant to the requirements of Section 110.2 of the 2006 edition of the International Building Code. At the time of issuance, this structure or portion thereof has been inspected for compliance with the requirements of this code for the occupancy and division of occupancy and the use for which the proposed occupancy is classified. Building Permit No.: D08 -089 Occupant /Tenant: CLARKS Building Address: 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL, SUITE NO. Parcel No.: 6364200010 Property Owner: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT PO BOX 130940 , CARLSBAD CA 92013 Use: RETAIL Occupancy Group /Division: M Type of Construction: II -B Automatic Sprinkler System: Provided: Y Required: Y Design Occupant Load: 48 AIL .- 41 Alf 1.4 40.../AL...-SesatAT aZel 2{,1228 BUILDING OFFICIAL DATE Lj THIS CERTIFICATE TO BE CONSPICUOUSLY POSTED ON THE PREMISES Parcel No.: 6364200010 Address: 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Suite No: Tenant: Name: CLARKS Address: 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL , TUKWILA WA Owner: Name: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT Address: PO BOX 130940 , CARLSBAD CA 92013 Phone: Contact Person: Name: DAVID A LEVEY Address: 345 SPRINGSIDE DR , AKRON OH 44333 Phone: 330 666 -6767 Citylf Tukwila B Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Contractor: Name: SCOTT THOMAS CONSTRUCTION INC Address: 201 PACKETS COURT , WILLIAMSBURG VA 23185 Phone: (804)564 -3455 Contractor License No: SCOTTTC077KF DESCRIPTION OF WORK: TENANT IMPROVEMENT doc: IBC -10/06 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT * *continued on next page ** Permit Number: D08 -089 Issue Date: 06/09/2008 Permit Expires On: 12/06/2008 Expiration Date: 06/19/2009 Value of Construction: $185,000.00 Fees Collected: $3,169.80 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS /AFA International Building Code Edition: 2006 Type of Construction: IIB Occupancy per IBC: 019 D08 -089 Printed: 06-09 -2008 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N City o,Tukwila • Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Fire Loop Hydrant: N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Flood Control Zone: Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: Permit Center Authorized Signature: Signature: N Print Name: rry c $- Permit Number: D08 - 089 Issue Date: 06/09/2008 Permit Expires On: 12/06/2008 Date: Date: ("4(6 I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit. �'-- -029 This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. doc: IBC -10/06 D08 -089 Printed: 06-09 -2008 • City of Tukwila Parcel No.: 6364200010 Address: 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUICW Suite No: Tenant: CLARKS 1: * * *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us PERMIT CONDITIONS Permit Number: D08 -089 Status: ISSUED Applied Date: 02/19/2008 Issue Date: 06/09/2008 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. 7: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 8: Fire retardant treated wood shall have a flame spread of not greater than 25. All materials shall bear identification showing the fire performance rating thereof. Such identification shall be issued by an approved agency having a service for inspection at the factory. 9: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. 10: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 11: A Certificate of Occupancy shall be issued for this building upon final inspection approval by Tukwila building inspector. 12: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the Cityof Tukwila Permit Center. 13: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 14: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -089 Printed: 06 -09 -2008 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us O Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 15: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 16: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 17: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 18: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 19: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 20: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 21: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4) 22: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 23: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 24: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 25: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 26: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 27: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I ", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 nun). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -089 Printed: 06 -09 -2008 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 28: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 29: Means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. The means of egress illumination level shall not be less than 1 foot -candle (11 lux) at the floor level. The power supply for the means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premise's electrical supply. In event of a power failure an emergency power system shall provide power for a duration of not less than 90 minutes and shall consist of storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 30: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 31: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinlder heads. (IFC 901.4) 32: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13- 8.6.5.3.3) 33: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinlder systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers Kemper or any other representative designated and/or recognized by the City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #2050) 34: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2051. 35: Local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #2051) 36: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2051) 37: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2051) (IFC 104.2) 38: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206- 431 -3670) is required for this project. 39: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 40: New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers or alphabet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7mm). (IFC 505.1) 41: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -089 Printed: 06 -09 -2008 • e City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 42: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2050 and #2051) 43: This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. 44: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 45: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. * *continued on next page ** doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -089 Printed: 06-09 -2008 i City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. Signature: Print Name: doc: Cond -10/06 Date: v - 9 � D08 -089 Printed: 06 -09 -2008 CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 hup:G www.ci.cud u i /u. tiro. us Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** SITE LOCATION Site Address:,.. Address:4101,0 r (\ \\ Tenant Name: a ark — ,� \� 11 \\ Property Owners Name: \N eZ\ � _ �1A Mailing Address:1110CA W \ \�11�e. �J��/G� , \\\-\-% "V.\cr CONTACT PERSON - who do we contact when your permit is ready to be Name: TI11 ' N. ■ �+ Mailing Address: 11 -IX' �+ l • E -Mail Address: t° ! e cl Gz-- lei c1 Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Contractor Registration Number: 10- -► • • • Company Name: 11 Mailing Address: �r ‘( ,QQ_ _2(' Contact Person I 1 rD E -Mail Address: AAff. ■l a te. 0.1` °l-� CO — Building Permit No. Mechanical Permit No. City GENERAL CONTRA TOR INFORMATION - (Contractor Information for Mechanical (pg 4) for Plumbing and Gas Piping (pg 5)) l be. dieke ` Company Name: Mailing Address: City State Zip Day Telephone: Fax Number: Expiration Date: ARCHITECT OF RECORD - All plans must be wet stamped by Architect of Record ENGINEER OF REC UKll - All plans must be wet stamped by Engineer of Record Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Q: \Applications \Forts- Applications On Lme0-2006 - Permit Apphcation.doe Revised: 0 -2006 bh tV poi)- i{ Plumbing/Gas Permit No. em - ,1 Public Works Permit No. Project No. fTh� (For office use only) King Co Assessor's Tax No.:6' Z °' LCII Suite Number;.. Floor: / New Tenant: +[' Yes ❑ ..No CA Statc Zip DayTelephonefTh CzleLp In \ ( 4 rl�n Q -1 4433 City State Zip Fax Number: (4 Ce . Alhraf c l 44333 City State Zip Day Telephone: (o�� a Fax Number: (.L�( p ' p 3 S4 Company Name: Mailing Address: City State Zip Day Telephone: Fax Number: Page I of 6 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION - 206 -431 -3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ regD 1 C Existing Building Valuation: $ Scope of Work (please provide detailed information : Will there be new rack storage? [] Yes ❑.. No if yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes /r No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION /HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Spri nklers Qr Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes [r No If "yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" .1 I I " paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM El On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Q:\Applicatinns \Fomu- Appbcauons On Line9 -2006 - Permit Application doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Palle 2 of Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC 1 Floor 2:3 O0 ` t ' , t ^ ,Y 2' Floor 3`" Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage .Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION - 206 -431 -3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ regD 1 C Existing Building Valuation: $ Scope of Work (please provide detailed information : Will there be new rack storage? [] Yes ❑.. No if yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes /r No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION /HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Spri nklers Qr Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes [r No If "yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" .1 I I " paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM El On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Q:\Applicatinns \Fomu- Appbcauons On Line9 -2006 - Permit Application doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Palle 2 of Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): r err \ Ale ro2..n" PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT INFORMATION — 206- 433 -0179 Sewer District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑ ...Sewer Use Certificate ❑ ...Total Cut ❑ ...Total Fill • Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑... Water District #125 ❑ ...Water Availability Provided ❑...ValVue ❑ .. Renton 0... Sewer Availability Provided Septic System: ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ❑ ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34 ") ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) ❑ ...Bond ❑ .. Insurance ❑ .. Easement(s) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ ...Right -of -way Use - No Disturbance ❑ ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right -of -way Non Right -of -way cubic yards cubic yards ❑ ...Sanitar Side Sewer ❑ ...Cap or Remove Utilities ❑ ...Frontage Improvements ❑ ...Traffic Control ❑ ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation Domestic Water ❑ ...Permanent Water Meter Size... ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size .. ❑ ...Water Only Meter Size ❑ ...Sewer Main Extension Public ❑ ...Water Main Extension Public Q:Applications \Fonns- Applications On Lmet3 -2006 - Permit A pplication.doc Revised 9 -2006 bh Call before you Dig: 1-800-424-5555 ❑ .. Abandon Septic Tank ❑ .. Curb Cut ❑ .. Pavement Cut ❑ .. Looped Fire Line WO # WO # WO # Private Private ❑ .. Highline ❑ .. Geotechnical Report ❑ .. Maintenance Agreement(s) ❑ .. Right -of -way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours ❑ .. Right -of -way Use — Potential Disturbance ❑ .. Work in Flood Zone ❑ .. Storm Drainage • ❑ .. Renton ❑ .. Seattle ❑ .. Grease Interceptor ❑ .. Channelization ❑ .. Trench Excavation ❑ .. Utility Undergrounding El ...Deduct Water Meter Size ❑ ...Traffic Impact Analysis ❑...Hold Harmless — (SAO) El ...Hold Harmless (ROW) FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) ❑ ...Water ❑ ...Sewer ❑ ...Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: City State Zip Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: Day Telephone: City State Zip Page 3 of 6 Unit Type: Qty Unit Type: Qty Unit Type: Qty Boiler /Compressor: Qty Furnace <100K BTU Air Handling Unit >10,000 CFM Fire Damper 0 -3 HP /100,000 BTU Furnace> I OOK BTU Evaporator Cooler Diffuser 3 -15 HP /500,000 BTU Floor Furnace Ventilation Fan Connected to Single Duct Thermostat 15 -30 HP /1,000,000 BTU Suspended/Wall/Floor Mounted Heater Ventilation System Wood/Gas Stove 30 -50 HP /1,750,000 BTU Appliance Vent Hood and Duct Emergency Generator 50+ HP /1,750,000 BTU Repair or Addition to Heat/Refrig /Cooling System Incinerator - Domestic Other Mechanical Equipment Air Handling Unit Vim/ <10,000 CFM 1 Incinerator Comm /Ind MECHANICAL PERMIT INFORMATION - 206 -431 -3670 • • MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION —To rn \Yl+a Company Name: Mailing Address: City State Zip Contact Person: Day Telephone: E -Mail Address: Fax Number: Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: Valuation of Mechanical work (contractor's bid price): $3S, Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): " n f rot p rb tl Earte. 4"' Use: Residential: Ncw .... ❑ Replacement .... ❑ Commercial: New ... Replacement .... ❑ Fuel Type: Electric Gas....❑ Other: Indicate type of mechanical work being installed and the quantity below: Q:\Applications \Forms - Applications On Lme0.2006 - Permit Apphcation.doc Revrsed: 9-2006 bh Page 4 of 6 Fixture Type: Qty Fixture Type: qty Fixture Type: Qty Fixture Type: Qty Bathtub or combination bath/shower Drinking fountain or water cooler (per head) Wash fountain Gas piping outlets Bidet Food -waste grinder, commercial Receptor, indirect waste Clothes washer, domestic Floor drain f Sinks Dental unit, cuspidor Shower, single head trap Urinals Dishwasher, domestic, with independent drain Lavatory ' Water Closet ' Building sewer or trailer park sewer Rain water system — per drain (inside building) Water heater and /or vent Additional medical gas inlets /outlets — six or more Industrial waste pretreatment interceptor, including its trap and vent, except for kitchen type grease interceptors Repair or alteration of water piping and /or water treating equipment Repair or alteration of drainage or vent piping Medical gas piping system serving one to five inlets /outlets for specific gas • • PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING PERMIT INFORMATION - 206 -431 -3670 PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING CONTRACTOR INFORMATION - To be_ r n t r Company Name: Mailing Address: City State Zip Contact Person: Day Telephone: E -Mail Address: Fax Number: Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: Valuation of Plumbing work (contractor's bid price): $ S p°(:" Valuation of Gas Piping work (contractor's bid price): $ Scope of Work (please provide detailed information ):(_n4 n �" T M v e VY1 uI� Building Use (per Int'l Building Code): Occupancy (per Int'l Building Code): 'Carr�\t„ Utility Purveyor: Water: Sewer: Indicate type of plumbing fixtures and/or gas piping outlets being installed and the quantity below: Q'ApplicauonsWorms- Applications On Lme\3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Page 5 of 6 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Applicable to all permits in this application Value of Construction in all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review -- Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. Building and Mechanical Permit The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each_ The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). Plumbing Permit The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not exceeding 180 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 103.4.3 Uniform Plumbing Code (current edition). i HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY Ti -TE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND T AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR TILTS PERMIT. BUILDi ER OR AUTHORIZE` � NT: Signature: 1 --`1__ Print Name-\/ i...e Mailing Address: T C" „ 7 *�" , Date Application Accepted: 024 t°t 1/01) Q:\Applicalions \Forms- Applications On L n '3 -2006 - Permit Apphcation.doc Revised. 9 -2006 bh Date Application Expires: 5t1 Date: 02 /DS /O$ Day Telephone:5 , L (o. (an tan AY,c�c, o* 4 333 City State Zip Staff initials: dl o........... Page 6 of 6 RECEIPT NO: R08 -02032 Initials: JEM User ID: 1165 Payee: SCOTT THOMAS CONSTRUCTION SET ID: 0304A SET TRANSACTIONS: Set Member Amount gliWaRTED3 1,848.75 EL08 -158 656.00 M08 -044 556.25 PG08 -047 68.00 TOTAL: 1,848.75 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Payment ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Check 157397 BUILDING - NONRES ELECTRICAL PERMIT - NONR MECHANICAL - NONRES PLAN CHECK - NONRES PLUMBING - NONRES STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE SET RECEIPT Description SET NAME: CLARKS TOTAL: Account Code 000/322.100 000.322.101.00.0 000.322.102.00.0 000/345.830 000.322.103.00.0 000/386.904 TOTAL: Payment Date: 06/09/2008 Total Payment: 3,129.00 Amount 3,129.00 3,129.00 Current Pmts 1,784.25 656.00 451.00 165.25 68.00 4.50 3,129.00 3421 06/09 0711 TOTAL 3129.00 Doc: RECSETS -06 RECEIPT NO: R08 -00458 Initials: JEM Payment Date: 02/19/2008 User ID: 1165 Payee: DAVID A LEVY & ASSOCIATES SET ID: S000000961 SET TRANSACTIONS: Set Member Amount • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /vww. ci. tukwila. wa. us 1,321.05 EL08 -1 8 164.00 M08 -044 7.50 PG08 -047 32.00 TOTAL: 1,524.55 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Payment Check 11959 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description BUILDING - NONRES ELECTRICAL PLAN - NONRES PLAN CHECK - NONRES SET RECEIPT TOTAL: • Total Payment: 1,524.55 SET NAME: Tmp set /Initialized Activities Amount 1,524.55 1,524.55 Account Code Current Pmts 000/322.100 97.75 000.345.832.00.0 164.00 000/345.830 1,262.80 TOTAL: 1,524.55 8790 02/19 9710 TOTAL 1524.55 Project: C Z p,? ZS Type of Inspection: j- A/14 L 1 v rgs Addy �' A i/ Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 2 2 - a v [a:m- p.m. Requester: Phone No 7 5 7 - 3 4 / . 5 - / 2 5 - 5 /y INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISIO N 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. ` IL (/y (206)431 -36 0 t2r , \ Approved per applicable codes. 0 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: P ori- „ -� (i.vi .) iA /r /A, / 0 f?( »','w5 $ 0.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. P rior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENTS: /,_ • de Type of Inspection et / at *b STBcA /d Date Called: Special Instructions: ih CO5 Ck- S ‘rlr 404 T 54.5 fd /'r5' T </k A ch Phone No: Project: A 1 i de Type of Inspection et / Address: 1 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 7 a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: r2 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION +�- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector: L r� jog - a n 'Date: 7 n$6°d REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be pal at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: ti Project: r�� r Type of Inspection�� Q / // / Address: ofiz Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: / l `, 7/ /e /4d Cn. Requester: Phone No: /3 INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit . CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 El Approved per applicable codes. Pod'- og� PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Izi Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 1. 4(4A A t / 1 L.1 /.4 2 led/. ?" 1 i te a sited Inspector: 'Date: 7 i / a El $60. EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be pai 9 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: • ti Project: c ka l 5 Type of Inspection:!, /Os a ►YI Address: $46 tit C to ifi Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: / a.m. 7b7/4f p.m. Requester: Phone No: I 771 — - 74-2-1 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 DoSlc acq PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 6 kpproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: Date: 7 /17 /Dc 0$58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQI IRED. Prior o inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: ti 4 d•7e�gn5.sPPee� ,. rS t w"n4ea�. r4.:. ea SS V_ :e 2' _.w:i- .•••— �ynl�re 1r febh tiios&a'..4 Project: C /,Ls Type of Inspection: 54 eel/ Address: Date Called: Special Instructions: f . Date Wanted: 7A/6 2 Q Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION RECORD D02-6 Retain a copy with permit 89 I SPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION K 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. 0 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: -Car cell: 4 CG 1/ &1 J $6 . EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be p at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: Project: cIA rks Type of Inspection: .Sus .f. G6 I ot, Address: 4/6 6 /06,.. Date Called: Special Instructions: a.m. Date Wanted: 7//V/if c Requester: Phone No: 111 INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. £ 9 El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ir935 e_upole, 1,44a Agog y '4 -- ,e 4.,. iiaei $60.OEINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: 0444-5 Type of Inspection. Fromm/ Addres 66 .,, rp u Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: f L , /0 ) � m Requester: Phone No: DO 8 INSPECTION RECORD. Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION \it- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila,'UA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. t COMMENTS: Recur- Esc , - - eL, $60.0 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: Project.; CIA Ce, LS Type of Inspection: }- 2 All I rvC, Addr s : Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a 7` )0-C- a p.m. Requester: Pho 4? — 31-i.1 z4 S ❑ Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD. Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ravel f C fr4( Fir /e'�- ✓` LLI ted p ri, ,r 1 N �ke e Inspector: Date: 7 / 4 4r/ $60.00 PECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid a 0 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: Project Z. ne 4c Type of ecti n• Addr40& f99/9/( i /9/f Date Called: Special Instructions: Date W ted: y� � �� ^ p.m. Requester: Phone No: 3(t65-125 7 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit va8 PERMIT NO. INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 0 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 77/ edetil ,eie 7 'Date: /y/' fl $60.0 EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be pa' at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: .3.k...1. _ . L.n _ t'. .. r� ..'X Y: . • Project: ... l an kS of Inspection: . `` Pras4 ,i, Address:_ ` tab jaffl Le "�!/ Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: / a.m. 7! �.0 g, p.m. Requester: Phone No: 757. i/5" /;. ` ' ti INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION PERMIT NO. 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -367 EI Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: /1/4 c ait/et /e7 Inspector: Date: 7/Z/0 C i El $60.00 NSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: 4'Af :I algegergialaat Project: C Type of Inspection: , /),7 1/t Address: y ;6 /77/9 /l Date Called: Special Instructions: , • Date Wanted: a.m. — z 7 r Ocf n1: Requester: Phone No: 7-57-3.475 /25'5 D Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD . Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwirl, WA 98188 • PER_ MIT NO. (206)431 -3 Corrections required prior to approval. 0 $60.O EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. COMMENTS: A-r.1 A rJe4-- er-1— 547x/ eVd ceope etrfAv ' cvt 4- mod,. -51 ,41,0 At X41/ s y s /ems Date: J am' /S" Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: Type of Inspection: Address:, f g Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a.m. Requester: Phone No: 7$ 73' t/S 2/ INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 COMMENTS: InE 4- 1T1 A/tact..s.,5 Lat2 s fi &)%0, -J. Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit b45 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -367 Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector: n 6 ; _ j Date: GP 2.fo(V s ❑ $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: j .. i Al Type of Inspection Address: v6.6 fe d/ Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: /iz/4 , p.m. Requester: l Phone No: 7,6 3VS' /z 93 INSPECTION NO. Inspector: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION It-- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: • �asS4 Gi1ia' Q 4105 dew/ r ate: C / 5/D /Z 17 $60.22EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. ti 1 Receipt No.: !Date: ' Project „ xs Type o f ii /h MU G Ad ex: / /me Instructions: ! Date Called: Special Date W nted: _�U Ca:. Requester: Ph - 75_7-3V5-/25 - 2 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION e. 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 INSPECTION NO. El Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: • 1e0 4/ /lox �f s ' roeferywit c 5 ete4 4.4 4k /Aid .1/ Inspector: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit IDate: �/� 6 ri 1---' $60.00 t�INSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: .iaw dry 3 ti'' • w b ' e S.+ P• *b.. .__x�...s� Project Type of Inspection: Ad�1re 4 m , 4// Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: axt; c(0 - "/9 -de p.m. Requester: No: Phone No: 75 / INSPE ION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION V- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 COMMENTS: +L/er,lt /c 1 jopG!/ee /e 5(/ iz tr',- p f /t r �' j Lz44 1 d1 /)7Pe Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector: AL p Date: / LI $ fl REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be pid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date Project: � ` �� � Tye of Inspection • r- Address: S• Suite #: -�� �" Contact Person: V Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: ,jr Sprinklers: p Fire Alarm: V Hood & Duct: Monitor: /$*ur,, yk Pre- Fire:_ Permits: p Occupancy Type: tl INSPECTION NUMBER k L-Ap INSPECTION RECORD Retain a cry with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 proved per applicable codes. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 PERMIT NUMBERS Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ei Inspector: c Date: 7/'b( Hrs.. : l lt Y $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113, !• COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Type f Inspection: P /FA Me'ck- &I� Address: Lf ( ; Suite #: s .0 . p -,� r I. L Contact Pe on: Special Instructions: - - - ' S C port, o -Clan -Cc u Vict 0 i - - e- -,-e:,--'- - -- f-,- i..-.4.- 7-- . ...r-- : 1 4 aN..._ . .. . .. . ..„ . M ew — eaf( .- i f . 1 , r , f Project: C tk -k s Sprinklers: Type f Inspection: P /FA Me'ck- &I� Address: Lf ( ; Suite #: s .0 . p -,� r I. L Contact Pe on: Special Instructions: - - - ' Phone No.: ---- Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: • Permits: Occupancy Type: INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 Approved per applicable codes. Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 1)0.5?- cag s - Co c- - PERMIT NUMBERS I I Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector: Date: 7/ t 7 / d f3 Hrs.: d ik -- 17 $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 COMMENTS: Type of Inspection: Address: tb a Suite #: - 5 . (. M Contact Person: 3 • r C...,il 7 Special Instructions: Phone No.: Permits: Occupancy Type: d ( `7 t) CnV t '‘L-.. 35 x 2_00 EIS —X' 4 . ,,, \ \ Project: c K Type of Inspection: Address: tb a Suite #: - 5 . (. M Contact Person: 3 • r C...,il 7 Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: ► Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: „ _ Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila. Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 INSPECTION NUMBER C,4-Approved per applicable codes. Inspector: Date: - 7/i,�/61 Hrs.: $80.004thINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will re an invoice from e City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit I I Corrections required prior to appro)al. -.._ op - S A,g - PERMIT NUMBERS T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: 4 24 C l Aiq k 5 Type of Inspection: Address: ge ' .(. pry AI-L_ Suite #: Contact Person: 'T Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: -� _ _7✓:- �Gifltme,iti.5t";s'tv'I�YG = �i�•�.Lti'.�ef+Aef ik]J' •`e}tt= rS>- �'_"..'e1d� �'k�u�' +�LR':�+ : •wR"W- •K. "'V`F =:. - i'. Af e1. :xT�1.°!!f�f9F.¢>,:?StlCT!..ltJ' . <r!�fi aKC r�.5��``' Fit+ ilR?✓ N_ GW +i!�iSJai�[4'!n)'�ti#i:�VP�YV,�e w�- 'n'�2E'•�fd..79G{�ll!? i INSPECTION NUMBER RI ... Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 -575 -4407 Word /Inspection Record Fbtm.Doc 1/13/06 n Corrections required prior to approval. r i - 0 rer PERMIT NUMBERS COMMENTS: StAtiel s ok le y Inspector: Date: , /g . Hrs.. I $80.00 REINSPECTION E REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Depart ent. Call to schedule a reinspection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 • r i 72rl & ASSOCIATES, INC. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION July 28, 2008 KA No. 066 -08158 Permit No. D08 -089 Mr. Mike Manzhura Manzco Plumbing PO Box 822 -964 Vancouver, WA 98682 RE: In Process Inspection Report Clarks Store Tukwila, WA Dear Mr. Manzhura, Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939 -2500. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC RECEIVED AUG 0 5 2008' DEVELOPMEN N Iladit.t ec Kathryn E. Gordon Project Manager Puyallup Division CC: City of Tukwila Offices Serving The Western United States 922 Valley Avenue NW Suite 101 • Puyallup, Washington 98371 • (253) 939 -2500 • Fax: (253) 939 -2556 08158 Break Template • -• • w• •VVV V••-•VV, • ••V• 6 Project No. 066 -08158 Weather Sunny /Inside Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Project Clark's Store Location 1010 Southcenter Mall Tukwila Client Manzco Plumbing Field Data Concrete X Other Supplier Best -Way CYLINDER REPORT Plant No. Mobile Site Mix Mix Air Unit Slump Temp. Temp. Wt Time Truck# Ticket # % Air (in.) (F) (F) (pcf) 3:10pm NA NA 4 75 72 Placement Area Location Concrete placed @ electrical pour back - front and back of store. Sampled at' /2yd of 1 yd total. Remarks Resteel and concrete placement completed per plans & specs. Please refer to field report #82038 Inspector Steve Taylor Jr. Laboratory Data Codes for Break Types: am. a YIIV' ne .. u.a 1•e e, VMI\Y 1• 1, 1 1ar4111410, • •f1, VVVI 1, ,LVV1 O%2U LVVV Cyl. Code 80944 Pour Date 6/27/2008 Report No. 20982 Engineer Architect Contractor Permit No. D08 -089 Reported Batch Data Design Actual Weights Weights Mix No. NA Cem.lbs. NA F. Ash lbs. NA C. agg. lbs. 1 NA C. agg. lbs. 2 NA C. agg. lbs. 3 NA Sand lbs. NA Water lbs. NA Air Ent. (oz) NA Other (oz) NA Other (oz) NA Other (oz) NA Other (oz) NA Water Added on Job (gals.) Design Strength 3,000 @ 28 days Date Specimens Rec'd. Cyl. Test Field Max. Comp. Tested Break Code Date Cure Age Dim. Area C.F. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 80944 -1 7/4/2008 7 4.013 12.65 48395 3,830 1 MT 80944 -2 7/25/2008 28 4.017 12.68 68770 5,420 1 MT 80944 -3 7/25/2008 28 4.017 12.68 72485 5,720 1 MT 80944 -4 H 1 80944 -5 80944 -6 80944 -7 80944 -7 Remarks Results Reviewed By »4 Date Reviewed 1: Cone 2: Cone & Split 3: Cone & Shear 4: Shear 5: Columnar (Split) Measurement Uncertainties: ASTM C -39 +1- 8% Fonn03101 Revision 3 Effedlve Date 5/12/01 The Infonnetlon provided an this report is prepared for the exdusie use of the client. This report may not be reproduced In any format without the written penntssin of the client and Krs:an & Aesodi VW' 4111LOU Field Test Methods X ASTM C143 ASTM C138 X ASTM C1064 ASTM C173 X ASTM C31 ASTM C172 OTHER ASTM C231 Laboratory Test Methods X ASTM C39 ASTM C109 ASTM C617 X ASTM C1231 ASTM C780 Other Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 1 an & ASSOCIATE S, INC. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION July 21, 2008 KA No. 066 -08158 RECEIVED Permit No. D08 -089 JUL 2 5 2001 Mr. Mike Manzhura DEVELOPMENT Manzco Plumbing PO Box 822 -964 Vancouver, WA 98682 RE: In Process Inspection Report Clarks Store Tukwila, WA Dear Mr. Manzhura, Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939 -2500. Respectfully submitted, KRAAZ.AN & ASSOCIATES, INC Kathryn E. Gordon Project Manager Puyallup Division CC: City of Tukwila Offices Serving The Western United States 922 Valley Avenue NW Suite 101 • Puyallup, Washington 98371 • (253) 939 -2500 • Fax: (253) 939 -2556 08158 Break Template ... u.. y. •luuvv.0 \iiu, .. I. JLL V aucy r\V CI IWO 1% •1, V41 \c 1V I 1 Yy VM, JVJ. 1, %LJJ,1 JJJ - LJVV Project No. 066 -08158 Weather Indoor Project Clark's Store Location 1010 Southcenter Mall Tukwila Client Manzco Plumbing Field Data Inspector Mike H. Preciado Laboratory Data CyI. Test Field 80839 -1 6/19/2008 80839 -2 7/10/2008 80839 -3 7/10/2008 80839 -4 80839 -5 80839 -6 80839 -7 80839 -7 Remarks Results Reviewed By K(4 Codes for Break Types: Measurement Uncertainties: ASTM C -39 +/- 8% CyI. Code 80839 Pour Date 6/12/2008 Report No. 20877 Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. D08 -089 CYLINDER REPORT Engineer Architect Contractor Concrete X Other Supplier Coriiss Plant No. 1 Site Mix Mix Air Unit Slump Temp. Temp. Wt. Time Truck# Ticket # % Air (in.) (F) (F) (pcf) 1:OOpm 87 113358 4 65 71 Placement Area Location Pourback around plumbing Remarks Please refer to field report #82149 Design Strength 3,000 @ 28 days Max. Comp. Date Reviewed Reported Batch Data Date Specimens Recd. Tested Break Code Date Cure Age Dim. Area C.F. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 7 4.011 12.63 35920 2,840 SS 28 4.011 12.64 49250 3,900 MT 28 4.011 12.64 53160 4,210 MT H Forth 03101 Revision 3 Effective Date 5/17/01 The Information provided on this report is prepared for the exclusive use of the client. This report may not be reproduced In arty format without the written permission of the client and Krezan & Assoc!: Design Actual Weights Weights Mix No. P13010 P13010 Cem. lbs. F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. 1 C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. Water lbs. Air Ent. (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Water Added on Job (gals.) Field Test Methods X ASTM C143 ASTM C138 X ASTM C1064 ASTM C173 X ASTM C31 ASTM C172 OTHER ASTM C231 Laboratory Test Methods X ASTM C39 ASTM C109 ASTM C617 X ASTM C1231 ASTM C780 Other Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 1: Cone 2: Cone & Split 3: Cone & Shear 4: Shear 5: Columnar (Split) v az.ail ix /1A,4..ldal=*, iii/+. ILL vaiicy'Aveiiue ,' vv, Juice iu i, ruyauup, vvM, aoai i, ttuJ) - 4 .)w Project No. 066 -08158 Cyl. Code 80944 Pour Date 6/27/2008 Report No. 20982 Weather Sunny /Inside Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Project Clark's Store Engineer Architect Contractor Location 1010 Southcenter Mall Tukwila Client Manzco Plumbing Field Data Concrete X Other Supplier Best -Way CYLINDER REPORT Plant No. Mobile Site Mix Mix Air Unit Slump Temp. Temp. Wt. Time Truck# Ticket # % Air (in.) (F) (F) (pcf) 3:10pm NA NA 4 75 72 Placement Area Location Concrete placed @ electrical pour back - front and back of store. Sampled at' /2yd of 1 yd total. Remarks Resteel and concrete placement completed per plans & specs. Please refer to field report #82038 Inspector Steve Taylor Jr. Laboratory Data Design Strength 3,000 @ 28 days Cyl. Test Field Max. Comp. Code Date Cure Age Dim. Area C.F. Load Str. (psi) 80944 -1 7/4/2008 7 4.013 12.65 48395 3,830 80944 -2 7/25/2008 28 80944 -3 7/25/2008 28 80944 -4 H 80944 -5 80944 -6 80944 -7 80944 -7 Remarks Results Reviewed By ‘, Codes for Break Types: 1: Cone 2: Cone & Split Measurement Uncertainties: ASTM C -39 +1- 8% Date Reviewed Form 03101 Revision 3 Effective Date 5/12/04 The Information provided on this report Is prepared for the exclusive use of the client. This report may not be reproduced in any format without the vrtaten permission of the client and Krazan b Assoc!, Permit No. D08 -089 Reported Batch Data Mix No. Cem. lbs. F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. 1 C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. Water lbs. Air Ent. (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Design Actual Weights Weights NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Water Added on Job (gals.) Field Test Methods X ASTM C143 ASTM C138 X ASTM C1064 ASTM C173 X ASTM C31 ASTM C172 OTHER ASTM C231 Date Specimens Recd. Tested Break Set# By Type 1 MT 1 1 1 Laboratory Test Methods X ASTM C39 ASTM C109 ASTM C617 X ASTM C1231 ASTM C780 Other Test Results Conforming Non- Conforming 3: Cone & Shear 4: Shear 5: Columnar (Split) Kr ...........__. ■—■ GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION July 21, 2008 CC Mr. Mike Manzco Plu a `. mg PO Box 822 -964 Vancouver, WA 98682 RE: Special Inspection Clarks Store Tukwila, WA Dear Mr. Manzhura, Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC Kathryn E. Gordon Project Manager Puyallup Division azaZ & ASSOCIATES, INC. Z6 ertOcn— CC: City of Tukwila Offices Serving The Western United States KA No. 066 -08158 Permit No. D08 -089 In accordance with your request and authorization, our firm performed special inspections for the above - referenced project. The inspections were performed by our inspectors from June 12 through June 27, 2008. Copies of our inspector's field reports are attached. Unless otherwise indicated, the structural activities noted on the attached daily field reports were in accordance with the approved project plans and specifications. A guarantee that the contractor has necessarily constructed the structure in full accord with the plans and specifications is neither intended nor implied. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939 -2500. 922 Valley Avenue NW Suite 101 • Puyallup, Washington 98371 • (253) 939 -2500 • Fax: (253) 939 -2556 08158 DFR Template 1( r azan & Associates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 0111 cciv -CI CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION FIELD REPORT NO: 8 2 14 9 DATE: G CONTRACTOR: PROJECT #: (7 66"'09) 15 S _ r JURISDICTION: TL 1.,\N tP\ WA' PROJECT: CL- S 1Ot2� ' 101_0 PERMIT #: DCA 0c69 LOCATION: SO �TNC� nTE ( � LL. INSPECTOR: Ik ,kc PO-CC-10c) WEATHER: --1■)000 TEMP: 36 KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: IC�� ON Std 1/4=0\2_ i Po '4 Ra\ \RA Si\ A- Cc? C fe)( 4o s>✓ 1\9-0u , i \ J Ni NkT , V . <o �P u 5cf P Ghct W i\5 C o F 1 V tip V c,iPp BN1 CL-S, CvLc0f.,Gb - N2 a ES GN (S C510 1 SLOW 76 --E) wd�`Ct t lAcultiJ u�o l u o 711Q -Q roe IZ ML. te_ gb\INI: y Equipment/Asset Number(s): To the best of my knowledge, the above Superintendent /Representative: 1501 Field Reporr.doc ASS/ WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirem44 Technician: Serving the Western United States /12Le4,4 Revision 1 Effective Date: 5/25/05 The information provided on this report is prepared for the exclusive use of the client. This report may not be reproduced in any format without the written permission of the client and Krazan & Associates. azan & Associates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION FIELD REPORT NO: o c v > �� apa 4ns/ PROJECT #: Q�`6-7 Q 0 S10 PERMIT #: 4006 ' 0ij9 LOCATION: S , 2 ? C *ImY2 t!��F2� , /Ye INSPECTOR ct * IQ ' . KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: • (> WEATHER: TEMP: DATE: 6 /027 /2erU JURISDICTION: ea 4-, i/!9, PROJECT: , cle., ,4 i?, it / /0G/1 deei ...infre, arC� • / s Ir a & / //' 1 / mi4 /m' s Pry ee d1 . C %/ e�4: 4rt .�i14l. 9fl�.zC. ~1' t1 ii,40 - e /- / • 1501 Field Reporr.doc Superintendent /Representative: CONTRACTOR: Technici Serving the Western United States Revision I Effective Date: 5/25/05 The information provided on this rcpon is prepared for the exclusive use of the client. This report may not be reproduced in any format without the written permission of the client and Krnzan & Associates. de Equipment/Asset Number(s): To the best of my knowledge, the a..ve WASH NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, speci,. atio ., and regulatory requirema STORAGE RACKS DRIVE -IN RACKS CANTILEVER RACKS MEZZANINES CONVEYORS CAROUSELS PUSHBACK RACKS RACK BUILDINGS STEEL SHELVING MOVABLE SHELVING STORAGE TANKS MODULAR OFFICES GONDOLAS BOOKSTACKS FLOW RACKS FOOTINGS i1 161 ATLANTIC STREET SEIZMIC MATERIAL HANDLING ENGINEERING l POMONA EST. 1985 SEISMIC ANALYSIS STRUCTURAL DESIGN CITY APPROVALS STATE APPROVALS PRODUCT TESTING FIELD INSPECTION SPECIAL FABRICATION PERMITTING SERVICES OLE C OPY Perittt °' r , ' ar reOm eootova' is ub . c r s I .sue+, j .itr�•'•"' � �.� ti', ti• CLARKS - '466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 JOB # 08 -0355 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2 7 2008 PERMIT CENTER CA 91768 • ALASKA ARIZONA CALIFORNIA COLORADO CONNECTICUT GEORGIA IDAHO ILLINOIS SEISMICANAL'SIS OF -_ LIGHT DUTY STORAGE FIXTURES - INDIANA KANSAS MICHIGAN MINNESOTA MISSOURI MONTANA NEVADA NEW MEXICO REVIEWED CODE COMPLIANCE E APPROVED APR - 3 2108 isdASION NO. TEL: (909)869 -0989 • FAX:(909)869 -0981 OHIO OKLAHOMA OREGON PENNSYLVANIA TEXAS UTAH VIRGINIA WASHINGTON WISCONSIN P 011 0 11111.. S ° Z1 il l i t all441 INC. MATERIAL HANDLING ENGINEERING TEL: (909) 869 -0989 • FAX: (909) 869 -0981 161 ATLANTIC AVENUE • POMONA, CA 91768 PROJECT CLARKS FOR DAVID A. LEVY & ASSOCIATES SHEET NO. 2 CALCULATED BY MC DATE 3/14/2008 TABLE OF CONTENTS DESCRIPTION PAGE NO. COVER PAGE 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 2 SCOPE 3 PARAMETERS 3 SPECIFICATIONS 3 CONFIGURATIONS 3 LOADS & DISTRIBUTION 4 COLUMN ANALYSIS 5 TO 6 BRACING ANALYSIS 7 TO 8 OVERTURNING ANALYSIS 9 FOOT PLATE ANALYSIS 10 SLAB & SOIL ANALYSIS 11 INC. MATERIAL HANDLING ENGINEERING TEL: (909) 869 -0989 • FAX: (909) 869 -0981 161 ATLANTIC AVENUE • POMONA, CA 91768 PROJECT CLARKS FOR DAVID A. LEVY & ASSOCIATES SHEET NO. 3 CALCULATED BY MC DATE 3/14/2008 SCOPE: THE PURPOSE OF THIS ANALYSIS IS TO SHOW THAT THE FOLLOWING LIGHT DUTY STORAGE FIXTURE SYSTEM COMPLIES WITH SECTION 22080F THE 2006 IBC. PARAMETERS: LIGHT DUTY STORAGE FIXTURE WILL BE ANALYZED UTILIZING THE FOLLOWING LATERAL FORCE FORMULA: V = Cs * Ip * Wtotal AND Cs = 2.5 *Ca/(R* I.4) AND Wtotal = (0.667wLL + wDL) WORKING STRESS REDUCTION = 1.4 SPECIFICATIONS: - MAIN STEEL Fy = 36000 PSI MIN. YIELD STEEL - BOLTS A307 (UNLESS NOTED) - ANCHORS 3/8 "0x2" MIN. EMBED. APPROVED ANCHORS - SLAB 5 IN x 3000 PSI - SOIL 1000 PSF LOAD SPECIFICATIONS: STORAGE LOAD: LIVE LOAD PER LEVEL = 100 LB DEAD LOAD PER LEVEL = 10 LB CON FIU URA 'l'IONS: TYPE S2 - 120 "H x 36 "W x l2 "D TYPE S3 - 120 "H x 48 "W x l2 "D NOTE: LOADING IS THE SAME FOR BOTH TYPES INC. MATERIAL HANDLING ENGINEERING TEL: (909) 869 -0989 • FAX: (909) 869 -0981 161 ATLANTIC AVENUE • POMONA, CA 91768 PROJECT CLARKS FOR DAVID A. LEVY & ASSOCIATES SHEET NO. 4 CALCULATED BY MC DATE 3/14/2008 LOADS & DISTRIBUTION: TYPE S3 SEISMIC BASE SHEAR BASED ON SECTION 2208 OF THE 2006 IBC: V = Cs * Ip * Wtotal AND Cs = 2.5 *Ca/R AND Wtotal = (0.667wLL + wDL) SITE CLASS = Sd Sips = 2 /3 *Fa *Ss AND Fa = 1, Ss = 1.4289 Ca = 0.4 *Sp < == PER SECTION 15.5.3 ASCE 7 -05 = 0.381 Ip = 1.00 < = == NO PUBLIC ACCESS Rw(LONG) = 4 Rw(TRANS) = 4 WORKING STRESS REDUCTION = 1.4 HEIGHT= 1201N WIDTH= 48 IN DEPTH= 12 IN LEVELS = 6 LVL wLL= 100 LB wDL= 10 LB LONGITUDINAL DIRECTION Vlong = [2.5 *0.381 * 1 *(0.667 *600 LB +60 LB) /4]/1.4 = 78.2 LB TRANSVERSE DIRECTION Vtrans = [2.5 *0.381 * 1 *(0.667 *600 LB +60 LB) /4]/1.4 = 78.2 LB Fi = V Whi/7Wh LATERAL FORCE DISTRIBUTION h LEVEL LL + DL HEIGHT W X H Fi (long) Fi (trans) Mot= (Fi *hi) 6. IN 21. IN 21. IN 21. IN 21. IN 21. IN 1 2 3 4 5 6 110 LB 110 LB 110 LB 110 LB 110 LB 110 LB 6. IN 27. IN 48. IN 69. IN 90. IN 111. IN 660 IN -LB 2.970 IN -LB 5.280 IN -LB 7,590 [N -LB 9,900 IN -LB 12,210 1N -LB 1.34 LB 6. LB 10.7 LB 15.4 LB 20.1 LB 24.7 LB 1.34 LB 6. LB 10.7 LB 15.4 LB 20.1 LB 24.7 LB 8.0 IN -LB 162.5 IN -LB 513.6 IN -LB 1061.4 1N -LB 1805.8 IN -LB 2746.8 IN -LB 111. IN j 1= 38.610 IN -LB L= 78.2 LB V= 78.2 LB 6298.1 IN -LB INC. MATERIAL HANDLING ENGINEERING TEL: (909) 869 -0989 • FAX: (909) 869 -0981 161 ATLANTIC AVENUE • POMONA, CA 91768 PROJECT CLARKS FOR DAVID A. LEVY & ASSOCIATES SHEET NO. 4 CALCULATED BY MC DATE 3/14/2008 LOADS & DISTRIBUTION: TYPE S3 SEISMIC BASE SHEAR BASED ON SECTION 2208 OF THE 2006 IBC: V = Cs * Ip * Wtotal AND Cs = 2.5 *Ca/R AND Wtotal = (0.667wLL + wDL) SITE CLASS = Sd Sips = 2 /3 *Fa *Ss AND Fa = 1, Ss = 1.4289 Ca = 0.4 *Sp < == PER SECTION 15.5.3 ASCE 7 -05 = 0.381 Ip = 1.00 < = == NO PUBLIC ACCESS Rw(LONG) = 4 Rw(TRANS) = 4 WORKING STRESS REDUCTION = 1.4 HEIGHT= 1201N WIDTH= 48 IN DEPTH= 12 IN LEVELS = 6 LVL wLL= 100 LB wDL= 10 LB LONGITUDINAL DIRECTION Vlong = [2.5 *0.381 * 1 *(0.667 *600 LB +60 LB) /4]/1.4 = 78.2 LB TRANSVERSE DIRECTION Vtrans = [2.5 *0.381 * 1 *(0.667 *600 LB +60 LB) /4]/1.4 = 78.2 LB Fi = V Whi/7Wh INC. MATERIAL HANDLING ENGINEERING TEL: (909) 869 -0989 • FAX: (909) 869 -0981 161 ATLANTIC AVENUE • POMONA, CA 91768 PROJECT CLARKS FOR DAVID A. LEVY & ASSOCIATES SHEET NO. 5 CALCULATED BY MC DATE 3/14/2008 COLUMN ANALYSIS: LONGITUDINAL DIRECTION: TYPE S3 Ptotal. = 855 LB Vmax= 78 LB 1-Ibrace = 12.0 IN X -BRACE LOCATED Mcol. max= 939 IN -LB KxLx/rx = 1*21 IN/0.325 IN = 64.6 < =_ (K1 /r)max KyLy /ry = 1*21 IN/0.476 IN = 44.1 AXIAL n ^2E /(KL /r)max ^ 2 = 69.7 KSI Fy /2= 18.0 KSI SINCE, Fe > Fy /2 THEN, Fn= Fy(1- Fy /4Fe) = 36 KS1 *[1 -36 KSI /(4 *69.7 KSI)] SECTION PROPERTIES: = 31.4 KSI 3/4 "x1- 1 /2 "XI7GA Pn= Aeff*Fn = 5.957 LB Aeff = 0.190 IN ^2 S2c= 1.92 Ix = 0.020 IN ^4 Sx = 0.050 IN ^3 Pa= Pn/S2c rx = 0.325 IN = 5957 LB /1.92 ly = 0.043 IN ^4 = 3.103 LB Sy = 0.050 IN ^3 ry = 0.476 IN P/Pa= 0.28 > 0.15 Kx = 1.0 Lx = 21.0 IN FLEXURE CHE' P /Pa + (Cmx *Mx) /(Max *µx) < 1 Ky = 1.00 P /Pao + Mx/Max < 1.33 Ly = 21.0 IN Fy= 36 KSI Pno= Ae *Fy E= 29,500 KSI = 0.19 IN ^2 *36000 PSI S2f= 1.67 = 6,840 LB Cmx= 1.0 Pao= Pno /S2c Cb= 1.0 = 6840 LB /1.92 = 3,563 LB Myield =My= Sy *Fy = 0.05 IN ^3 * 36000 PSI = 1,800 IN -LB Max =Maio= My /Of = 18001N- LB/1.67 = 1,078 IN -LB Pcr= n ^2E11(KL)max ^2 = n ^2 *29500000 PSI /(1 *21 IN) ^2 = 13,204 LB THUS, µx= { 1 /[1- (S2c *P /Pcr)] }^ -1 = { 1 /[1- (1.92 *855 LB/13204 LB)] } ^ -1 = 0.88 LB /3103 LB) + (1 *939 IN -LB) /(1078 IN -LB *0.88) = (855 LB/3563 LB) + (939 IN -LB /1078 IN -LB) = 1.27 <1.33OK <1.33OK INC. MATERIAL HANDLING ENGINEERING TEL: (909) 869 -0989 • FAX: (909) 869 -0981 161 ATLANTIC AVENUE • POMONA, CA 91768 PROJECT CLARKS FOR DAVID A. LEVY & ASSOCIATES SHEET NO. 6 CALCULATED BY MC DATE 3/14/2008 COLUMN ANALYSIS: TRANSVERSE DIRECTION: TYPE S3 Ptotal. = 855 LB Vcol= 39 LB Hbrace = 12.0 IN X -BRACE LOCATED M= 469 IN -LB KxLx/rx = 1 *21 IN/0.325 IN = 64.6 < =_ (KUr)max KyLy /ry = 1*21 IN/0.476 IN = 44.1 AXIAL rz ^2E /(KL /r)max ^2 = 69.7 KSI Fy /2= 18.0 KSI SINCE, Fe > Fy /2 THEN, Fn= Fy(1- Fy /4Fe) = 36 KSI *[1 -36 KSI/(4*69.7 KSI)] SECTION PROPERTIES: = 31.4 KSI 3 /4 "xl- 1 /2 "XI7GA Pn= Aeff*Fn = 5,957 LB Aeff= 0.190 IN ^2 S2c= 1.92 Ix = 0.020 IN ^4 Sx = 0.050 1N ^3 Pa= Pn/f2c rx = 0.325 IN = 5957 LB/1.92 Iy = 0.043 INA4 = 3,103 LB Sy = 0.050 IN ^3 P/Pa= 0.28 > 0.15 Ty = 0.476 IN FLEXURE CHE( P /Pa + (Cmx *Mx) /(Max* ux) < 1 Kx = 1.0 P /Pao + Mx/Max < 1.33 Lx = 21.0 IN Ky = 1.00 Pno= Ae *Fy Ly = 21.0 IN = 0.19 IN ^2 *36000 PSI Fy= 36 KSI = 6,840 LB E= 29,500 KSI Pao= Pno /S2c Of= 1.67 = 6840 LB /1.92 Cmx= 1.0 = 3,563 LB Cb= 1.0 Myield =My= Sx *Fy = 0.05 IN ^3 * 36000 PSI = 1,800 IN -LB Max =Maxo= My.'S2f = 1800 IN -LB /1.67 = 1,078 IN -LB Pcr= rz ^2E[ /(KL)max ^2 = 7C ^2 *29500000 PSI /(1 *21 IN) ^2 = 13,204 LB µx= {1 /[1- (0c *P/Pcr)] } ^ -1 = (1 /[1- (1.92 *855 LB/13204 LB)] } ^ -1 = 0.88 THUS, LB /3103 LB) + (I *469 IN -LB) /(1078 IN -LB *0.88) = 0.77 < 1.33 OK (855 LB/3563 LB) + (469 IN -LB /1078 IN -LB) = 0.68 < 1.33 OK r INC. MATERIAL HANDLING ENGINEERING TEL: (909) 869 -0989 • FAX: (909) 869 -0981 161 ATLANTIC AVENUE • POMONA, CA 91768 PROJECT CLARKS FOR DAVID A. LEVY & ASSOCIATES SHEET NO. 7 CALCULATED BY MC DATE 3/14/2008 BRACING ANALYSIS: REAR BRACE: TYPE S3 BRACING CAPACITY IS GOVERNED BY TENSION CAPACITY OF 3/4 "x 17 GA. STRAP AND SHEAR CAPACITY OF CONNECTION SCREW. BAY 1 BAY 2 BAY 3 I BAY 4 'BAYS width -,I' Vlongit= 78 LB Vlongit(eff)= Vlongit *2 BAYS /1 X- BRACES < = == 2 BAYS TRIB. TO X- BRACES. = 156 LB Vdiag= Vloneit.eff(Ldiag/Lhoriz) = 156.5 LB * (69.3 IN /48 IN) = 226 LB < = == SEISMIC LOAD IN TENSION TENSION CAPACITY Tallow= 0.6 * Fy * AREA(gross) * 1.33 = 1,163 LB > 226 LB O.K. IN TENSION OR Tallow= 0.5 * Fu * AREA(net) * 1.33 * 2 = 2,669 LB > 226 LB O.K. IN TENSION SHEAR CAPACITY OF 12-24 TEK SCREW Vallow= BOLT AREA * Fv * 1.33 = (0.216 IN) ^2 *7t/4 * 10000 PSI * 1.33 = 487 LB > 226 LB O.K. IN SHEAR DENOTES X -BRACE 1. QCATTON Lvert 3/4" X -BRACE (3/4 "x17 AREA(gross)= AREA(net)= Lhoriz= Lvert= Ldiag= Fy= Fu= Fv= CONNECTION HARDWARE , BRACING 'STRAP BRACING TO POST CONNECTION GA. STRAP) 0.0405 IN ^2 0.0288 IN ^2 48.0 IN 50.0 IN 69.3 IN 36,000 PSI 58,000 PSI 10,000 PSI SEIZMIC INC. MATERIAL HANDLING ENGINEERING TEL: (909) 869 -0989 • FAX: (909) 869 -0981 161 ATLANTIC AVENUE • POMONA, CA 91768 PROJECT CLARKS FOR DAVID A. LEVY & ASSOCIATES SHEET NO. 8 CALCULATED BY MC DATE 3/14/2008 BRACING ANALYSIS: SIDE BRACE: TYPE S3 BRACING CAPACITY IS GOVERNED BY TENSION CAPACITY OF 3/4 "x17 GA. STRAP AND SHEAR CAPACITY OF CONNECTION SCREW. OR BAY I BAY 2 I BAY 3 I BAY 4 AY5 width Vtransv= 78 LB Vdiag= Vtransv(Ldiag/Lhoriz) = 335 LB < = == SEISMIC LOAD IN TENSION TENSION CAPACITY Tallow= 0.6 * Fv * AREA(gross) * 1.33 = 1,163 LB > 335 LB O.K. IN TENSION Tallow= 0.5 * Fu * AREA(net) * 1.33 * 2 = 3,124 LB > 335 LB O.K. IN TENSION SHEAR CAPACITY OF #12 -24 TEK SCREW Vallow= BOLT AREA * Fv * 1.33 = (0.216 IN)^2 *rr /4 * 10000 PSI * 1.33 = 487 LB > 335 LB O.K. IN SHEAR d DENOTES X -BRACE 1,OCATION Lvert 3;4 CONNECTION HARDWARE X -BRACE (3/4"x17 GA. STRAP) AREA(gross)= 0.0405 IN ^2 AREA(net)= 0.0405 1N ^2 Lhoriz= 12.0 IN Lvert= 50.0 IN Ldiag= 51.4 IN Fv= 36,000 PSI Fu= 58,000 PSI Fv= 10.000 PS1 ' i BRACING 'STRAP BRACING TO POST CONNECTION Lhoriz r INC. MATERIAL HANDLING ENGINEERING TEL: (909) 869 -0989 • FAX: (909) 869 -0981 161 ATLANTIC AVENUE • POMONA, CA 91768 PROJECT CLARKS FOR DAVID A. LEVY & ASSOCIATES SHEET NO. 9 CALCULATED BY MC DATE 3/14/2008 OVERTURNING ANALYSIS: TYPE S3 DEPTH OF UNIT = 12 IN TOTAL DEPTH = 24 IN TOP LEVEL HEIGHT = 1 11 IN (A) FULLY LOADED: Total Shear= 78 LB ANC HORS QUANTITY= 1 Mot = E(Fi *hi) * 1.15 = 6298 IN -LB * 1.15 = 7,243 IN -LB Mst(SHELVES) = 5'(Wp + 0.85wDL) *D /2 = (600 LB + 0.85 *60 LB)* 12 IN /2 = 3,906 IN -LB Puplift = (Mot - Mst) /Depth = (7243 IN.LB. - 3906 IN.LB.)/24 IN = 139 LB <= UPLIFT (B) TOP SHELF LOADED: SHEAR = 13 LB Mot = Vtop * ht * 1.15 = 13 LB * 111 IN * 1.15 = 1,665 IN -LB Mst = (Wp +wDL) *D /2 = (100 LB + 0.85 *600 LB) *24 IN/2 = 7,320 [N -LB Puplift = (Mot - Mst) /Depth = 0 LB <= NO UPLIFT (UNITS ARE TIED BACK TO BACK) PULLOUT = 503 LB SHEAR = 500 LB Ps/Pt + VsNt < 1.00 COMBINED STRESS(A) = (139 LB /(1 *503 LB) — (39 LB:(I *500 LB) = 0.35 < 1.00 OK COMBINED STRESS(A) = (0 LB /(1 *503 LB)) + (7 LB /(1 *500 LB)) = 0.01 <1.00 OK depth *2 • unit depth Sum Moments TRANSVERSE ELEVATION USE (1) 3/8 "0x2" MIN. EMBED. APPROVED ANCHORS (I.C.C. #ER -1 372) OR APPROVED EQUAL PULL OUT VALUE IS THAT WITHOUT SPECIAL INSPECTION. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS NOT REQUIRED FOR ANCHOR INSTALLATION. r . S .° E . 7 11141.4411 1AIC INC. MATERIAL HANDLING ENGINEERING TEL: (909) 869 -0989 • FAX: (909) 869 -0981 161 ATLANTIC AVENUE • POMONA, CA 91768 PROJECT CLARKS FOR DAVID A. LEVY & ASSOCIATES SHEET NO. 10 CALCULATED BY MC DATE 3/14/2008 FOOT PLATE ANALYSIS: TYPE S3 B = 2.25 IN D = 2. IN t = .0625 IN b= .75 IN b1 =.75IN Pcol (LL +DL) = 330 LB P/A = Pcol /(D *B) = 73.33 PSI Mbase = wb 1 ^2/2 = fa *(b1 ^2/2) = 20.63 IN -LB Sbase = 1 *t ^2/6 = .0007 IN ^3 Fbase = .75 *Fy* 1.33 = 35.991 PSI fb /Fb = Mbase/(Sbase*Fbase) = 0.88 <1.00O.K. INC. MATERIAL HANDLING ENGINEERING TEL: (909) 869 -0989 • FAX: (909) 869 -0981 161 ATLANTIC AVENUE • POMONA, CA 91768 PROJECT CLARKS FOR DAVID A. LEVY & ASSOCIATES SHEET NO. 11 CALCULATED BY MC DATE 3/14/2008 SLAB AND SOIL ANALYSIS: TYPE S3 (A) PUNCTURE Pstatic = 330 LB 1.15 *M = 7,243 1N -LB Pmax = 1.1 *[1.2 *Pstatic + 1.0 *(Mot'd)] = 1,100 LB Fpunct = 2(fc^0.5) = 2 *(3000 PSI) ^0.5 = 110 PSI Apunct = [(W +t /2) +(D +t/2)](2)(t) = [(225 IN + 5 IN /2) + (2 IN + 5 IN/2)] *(2) *(5 IN) = 92.5 IN^2 fv/Fv = P /[(Apunct)(Fpunct)] = 1100 LB /[(92.5 IN ^2) *(110 PSI)] = 0.11 < 1.00 OK (B) SLAB TENSION Asoil = P /[1.33 *fs] = 1100 LB /[(1.33 *1000 PSF/144 1N ^2iFT "2)] = 119.0 iN ^2 L = Asoil^0.5 = (1 19 IN ^2) ^0.5 = 10.9 IN CONCRETE t = 5. IN B = [(Weff.)(Deff.)] ^0.5 +t fc = 3,000 PSI = [(2.25 IN) *(2 IN)]^0.5 + 5 IN = 7.1 IN b = (L -B) /2 = (10.91 IN - 7.12 IN) /2 = 1.9 IN Mconc = (w)(b "2)i2 = [(fs)(b "2)]/[(144)(2)] _ [(1.33 *1000 PSI) *(1.89 IN) ^ 2]/[(144)(2)] = 17 1N -LB Sconc = (1)(t ^2)/6 = (1) *(5 [N) ^2/6 = 4.17 IN ^3 Fconc = (5)(0)(fc ^0.5) = (5) *(0.65) *(3000 PSI) ^0.5 = 178.0 PSI fb/Fb = Mconc/[(Sconc)(Fconc)] = 17 IN -LB /[(4.17 IN ^3)(178 PSI)] = 0.02 < 1.00 OK BASE PLATE W= 2.25 IN D = 2. IN SOIL fs = 1,000 PSF LEDGES" fine texture LEDGES with PRELUDE° 15/16" Exposed Tee grid Key Selection Attributes • Dimensional, sculptured, visual • Affordable and practical alternative to embossed plaster panels Visual Selection GRID FACE LEDGES EDGE PROFILE 15/16" Flush 8011 Tegular * Light reflectance values shown as averages Physical Data Material Wet - formed mineral fiber Surface Finish Factory- applied latex paint Fire Performance Class A: Flame Spread 25 or under (UL Labeled) per ASTM E 1264 ASTM E 1264 Classification Type III, Form 2, Pattern J Z TechLine / 1 877 ARMSTRONG 1 877 276 7876 armstrong.com /ceilings CS- 3544 -1204 ITEM NUMBER DIMENSIONS 24 x 24 x 3/4" Insulation Value R Factor - 1.6 (BTU units) R Factor - 0.28 (Watts units) Backloading Recommendation Contact TechLine for specific information Weight; Square Feet/Carton 0.90 lbs/SF; 48 SF /ctn Warranty 1 -year limited warranty. Details armstrong.com Relative Installed Cost 1 $ 1 $$ 1 $$$ $$$$ • FILE . ,f? r= - cpprc.val iS S!l UL Classified ACOUSTICS NRC CAC AWI Licensing Company, 2004 Typical Applications • Lobbies • Boutiques • Concourses/corridors • Not recommended for areas requiring high acoustical performance SAO FIRE RESIST 0.10 30 Class A Standard ANTI - MOLD/ MILDEW 8011 15/16" PRELUDE ITEMS SUSPENSION SYSTEM Recommended Suspension System y Recycled Content: 46% Performance Selection strong° Color White (WH) ANTI - ODOR /STAIN LIGHT * BACTERIA REFLECT DURABILITY 0.80 Standard Printed in the United States of America ta Rr- fE(c70 CIT : - 1i• t' LA i FEB 19 2008 ptHi�iI r CENTER POI oat ®Tnstrpng MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Environment, Health and Safety 2500 Columbia Avenue, P.O. Box 3001 Lancaster, PA 17604 Telephone (717) 396 -2328 or 396 -2935 Issued By : Safety, Health and Industrial Hygiene Department Department of Transportation Information HMIS (0 = minimal hazard, 4 = severe hazard) Shipping name : Not Classified Health = 1 Hazard Class : N/A Flammability = 0 ID No : N/A Reactivity = 0 Emergency Only Contact: CHEM -TEL 800 - 255 -3924 L Product Information A. Product Name : Man-made Vitreous Fiber Ceilings and Wall Panels (Class A) - MSDS #1 B. Chemical Name and Synonyms : N/A C. Chemical or Product Family : Man-made Vitreous Fibers II. Ingredient Information A. Hazardous Components C.A.S No. % OSHA PEL ACGIH TLV ( Chemical Identity; Common Name) Respirable: Respirable: Mineral Wool Fiber N/A 0 -60 1 f /cc 1 f/cc Fibrous Glass 65997 -17 -3 0 -13 1 f/cc I f /cc This product formulation does not contain asbestos. III. Physical Data A. Appearance and Color : Gray, pressed man-made vitreous fiber panel of various colors B. Boiling Point ( degrees F) : N/A C. Vapor pressure ( mm Hg @ 20 degrees C) : N/A D. Vapor density ( Air = 1 ) : N/A E. Solubility in Water : N/A F. Specific Gravity (1-1 = 1 ) : N/A G. Percent Volatile by weight ( 30 min. @ 275 degrees F) : N/A H. Evaporation Rate ( Butyl Acetate = 1 ) : N/A I. pH : N/A IV. Fire and Explosion Data A. Flash point : N/A B. Flammable Range : LEL = N/A ; UEL = N/A C. Extinguishing Media : Water fog, dry chemical ABC rated D. Special Fire Fighting Procedures : None E. Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards : None Division: Building Products Date: 2/6/03 (replaces 6/1/00) N/A = Not applicable or Not Available N/K = None Known or Not Known Continued : Man-made Vitreous Fiber Ceilings and Wall Panels (Class A) - MSDS #1 Date: 2/6/03 (replaces 6/1/00) V. Health Data A. Primary Route (s) of Entry: Inhalation, skin, and eye contact B. Target Organs: Lungs, skin and eyes Effects of Overexposure : Acute Health Effects: Products are a transient mechanical irritant to the skin, eyes and upper respiratory system. Refer to special protection information for handling instructions. Chronic Health Effects: Fiber Glass Wool: The International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) in June, 1987 classified fiber glass wool as possible cancer causing agent to humans (Group 2B). This classification was based on a combined evaluation of published human and animal studies. The human data included large scale mortality studies of U.S. and European fiber glass wool factory workers. IARC concluded that the human studies did not provide sufficient evidence that fiber glass wool caused cancer in humans. The classification of fiber glass wool as a possible carcinogen to humans was substantially based on experimental animal studies in which they were exposed to wool glass fibers through non - natural routs, such as injection or implantation. IARC regards it prudent to treat a material with sufficient evidence of carcinogenicity in animals as if it is a possible carcinogen in humans. Mineral Wool Fiber: Recent U. S., Canadian and European studies of almost 27,000 production workers (1930's to 1980's) found a slight increase in the incidence of lung cancer among those workers employed in the industry 30+ years ago. Much of this apparent increase can be explained by the differences in conditions and materials used in mineral wool production plants then versus now. Workers from more recent periods have shown no significant increase in disease from mineral wool exposure. Animal inhalation studies also show no development of disease from breathing high concentra- tions of mineral wool fiber. Based on the limited evidence from the human studies, IARC has recommended a 2B classification of mineral wool as possibly carcinogenic to humans. C. Carcinogenicity: NTP : Yes IARC Monographs : Yes OSHA Regulated : No D. Medical Conditions Generally aggravated by Exposure: Any condition generally aggravated by respiratory and mechanical irritants in the air or on the skin. Pre - existing upper respiratory and lung disease such as, but not limited to bronchitis, emphysema, and asthma. E. First Aid Procedures: Skin: Wash with mild soap and running water Eves: Flush with flowing water for at least 15 minutes and if symptoms persist, seek immediate medical attention. VI. Reactivity Data A. Stability : Material is stable B. Incompatibility: N/K C. Hazardous Decomposition Products: Carbon dioxide, and other trace pyrolysis products typical of decomposition of any organic chemical. D. Hazardous Polymerization: N/A VII. Spill or Leak Procedures A. Steps to be taken if material is released or spilled : N/A B. Waste Disposal method : Dispose in accordance with federal, state and local waste disposal regulations. The primary method of disposal is in a municipal or industrial landfill. Continued: Man -made Vitreous Fiber Ceilings & Wall Panels ( Class A) - MSDS #1 Date 6/1/00 (replaces 1 /10 /00) VIII. Special Protection Information During the installation, be certain that the work site is well ventilated, and avoid breathing dust. Wear loose, comfortable clothing and long- sleeved shirts to minimize skin contact with these materials. Handle these materials carefully to minimize airborne dust. If high dust levels are anticipated during installation, such as with the use of power tools, use the appropriate NIOSH approved dust respirator. All power cutting tools must be equipped with dust collectors. After using these materials, wash with warm water and mild soap. Do not scratch or rub skin if it becomes irritated. Wash work clothes separately, and then rinse the washer. The information presented herein is supplied as a guide to those who handle or use this product. Safe work practices must be employed when working with any materials. It is important that the end user makes a determination regarding the adequacy of the safety procedures employed during the use of this product. ioonng spec Jneei - Armstrong (Armstrong i9otwcenua. m4An �a�o,,.a .em,w.jo COMMERCIAL FLOORING 1 USA & Canada Space &eehniat Gont Spec & Technical Build a Specification Find Spec Sheet Find Material Safety Data Sheet Order Samples Order Literature Installation Maintenance Warranties Contact TechLine Expert Information DatabaseMin- Standard EXCELON Imperial Texture PHYSICAL DATA Form(s): Tile 12 in (305 mm) Wide x 12 in (305 mm) Length Reference Specs: ASTM F 1066 Class 2 - through - pattern Fire Test Data : ASTM E 648 Critical Radiant Flux Class I - 0.45 or more watts /cm ASTM E 662 Smoke Developed 450 or Tess Numerical flammability ratings alone may not define the performance of the product under actual fire conditions. These ratings are provided only for use in the selection of products to meet the specified limits. Static Load Limit: ASTM F 970 125 psi (8.8 kg/cm') Search 1 Armstrong Home 1 For the Home 1 Commercial Floors 1 Commercial Ceilings I Careers 1 Site Map About Armstrong I International Sites I Contact Armstrong 1 Terms & Conditions 1 Privacy Policy Armstrong World Industries P.O. Box 3001 Lancaster, PA 17604 © 2000 -2007 AWI Licensing Company. All rights reserved. Gauges: 1/8 in (3.2 mm) overall (nominal) 3/32 in (2.4 mm) overall (nominal) Durability : 1/8 in (3.2 mm) - Very Good 3/32 in (2.4 mm) - Good Maintainability : 1/8 in (3.2 mm) - Good 3/32 in (2.4 mm) - Good Resilience : 1/8 In (3.2 mm) - Good 3/32 in (2.4 mm) - Good My Armstrong 1 View Cart Change Country 1 En Francais 0 Email g Print Approximate Installed Cost (per Sq. Ft.): Tile 1/8 in(3.2 mm): U.S.: $1.50 to $2.00 3/32 in(2.4 mm): U.S.: $1.50 to $2.00 rage 1 01 1 GO RECEIVED CITY OFT( i 'ILA FEB 1 9 2008 PEHMI f GENfER http:// www. anmtrong. com/ commflooringna/technical_info.jsp ?item_id =381 1/4/2007 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET I. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION Name: Armstrong Resilient Sheet Flooring Products and Armstrong Resilient Tile Flooring Products Description: Vinyl Flooring II. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION INFORMATION Shipping name: Not Classified. Hazard Class: N /A. ID #: N/A EMERGENCY ONLY CONTACT: CHEM -TEL -1- 800 - 255 -3924 III. HMIS (0= minimal hazard; 4 = severe hazard) Health = 0 Flammability = 1 Reactivity = 0 IV. PRODUCT CONTENT This product does not contain chemicals subject to the reporting requirements of Section 313 of SARA Title III and 40 CFR 372. All components are on TSCA inventory. This product does NOT contain asbestos. V. HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS 'Chemical Identity; Common Name) C.A.S. No. None N/A VI. PHYSICAL DATA APPEARANCE: Material dependent. BOILING POINT (degrees F): N /A. VAPOR PRESSURE (mm Hg @ 20 degrees C): N /A. VAPOR DENSITY (Air = 1): N /A. PERCENT VOLATILE BY WEIGHT (30 min. @ 275 degrees F): N /A. EVAPORATION RATE (Butyl Acetate = 1): N /A. SOLUBILITY IN WATER: N /A. SPECIFIC GRAVITY (H20 = 1): N /A. pH: N /A. Vil. FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD DATA FLASH POINT: N /A. FLAMMABLE RANGE: LEL = N /A; UEL = N /A. EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: Water. SPECIAL FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURES: Protect fire fighters from toxic products of combustion by wearing self- contained breathing apparatus. UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS: None. VIII. HEALTH HAZARD DATA PRIMARY ROUTE(S) OF ENTRY: N /A. TARGET ORGANS: N /A. EFFECTS OF OVEREXPOSURE: N/A SKIN AND EYES: N /A. INHALATION: N /A. CARCINOGENICITY: NTP: No; IARC Monographs: No; OSHA Regulated: No. MEDICAL CONDITIONS GENERALLY AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE: N /K. FIRST AID PROCEDURES: N/A SKIN AND EYES: N /A. INHALATION: N /A. INGESTION: N /A. IX. REACTIVITY DATA STABILITY: N /A. INCOMPATIBILITY: N /A. HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS: N /A. HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: N /A. X. SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURES STEPS TO BE TAKEN IF MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPILLED: N /A. WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD: Dispose of in accordance with Federal, State, and Local Waste Disposal Regulations. N/A — not applicable or not available N/K — none known or not known @\4 Resilient Sheet Flooring Products and Resilient Tile Flooring Products Prepared 6/06 Armstrong World Industries, Inc. P. O. Box 3001 Lancaster, PA 17604 www.armstrona.com MSDS: www.floorexpert.com Technical Services: 1- 877 - 276 -7876, Option 2,3,3 %o N/A OSHA PEL ACGIH TLV N/A N/A DESCRIPTION AND INGREDIENT INFORMATION These vinyl flooring products are produced for residential and commercial (architectural) marketplace use. They come in a wide variety of aesthetic designs, styles, colors, surface finishes, and sizes. MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION Each of these products is classified as an "article' according to Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations, OSHA Part 1910.1200(c). They are formed to a specific shape or design during manufacture, have end use functions dependent upon their shape or design, and do not release any hazardous chemical under normal conditions of use. XI. SPECIAL HANDLING AND USE INFORMATION VENTILATION: N /A. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION: N /A. SKIN AND EYE PROTECTION: N /A. XII. SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN HANDLING AND STORAGE: N /A. OTHER PRECAUTIONS: N /A. XIII. WARNING FOR PREVIOUSLY INSTALLED FLOOR COVERING DO NOT SAND, DRY SCRAPE, BEADBLAST, OR MECHANICALLY PULVERIZE EXISTING RESILIENT FLOORING, BACKING OR LINING FELT. THESE PRODUCTS MAY CONTAIN EITHER ASBESTOS FIBERS OR CRYSTALLINE SILICA. POSSIBLE CANCER AND RESPIRATORY TRACT HAZARD BY INHALATION. AVOID CREATING DUST. SMOKING BY INDIVIDUALS WHO HAVE BEEN EXPOSED TO ASBESTOS FIBERS GREATLY INCREASES THE RISK OF SERIOUS BODILY HARM. RFCI'S (Resilient Floor Covering Institute) RECOMMENDED WORK PRACTICES FOR REMOVAL OF RESILIENT FLOOR COVERINGS ARE A DEFINED SET OF INSTRUCTIONS ADDRESSED TO THE TASK OF REMOVING ALL RESILIENT FLOOR COVERING STRUCTURES. XIV. NOTICE Various govemment agencies have regulations goveming the removal of inplace asbestos - containing materials. If you contemplate the removal of a resilient floor covering structure that contains (or is assumed to contain) asbestos, you should determine whether such regulations apply. The information presented herein is supplied as a guide to those who handle or use this product. Safe work practices must be employed when working with any materials. It is important that the end user makes a determination regarding the adequacy of the safety procedures employed during the use of this product. ':oiir PION U1;41 H11.Uonsumer Jolution renter rHri IIU, 111JdO4GIU Warranty: Gauge; Width: Use: Shipping Weight: Gloss: Installation Location: System: Pattern Match: Seams: Adhesives: Packaging: Bruce American Originals Collection - Oak Product Status Date: 11/2003 Lifetime structural and adhesive bond warranty. Permion Finish is warranted for 3 years In commercial settings and 25 years In residential settings. Thickness: 3/8 in. (9.53 mm) overall (nominal) 3 -ply cross -grain engineered construction 3 in. (7.62 cm) wide; Random lengths up to 80 In. (Cavender Plank) 5 in. (12.7 cm) wide; Random lengths up to 60 in. (Baltic Plank) 7 in. (17.78) wide; Random lengths up to 60 in. (Rockwell Plank) Residential, Commercial 3 In. and 5 in. - 421bslctn 7 in. - 29 Ibs /ctn Low gloss satin finish (Permion Finish) 60 degrees specular; approximately 25 -35 On, above and below grade level over most subfloors. Including concrete 3 In. - Glue or Staple Down 5 in. and 7 in. - Glue Down Edge Treatment: Eased Edges /Eased Ends Armstrong ProConnect, Bruce Equalizer or Bruce Connection PR+ 3 In. and 5 In. -25 sq fuctn; 36 ctns per pallet 7 In. - 17.5 sq ftictn; 54 ctns per pallet WOOD DlJ T :8 tiyln(�l;r i tt ftyq fn t> Irian wgpd' prad!icfs°cn , p ro duce•duet. AI.tlorne vq od st OR0 emp,Iratp anc• akITIrritatipni P,ac I 1tIQl� any ma;ssivap It paw�ritoq are uead be,equlpPod with a dus collector If hf80 14104,.,u4o on a ppropriate i1(OSH- deslenateddust� rpq'sk, Av#101.4u, {t co 1t iottihleya ',p First aft. t�flspro I a q of'fr (ta�lony In a sa;o�,l Of or r; flush eyes or.kln .with wafer f pr.,at: :1001:.1B minutes,: , .!. r, • ,; -I ; BRUCE - American Originals Engineered Hardwood PRODUCTS ATTRIBUTES: The look of distressed red oak creates a feeling of warmth and welcome with a truly rustic appearance. Designed for high - traffic areas, American Originals features low profile 3/8 in. thick, engineered hardwood In your choice of 3 In., 5 in. or 7 in. widths and two colors. Products must be mixed for multiple width appearance. • 3 -ply cross grain engineered construction provides dimensional stability and allows Installation on, above or below grade level, Including concrete. • Low -gloss Permion Finish provides added durability with reduced maintenance and refinishing costs. • Glue or staple down Installation on 3 in. planks; glue down installation only on 5 in. and 7 in. planks. • Full lifetime structural and adhesive bond warranty. The Permion Finish is warranted for three years In commercial settings and 25 years in residential settings. • Species: Red Oak FIRE TEST DATA ASTM E 646 Critical Radiant Flux - 0.45 watts/sq. cm. or more - Class 1 Numerical flammability ratings alone may not define the performance of the product under actual fire conditions. These ratings are provided only for use In the selection of products to meet the specified limits. r. UL/ UJ RECEIVED CITY OF Z !ILA FEB 19 2008 PI_HMI I CENTER X08 DS 1 G - 1UU5 I1UN U1;4d Hfl Uonsumer Solution Venter r NA NV, III 3 O4c 1 u STATIC LOAD LIMIT: ASTM F 970 (modified) 1000 lbs. /sq. in. (52.73 kg/cm ASTM F 970 modified by specifying a higher Toed on a smaller diameter tip. All other conditions are standard. NOTE: Floors should be protected from sharp -point loads and heavy static loads. High - heeled traffic [1000 psi (70.3 kglcm or more) may visibly damage wood, resilient and other floor coverings. APPROXIMATE INSTALLED COST PER SQUARE FOOT: U.S.: $7.75 to $8.50 Canada: C$11.50 to C$12.50 1 . VJ/ UJ Project Info Project AddreSSC L A.l� ` J , •1t � , ( T ►T � � Date i _ � - (5. %" Equip. ID Brand Name' Modes No.' capecity3 Btulh Total CFM For Building Dept. Use' . A i — 0 0 SEER or EER . IPLV' Location AppliWnt Name' s 1 .. • _ . 0 CgMf77 Applicant Address: • kr � ` Applicant Phone: !s . 1►__ A halms r2314/4,41- I i Equipment Schedules The following Information is required to be incorporated wlth the mechanical plans. For projects without plans, fill in the required Information below. equipment schedules on the Cooling Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Modes No.' capecity3 Btulh Total CFM OSA CFM or Econo? SEER or EER . IPLV' Location ..0 s • • .. • _ . 0 CgMf77 t ANPL0494) Su IL. ypni 6i r2314/4,41- a OJ 1.17al r w 1 n dIa AF V V B X Heatin Equip. ID • E • ui . ment Schedule Capacity! Btulh _ 3.w ! . 1 0l61 r . ' r • „”. 'J ' '�':' .1 . CI Efficien a OF TU Brand Name' Model No.' . . I F:11 wain" f � i �ii r / •'�i� WAIN P nig= Li - I a •S IX= . Fan E Equip. ID • ui • ment Schedule Brand Name' Model No.' CFM D ILI IN DIVISION SP' HP /BHP Flow Control Location of Service E - coo_ " .-.. C- ZD La .375 7 K ro il -6ir Rr *4 .bird4 w JLi4NT poS a CITY OF TUKWILA - BUILDING DIVISION 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form 2096 WauNnpmn Suat. Newest Project Description Briefly delicate mechanical system type and features. fides Plans Compliance Option Emily Cade CanaliMOe arms t/Z80 °N FILE C `I)PY Mechanical Summary MECH -SUM Include documentation requiring compliance with commissioning requirements. Section 1416. Ra.wd July 2037 0 Simple System 0 Complex System • Systems Analysis (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Use separate MECH•SUM for simple & complex eystems.) N91S30 3N0 1NIOd INVSZ 8002 '6Z ' l' Ail LA l TER CITY OF TUKWILA - BUILDING DIVISION , ' 2008 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Mechanical Summary (back) MECH -SUM System Description See Section 1421 for full description of Simple System qualifications. Decision Flowchart START j Heating Only No •d 17180 •°N Yes - / 41 5,1205 BY 1.4•41>Gol If Heating /Coding ❑ Constant voi? 0 Air cooled? ❑ Packaged sys? ❑ <20,000 8tuh? o(ooling O nty; ❑ Split system? ❑ Economizer included? 614446 VA rv�04C Yesi� It Heating Only: ❑ <S000 elm? ❑ <70% outside air? IJA Use this (lowchan to determine if project qualifies for Simple System Option. if not. either the Complex System or Systems Analysis Options must be used. Reference i Section 1421 i v Simple System ti Mowed (section 1420) Heating /Cooling or Cooling Only otal Ca.. o economize 240,000 8luh r 10 %? Yes Yes Refe •Section 1423 F Yes No Yes-- Use Complex Systems (section 1430) Complex Systems Refer to MECH -COMP Mechanical Complex Systems for assistance in determining which Complex Systems requirements are applicable to this project. NJIS30 3N0 lNIOd wvSZ II 8001 '61 t r Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist cos ~anion late Nor Can Cempeanee Can Project Address �� v a� 29 LAM. @ wrpibsv Pi c l 7vKwlt,.�0► , t�+A 1- D $ The following information la necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the Washington State Nohreaidential Energy Coda. App icability (yes, no, n.a.) HVAC REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1401 -1424) NA N 1411.1 Minimum efficiency Equipment schedule with type, capacity, efficiency 1411.1 Combustion htg. Indicate intermittent ignition, flue/draft damper & jacket loss !sA N , NIA N� sref7 7g5 tuk Y65 Code Section Component 2008 = s ton State N . nresiden ' or: = _t±gtlt :l a_Form 1411 Equipment performance r .1r' 4r A U t 1411.4 Pkg. elec. htg.& rig. List heat pumps on schedule ( () Au tog, 1412 IHVAC Controls 1412.1 'Temperature zones 1412.2 IDeadband control 1412.9 IHumidity control 1412.4 Automatic setback 1412.4.1 Dampers 1412.4.2 Optimum Stan 1412.5 Heat pump contra) 1412.8 'Combustion htg. 1412.7 (Balancing 1412.8 (Ventilation Control 1422 'Thermostat interlock 1423 I Economizers 1413 Air economizers 1 OA 1413.1 Air Econo Operation 'Indicate 1 0 capability on agtedide )4A 1419.1 ,Air Econo Operation indicate 100% capacity at 45 degF db & 40 deg F wb 1413.2 Water Eon* Doc Indicate dg toad & water econoe & clg tower performance 1413.3 1419.4 1414 1414.1 1414.2 1415.1 14'8 1416.2.1 1418.2.2.3 1416.2.4 1434 ti rl tiiAO Integrated operation Humidification Ducting systems Duct sealing Piping Insuiallon Completion Requirements Commissioning Sys.Bal & Func..1"est Commissioning Separate air sy9. 1440 Service water htg. Information Required Indicate locations on plans ( V i m 611141.40g) 100 yoo Indicate 5 degree deadband minimum Indicate humidistat Indicate thermostat with night setback end 7 diff. day types Indicate damper location and auto. controls & max- leakage Indicate optimum start controls indicate microprocessor on thermostat schedule Indicate modulating or staged control Indicate balancing features on plans Indicate demand control ventilation for high- occupancy areas Indicate thermostat interlock on plans Equipment schedule indicate capability for partial cooling Indicate direct evap or fog atomization wi air economizer - a 0 1416.2.8 Comm. Report Indicate requirements for prelim. & final commissioning report 1 - • • . r. i Indicate sealing necessary Duct insulation In cafe -value of insulation on duct Indicate it-value of insulation on piping Provide commissioning plan L Rs4s5L- ..) S YSl L Indicate air and water system balancing unctions! testing Indicate O&M manuals. record drawings. staff training Indicate separate systems on plans Comp eted an attach .. quipment schedule With types, a an ca Summary Form Input/output, efficiency, afm. hp, economizer @C ons 1441 Elec. water heater Indicate R - 10 insulation under tank 1453 Pool heater controls Indicate switch and 65 degree control Location on Plans uilding a partment Notes C.0 a4 oat M ieO M ZOo M ZAP igloo M %tick ZOO p1 1442 Shut -off controls 1443 Pipe Insulation 1452 Heat Pump COP 1452 Heater Efficiency Indicate automatic shut -off Indicate R -value of insulation en piping Indicate minimum COP of 4.0 Indicate pool heater efficiency Puo NDIS30 3N0 1NIOd WvSZ 8002 '6Z 'oject Info ' Project Address 466 Southcenter Mall Date 2/12/2008 Space #1010 For Building Department Use Tukwila, WA 98188 Applicant Name: Clarke Applicant Address: Applicant Phone: Project Description Back Room • New Building • Addition .'i Alteration • Plans Induded Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Compliance Option 0 Prescriptive • Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) 1 28.0 • No changes are being made to the lighting Sales Area • Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Location (floor /room no.) 7 Fixture Description - .- Number ofd ,� Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Back Room Type F - Flourescent Strip Light 17 62.0 1054.0 Back Room Type G - Wraparound flourescent 1 62.0 62.0 Back Room Type BS - Recessed flourescent downlight - emergency 1 28.0 28.0 Sales Area Type BB - Recessed flourescent downlight - emergency 5 28.0 140.0 Sales Area Type H - Incandescent downlights 4 75.0 300.0 Sales Area Type A - Metal Halide pendant fixture 2 84.0 168.0 Sales Area Type D2 - Metal halide multi -spot fixture 4 88.0 352.0 Sales Area Type B - Metal halide downlight 21 30.0 630.0 Sales Area Type TH - Metal halide track head 80 30.0 2400.0 Back Room Type B - Metal halide downlight 1 30.0 30.0 Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per fr2 .. Area in ft Allowed x Area sales Area Retail 1.50 1290.0 1935.0 Sales Area Additional Retail Note #10 1.50 1290.0 1935.0 Back Room Storage Area - calculated with racking as shown on pl 0.50 2787.0 1393.5 " From Table 15 -1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Watts 5263.5 • Interior Lighting Summary LTG -1NT 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Proposed Lighting Wattage 2006 Washin ton State Nonresidential Ener• Code Come Hance Form Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts l 5164.0 Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T -8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts /Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the Tamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For hard -wired ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. For track lighting, list the greater of a tual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transfor 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, note section and Revised July 2007 RECEIVED CITY OF 1 i. FEB 1 9 2008 PERMIT CENTER Use' LPA (W /sf) Use' LPA (W /sf) Automotive facility 0.9 Office buildings, office /administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches) " 1.0 Convention center 1.2 Penitentiary and other Group 1 -3 Occupancies 1.0 Courthouse 1.2 Police and fire stations" 1.0 Cafeterias, fast food establishments restaurants/bars 1.3 Post office 1.1 Dormitory 1.0 Retail retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.5 Exercise center 1.0 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.2 Gvmnasia assembly spaces 1.0 Theater. motion picture 1.2 Health care clinic 1.0 Theater, performing arts 1.6 Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group 1 -1 and 1 -2 Occupancies 1.2 Transportation 1.0 Hotel /motel 1.0 Warehouses ', storage areas 0.5 Hotel banouet/conference /exhibition hall" 2.0 Workshops 1.4 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified laboratory' shall meet office and other appropriate categories) 1.8 Parking garages 0.2 Laundries 1.2 Libraries 1.3 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Manufacturing facility 1.3 Main floor building lobbies' (except mall concourses) 1.2 Museum 1.1 _ Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms. elevator lobbies 0.8 • Interior Lighting Summary (back) • LTG -INT 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Prescriptive Spaces Qualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type is "Other" and fixture answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on plans. If not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Occupancy: 0 Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers • Other Lighting Fixtures: (Section 1521) Q Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. 1. Fluorescent fixtures which are non - lensed with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector or louvers, c) 5 -60 watt T -1, T -2, T-4, T -5, T -8 lamps, and d) hard -wired elec- tronic dimming ballasts. Screw -in compact fluorescent fixtures do not qualify. 3. LED lights. TABLE 15 -1 Unit Licthtinn Power Allowance (LPA Footnotes for Table 15 -1 2006 Washin ton State Nonresidential Ener Code Come Hance Form Revised July 2007 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps <= 150w c) electronic ballasts 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be Wised upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.10 w/ft may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W/ft 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three - quarter- height partitions (transparent or opaque). and lighting for free-standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional 1.5 w/ft of merchandise display luminaires are exempt provided that they comply with all three of the following: a) located on ceiling- mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). b) adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). c) fitted with LED, tungsten halogen, fluorescent, or high intensity discharge lamps. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Project Address 14 66 Southcenter Mali 2006 Washin. ton State Nonresidential Ener• Code Com.liance Form Lighting Power Allowance Adjustments LTG -LPA Use this form if you are claiming any ceiling height adjustments for your Lighting Power Allowances fo interior lighting. The Occupancy Description should agree with the Use listed on Code Table 15 -1. Identify the appropriate Ceiling Height Limit (9 feet, 12 feet or 20 feet) on which the adjustment is based. The Adjusted LPA is calculated from this number and from the Allowed Watts per ff. Carry the Adjusted LPA to the corresponding "Allowed Watts per on LTG -SUM. Adjusted Lighting Power Allowances (Interior) I Date Revised July 2007 1/29/2008 Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per f? " Ceiling Height for this room Ceiling Height limit for this exception** Adjusted LPA Watts per ff " From Table 15 -1 based on exceptions listed in footnotes Lighting Motor, and Transformer�Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK 2008 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Address 966 Southcenter Mail. (Date 2/12/2008 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the 7006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Require( Location on Plans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) yes 1513.1 Local control /access Schedule with type, indicate locations 8100 yes 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch 8100 yes 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features, indicate locations 8100 yea vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans 8100 n.a. overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans yes 1513.4 Display /exhib /special Indicate separate controls E100 1513.5 Exterior shut -off Schedule with type and features, indicate location n.a. (a) timer w/backup Indicate location a.a. (b) photocell. Indicate location 1513.6 Inter. auto shut -off Indicate location n.a. 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule with type and locations n.a. 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back -up, override capability); Indicate size of zone on plans a. a. 1513.7 Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning EXIT SIGNS (Section 1514) Yes I 1514 Max. watts 'Indicate watts for each exit sign 1E400 I LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (Section 1530 -1532) yes 1531 Interior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture type lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture n.a. 1532 Exterior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture MOTORS (Section 1511) n.a. I 1511 IElec motor efficiency I MECH -MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency I TRANSFORMERS (Section 1540) yes I 1540 (Transformers 'Indicate size and efficiency 1E200 I If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: Li jhting, Mot and TransformerlPermit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Lighting - General Requirements 1513 Lighting Controls: Lighting, including exempt lighting in Section 1512, shall comply with this section. Where occupancy sensors are cited, they shall have the features listed in Section 1513.6.1. Where automatic time switches are cited, they shall have the features listed in Section 1513.6.2. 1513.1 Local Control and Accessibility: Each space, enclosed by walls or ceiling- height partitions, shall be provided with lighting controls located within that space. The lighting controls, whether one or more, shall be capable of tuming off all lights within the space. The controls shall be readily accessible, at the point of entry/exit, to personnel occupying or using the space. EXCEPTIONS: The following lighting controls may be centralized in remote locations: 1. Lighting controls for spaces which must be used as a whole. 2. Automatic controls. 3. Controls requiring trained operators. 4. Controls for safety hazards and security. 1513.2 Area Controls: The maximum lighting power that may be controlled from a single switch or automatic control shall not exceed that which is provided by a 20 ampere circuit loaded to not more than 80 %. A master control may be installed provided the individual switches retain their capability to function independently. Circuit breakers may not be used as the sole means of switching. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Industrial or manufacturing process areas, as may be required for production. 2. Areas less than 5% of the building footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft 1513.3 Daylight Zone Control: All daylighted zones, as defined in Chapter 2, both under overhead glazing and adjacent to vertical glazing, shall be provided with individual controls, or daylight- or occupant- sensing automatic controls, which control the lights independent of general area lighting. Contiguous daylight zones adjacent to vertical glazing are allowed to be controlled by a single controlling device provided that they do not include zones facing more than two adjacent cardinal orientations (i.e. north, east, south, west). Daylight zones under overhead glazing more than 15 feet from the perimeter shall be controlled separately from daylight zones adjacent to vertical glazing. EXCEPTION: Daylight spaces enclosed by walls or ceiling height partitions and containing 2 or fewer light fixtures are not required to have a separate switch for general area lighting. 1513.4 Display, Exhibition and Specialty Lighting Controls: All display, exhibition or specialty lighting shall be controlled independently of general area lighting. 1513.5 Automatic Shut -off Controls, Exterior: Lighting for all exterior applications shall have automatic controls capable of turning off exterior lighting when sufficient daylight is available or when the lighting is not required during nighttime hours. Lighting not designated for dusk -to -dawn operation shall be controlled by either: a. A combination of a photosensor and a time switch; or b. An astronomical time switch. Lighting designated for dusk -to -dawn operation shall be controlled by an astronomical time switch or photosensor. All time switches shall be capable of retaining programming and the time setting during loss of power for a period of at least 10 hours. EXCEPTION: Lighting for covered vehicle entrances or exits from buildings or parking structures where required for safety, security, or eye adaptation. 1513.6 Automatic Shut -Off Controls, Interior: Buildings greater than 5,000 ft and all school classrooms shall be equipped with separate automatic controls to shut off the lighting during unoccupied hours. Within these buildings, all office areas less than 300 ft enclosed by walls or ceiling - height partitions, and all meeting and conference rooms, and all school classrooms, shall be equipped with occupancy sensors that comply with Section 1513.6.1. For other spaces, automatic controls may be an occupancy sensor, time switch or other device capable of automatically shutting off lighting. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Areas that must be continuously illuminated (e.g., 24 -hour convenience stores), or illuminated in a manner requiring manual operation of the lighting. 2. Emergency lighting systems. 3. Switching for industrial or manufacturing process facilities as may be required for production. 4. Hospitals and laboratory spaces. 5. Areas in which medical or dental tasks are performed are exempt from the occupancy sensor requirement. 1513.6.1 Occupancy Sensors: Occupancy sensors shall be capable of automatically turning off all the lights in an area, no more than 30 minutes after the area has been vacated. Light fixtures controlled by occupancy sensors shall have a wall- mounted, manual switch capable of tuming off lights when the space is occupied. EXCEPTION: Occupancy sensors in stairwells are allowed to have two step lighting (high -light and low- light) provided the control fails in the high -light position. 1513.6.2 Automatic Time Switches: Automatic time switches shall have a minimum 7 day clock and be capable of being set for 7 different day types per week and incorporate an automatic holiday "shut -off' feature, which turns off all loads for at least 24 hours and then resumes normally scheduled operations. Automatic time switches shall also have program back -up capabilities, which prevent the loss of program and time settings for at least 10 hours, if power is interrupted. Automatic time switches shall incorporate an over -ride switching device which: a. is readily accessible; b. is located so that a person using the device can see the lights or the areas controlled by the switch, or so that the area being illuminated is annunciated; c. is manually operated; d. allows the lighting to remain on for no more than 2 hours when an over -ride is initiated; and e. controls an area not exceeding 5,000 ft or 5% of the building footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft whichever is greater. 1513.7 Commissioning Requirements: For lighting controls which include daylight or occupant sensing automatic controls, automatic shut -off controls, occupancy sensors, or automatic time switches, the lighting controls shall be tested to ensure that control devices, components, equipment and systems are calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. Sequences of operation shall be functionally tested to ensure they operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. A complete report of test procedures and results shall be prepared and filed with the owner. Drawing notes shall require commissioning in accordance with this paragraph. 1514 Exit Signs: Exit signs shall have an input power demand of 5 Watts or less per sign. Motors - General Requirements 1511 Electric Motors: All permanently wired polyphase motors of 1 hp or more, which are not part of an HVAC system, shall comply with Section 1437. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Motors that are an integral part of specialized process equipment. 2. Where the motor is integral to a listed piece of equipment for which no complying motor has been approved. Transformers - General Requirements SECTION 1540 — TRANSFORMERS The minimum efficiency of a low voltage dry-type distribution transformer shall be the Class I Efficiency Levels for distribution transformers specified in Table 4 -2 of the "Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distribution Transformers" published by the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA TP- 1- 2002). DEPARTMENTS: G tOb Bail Division ix Public Works Complete 7 Comments: Notation: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 • PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 - 089 DATE: 03 -27 -08 PROJECT NAME: CLARKS SITE ADDRESS: 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter # X Revision # 1 before Permit Issued DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Fire Prevention Structural Incomplete n TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Approved 1 Approved with Conditions n o Planning Division n Permit Coordinator n DUE DATE: 04-01-08 Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: No further Review Required DATE: DUE DATE: 04-29-08 Not Approved (attach comments) n DATE: Not Applicable n Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 - 089 PROJECT NAME: CLARKS SITE ADDRESS: 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # DATE: 02 -19 -08 Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: t Z�b Pr Buildi g Division P lic Works Structural W[w ti- 1 -013 DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete F Incomplete Comments: TUES/THURS ROU ING: Please Route Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 • PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP F o n Planning Division X] Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 02-21-08 Not Applicable n No further Review Required DATE: DATE: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: DUE DATE: 03-20-08 Not Approved (attach comments) n Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: t'1 NofikYLa1, mi, citinAl.A-9,Q pc, �'nV1 Vo7Alitt or NUP ' v (r Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: PROJECT NAME: C;iA1(i• SITE ADDRESS: 'l({?(/ MU. REVISION LOG PERMIT NO: 0 17Ob - ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE: W (please print) (please print) (please print) (please print) (please print) Date: 7/? 1 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite # 100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: //www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Plan Check/Permit Number: Db i ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ❑ Response to Correction etter # Revision # / P Z enni is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: l r kS Project Address: "74-4 Sa - /x)77 // � 6 k / i ��- c/ ,e) Contact Person: n �,� s Phone Number: 330 - 4 4 -747 Summary of Revision: a /ne, /474 s e) r- 5/e l'v) Sheet Number(s): C) — D 3 SS --A i 4 JD6 "Cloud" or highlight all area of revision in date of ision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: j A W fl ki til Entered in Permits Plus on 0* (2*'I4 lapplicationslfonna- applications on tine\revision submittal Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director RECEIVED CITY OF TtiK u MAR 2 7 2008 PERMIT CENTER [Date] /CUrj /pB Tukwila Building Division/Permit Center 6300 Southcenter B1, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Tenant Acknowledgment Letter I€164s Tenant improvement permit for Lte nant name], Tukwila Permit No. i is issued subject to the following condition: Final inspection approval of this permit and approval of occupancy (i.e. Open for Business) for the herein named tenant space will not be issued until the "shell" Building Permit No. D06 -147 has received final inspection approval from the Building Division. This condition is hereby acknowledged by: Title : Tenant Name: R 'CE1VF-D CITY CAF 7 i , ijI FEB 19 2008 PEHMIT CENT.R 1 Note that the letter is to be signed by the responsible officer of the tenant (ie business manager, business president, vice president, CEO etc). The contractor, contact person for the project nor the architect will not be acceptable. 40077 • 0 Business Declaration Part I Fill out this form, fold it so the business -reply portion is showing and return it to Metro's industrial waste section. If you need to use additional sheets of paper, please mail the entire package of information in a separate envelope. Mail to: Metro, Water Pollution Control Department, Industrial Waste Section, 130 Nickerson Street, Suite 200, Seattle, WA 98109 -1658. Company name: CIBi Contact peon at your company: 122. j l T i t l e : a & \ � r e t i pf C X C O n ° „ i c r u c Mor *. e c p Telephone: (D \1 . '1CCLp Mailing address: Type of business (What does your firm manufacture or produce ?): (� Number of business sites: Address of each business site 1. 2. 3. Use additional sheets if necessary. Telephone: (.t No. of employees at site: "Re-ici\\ - be Sor< Part 11 Please circle the correct answer as it applies to the business site given below If you have more than one business site, please copy this page and fill out a form for each site. Company name: C ` 1SC 1�j Site address: "MQ a Contact personrEbb Title: ►� �cp 1. Does your company use water for cooling, production, manufacturing, washing, rinsing or cleaning floors in production areas? C3 Yes LINO 2. Does your building have floor drains, catch basins, sumps or sinks in production areas or any other outlets to the sanitary, sewers? . Q Yes � No O1O REGEIVPO CITY OF 1 .. Y!LA FEB 19 2008 PbKMI f CENTER • • El Yes [7) No I yes, are they for resale? % 0 El Y es 0 No 4. Does your comps use solvents or flammable substances? 0 Yes No II yes, do you recycle them? Q Yes Q No 5. Does your company process food or animal matter? 0 Yes fNo 6. Does your company use metals or metal solutions in manufacturing, processing, treating waste, etc.? QY es No 7. Does your company pump or discharge groundwater for construction dewatering or groundwater rernediation? QYes 66 No 8. Does your company have uncovered storage areas or outdoor activities, such as vehicle maintenance,equi went- washing and drum - leaning? 0 Y es t No • 9. How many gallons of industrial wastewater does your company discharge each day? (check one) None CI Less than 5,000 gallons 5,000 - 25,000 g allons 0 Mare than 25,000 gallons Thank you BUSINESS REPLY MAIL FIRST CLASS PERMIT NO. 10919 SEATTLE. WA POSTAGE WILL BE PAIo BY ADDRESSEE INDUSTRIAL WASTE SECTION WATER POLLUTION CONTROL DEPARTMENT KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF METROPOLITAN SERVICES MS IHW 821 2ND AVE SEATTLE WA 98104 -9986 IIII1! IIl11I1, Il tlI1lIl11I111111II ,lli,I11II1111IlII NO.POSTAGE NECESSARY IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES Kind Of Fixture Fixture Units No. of Fixtures Total Fixture Units Public Private Public Private Bathtub and Shower 4 4 Shower, per head 2 2 Dishwasher 2 2 Drinking fountain (each head) 1 .5 1 i Hose bibb (interior) 2.5 2.5 Clotheswasher or laundry tub 4 2 Sink, bar or lavatory 2 1 i ,"Z Sink, Clinic flushing 8 8 Sink, kitchen 3 2 Sink, other (service) 3 1.5 Sink, wash fountain, circle spray 4 3 Urinal, flush valve, 1 GPF 5 2 Urinal, flush valve, >1 GPF 6 2 Urinal, waterless 0 0 Water closet, tank or valve, 1.6 GPF 6 3 1 6 Water closet, tank or valve, >1.6 GPF 8 4 ilia King County Department of Natural Resources and Parks Wastewater Treatment Division Non- Residential Sewer Use Certification • To be completed for all new sewer connections, reconnections or change of use of existing connections. • This form does not apply to repairs or replacements of existing sewer connections within five years of disconnect. Please Print or Type Vele Sb4,,,? aid Property Street Address 14kW k W City State Clexrk Owner's Name Subdivision Name Lot # Subdiv. # Block # Building Name (if applicable) ( 6tri ) 1194 SoS4 Owner's Phone Number (with Area Code) ( ) Property Contact Phone Number (with Area Code) Owner's Mailing Address t S ( . oak Newby, U p i Fel lb 1 r11 oZ412. A. Fixture Units Fixture Units x Number of Fixtures = Total Fixture Units Residential Customer Equivalent (RCE) 20 fixture units equal 1.0 RCE Total No. of Fixture Units _ 20 1058 (Rev 9/07) Total Fixture Units .4 RCE Tria A B Pursuant to King County Code 28.84, all sewer customers who establish a new service which uses metropolitan sewage facilities shall be subject to a capacity charge. The amount of the charge is established annually by the King County Council at a rate per month per residential customer or residential customer equivalent for a period of fifteen years. The purpose of the charge is to recover costs of providing sewage treatment capacity for new sewer customers. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. Questions regarding the capacity charge or this form should be referred to King County's Wastewater Treatment Division at 206 -684 -1740. I certify that the information given is correct. I understand that the ity charge levied will be based on this information and any deviation will require resubmission of cted data for . - -rmi :tion .f a revised capacity charge. �!►> ` ��► Signature of Owner /Representative � � _ Date 21/ 9 108 Print Name of Owner /Representative /1741 C Psi) LCo .e.J) For King County Use Only Account # No. of RCEs Monthly Rate Property Tax ID # ( 9 3 4 • 1 1 2 - 0 — i, bib Party to be Billed (if different from owner) City or Sewer District Date of Connection Side Sewer Permit # Please report any demolitions of pre - existing building on this property. Credit for a demolition may be given under sop circumstances. Demolition of pre- existing building? ❑ Yes L�SNo Was building on Sanitary Sewer? ❑ Yes R1go il-�/ xnfo Was Sewer connected before 2/1/90? ❑ Yes Sewer disconnect date: Type of building demolished? Request to apply demolition credit to multiple buildings? ❑ Yes ❑ No B. Other Wastewater Flow (in addition to Fixture Units identified in Section A) Type of Facility /Process: NA Estimated Wastewater Discharge: NA Gallons /days Residential Customer Equivalents (RCE): 187 gallons per day equals 1.0 RCE Total Discharge (gal /day) _ 187 C. Total Residential Customer EquivAeatsi (add A & B) CITY OF TU WILA FEB 1 9 2008 Ptl-iMI C CENTER . �S . its White - Kino County Yellow - Local Sewer Aaencv Pink - Sewer Customer RCE RCE o t1 •eraft. o24 • . License SCOTTTC077KF Licensee Name SCOTT THOMAS CONSTRUCTION INC Licensee Type CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR UBI 601461297 Verify Workers Comp Premium Status Ind. Ins. Account 1 Id n 0 : Business Type CORPORATION ! Address 1 201 PACKETS COURT Address 2 • • City WILLIAMSBURG • . County OUT OF STATE • . State VA Zip 23185 . Phone 8045643455 Status ACTIVE . Specialty 1 GENERAL Specialty 2 UNUSED Effective Date 5/6/1993 Expiration Date 6/19/2009 Suspend Date Separation Date Parent Company Previous License Next License Associated • License ...._ _ ; Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date lof account and carry general liability insurance. Bond Information Look Up a Contractor, Electric or Plumber License Detail Homern & Insurance I Workplace Rights J Trades & Licensinl Find a Law or Rule Get a Form or Publication Help ' Look Up a Contractor, Electrician or Plumber ....._......_... . Printer Friendly Version General/Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with Lai to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment : License Information Business Owner Information Role Effective Date Expiration Date Name THOMAS, SCOTT PRESIDENT 05/06/1993 ....__. _ Topic Index 1 Contact Info 0 Search I Page 1 of 2 https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/bbip/Detail.aspx?License=SCOTTTC077KF 06/09/2008 tit I ATTACH #12 -24 TEK + SCREWS (1) @ EA. END � 16 GA. 50" ° RIVET AT CENTER �' . BACK CLIP X- BRACING REQ'D ON EVERY UNIT -` REAR AND SIDE I ` ©Q Y 0 .:41 1 . . 1 0 0 _ WOOD KICK PLATE W/ FILE COPY METAL CLIP AT END I (INTERCONNECTED SHOWN / SIDE BRACING REMOVED FOR CLARITY) .44 I r Pew No, L 6:: B4tiCK TO BACK CLIP �7 REAR & SIDE X -BRACE ti ,i GENERAL CONF!GUFAAT!ON Mar nwiew ! is object to arms and omissions. TYPE S2 TYPE S3 Appsif�on�� sr�authorize I fhev�afany� Il��pt I 1 36° t 1 48" t 12" 1 of approved Field Copy and conditions Is acknowledged: 1 .., \ -, I, B '--?, ./6 - ' ----------- . _ :, C - q a i _ � 21" 21" 21" I I tO ofTukwi a ` 12 ` \ = BUILDING DIVISION 36" & 48" / 21" 21" 21" I I i LL JI l Hj I ¢. 120 21" \` 120" 21" \ J r` 120" 2 t 1 I ri \ r ' ` � . f I 1 \ `\ , / f r \ � , r r \ ; ; ; i � REVISIONS 1 1 I 21" 2 1" \ j 1 ', ` I 3/4 THK PARTICLE No changes shall be made to the scope 1 " +� ; of work without prior approval of 1 r `" \ � r , ` � \ i 1 ' \ _ — \ �I Fj 1 ; Tukwila Building Division. 1 STEEL END I G BOARD SHELF 21" �r \ \ 21" / •. 21" 1 ' 1 I NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include additianal plan review fees. i CHANNEL (18 GA) 12' Al 12 ' � F — 12 \ 6 ti \ , 4 t \ l I I y L FRONT VIEW FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW REVIEWED FOR � SHELF LIGHT DUTY STORAGE FIXTURE ELEVATIONS CODE COMPLIANCE 1 APPROVED 41111111111" / ATTACH POST TO APR - 3 2008 FOOTPLATE W/ (1) EA #10X5 /8" SELF 3/4''''C'....., � DRILLING SCREW , . 1 1 /2 Ity Of Tukwila 0 BUILDING D ION 7 GA. 3/16" x 3/8" SLOT 1 Y 1 2" O.C. 2" 0 "— MIN. EMBEDMENT op 2 �- E JIIE �0.01 SEIZMIC !J 1 1 S� �!',, SEIZMIC MATERIAL HANDLING ENGINEERING I it ..., 161 Atlantic Street 0 5/16" �` X (1) REQ'D PER FOOT PLATE �y USE APPROVED ANCHORS I EST. 1985 Pomona, California 91768 9(909)869 -0981 ' / ` sioN , 1 .. �O P � #29558 p W W 1" RECEIVED an I Tel.(909)869- 098 ���`st01Y TYPE DRAWN BY. M V DATE: 03 /14/08 2 CITY OF TUKWILA a 1 y LAST REV. BY: DATE: 2 1 /4" o �. v 11 j ON I . / MAR 2 7 2008 ( �IRFS 4 / 1,12008 (LIC N0.665374 S APRV D aY:SAL E. FATEEN SCALE: N.T.S. DESCRIPTION: PERMIT CENTER LIGHT DUTY STORAGE FIXTURE DETAILS 1 1/16" THK 7/16"01 HOLES ADDRESS: DRAWING NUMBER I ::i1 POST 2 FOOT PLATE � 3 J ANCHOR CLARKS 08- 0355 -A 4 J 466 SOUTHCENTEft MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 Obi, 0 1 0 0 \ NOTES: VARIES 4 4 1 1 e I \ o 0 2 0 4 ,4 3 - 5 • S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 LABEL DESCRIPTION QTY. 2' -0" W. X 10' -0" H. METAL Si STOCKROOM SHELVING 0 3' -0" W. X 10' -O" H. METAL S2 STOCKROOM SHELVING 75 4' -0" W. X 10' -0" H. METAL S3 STOCKROOM SHELVING 25 84 STOCKROOM DESK 1 LABEL DESCRIPTION QTY. W1 4' -O" OUTRIGGERS W/ SHELVES 11 W2 3' -0" OUTRIGGERS W/ SHELVES 2 W3 OUTRIGGERS W/ MIRROR 2 W4 2' -O" OUTRIGGERS W/ HANGBARS 2 W5 3' -O" OUTRIGGERS W/ HANGBARS 2 W6 4' -0" OUTRIGGERS W/ HANGBARS 1 4' -0" OUTRIGGERS W/ LEFT CHILDRENS FIXTURE 1 W8 3' -0" OUTRIGGERS W/ CENTER CHILDRENS 1 FIXTURE 4' -0" OUTRIGGERS W/ RIGHT CHILDRENS W9 FIXTURE 1 W10 CLEARSTORY WINDOW 16 W11 FOCAL WINDOW W 1 C1 CASHRAP (ADA) 1 M1 CENTER DISPLAY TABLE 1 M2 3' -6" DISPLAY CABINET 13 M3 LARGE NESTING TABLE 7 M4 SMALL NESTING TABLE 9 M5 LARGE TOWER UNIT 2 M6 MEDIUM TOWER UNIT 1 M7 SMALL TOWER UNIT 1 M8 OTTOMAN 10 M9 SMALL CHILDRENS OTTOMAN 2 M10 LARGE CHILDRENS OTTOMAN 1 M11 SIGN HOLDER 3 FIXTURE SCHEDULE - SALES AREA S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 t S2 ' ; r r S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S3 S2 S2 S2� S2 S2 S3 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 r S3 S2 S2 S2 ,, S3 S2 S2 S2 82 S2 r S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 y S2 S2 S2 S2 T CAPACITY 0 TOTAL 8,250 w1 ICI MI W1 METAL STOCKROOM SHELVING METAL STOCKROOM SHELVING 241'4 2' -0" 3' -0" M2 ■EM ■EM ■rr NNE ■E■ MUM 10' -0" 10' -0" ■■■ ■M■ Cray Of Tukwila BUILDI DI VI ION FIXTURE SCHEDULE - STOCK AREA 1) STOCK ROOM SH OPTION I DESCRIPTION S 1 S2 83 METAL STOCKROOM SHELVING FIXTURE PLAN NOTES: 2. 3. 4. 4 1_��II 4I- * 2' -611 4' -0" ALL FIXTURES IN SALES AREA ARE PROVIDED BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY G.C. ALL FIXTURES IN THE STOCK ROOM ARE INSTALLED BY THE G.C. F.C. TO VERIFY FIXTURE QUANTITIES AGAINST ARCHITECTS COUNTS G.C. TO PROVIDE WALL BACKING FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES PER MFG. SPECIFICATIONS. 4 1_ 0 411 4 1 - 04" 4l_ 2' -6" pAu CITY CALCULATIONS IDTH I HEIGHT I DEPTH !SHELVES 4 4'_" 10' -0" 1' -0" 4' -011 5i" CITY TUKWILA MAR 2 7 Z008 PERMIT CENTER 6 PR/U 90 REVISION FIXTURE PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 1 1 Pdtr & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL no/ 666 -6767 AKRON, OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: AKS ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : Q 02- 13-08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS SHEET TITLE FIXTURE PLAN SHEET NO. : A800 -AKS S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 LABEL DESCRIPTION QTY. 2' -0" W. X 10' -0" H. METAL Si STOCKROOM SHELVING 0 3' -0" W. X 10' -O" H. METAL S2 STOCKROOM SHELVING 75 4' -0" W. X 10' -0" H. METAL S3 STOCKROOM SHELVING 25 84 STOCKROOM DESK 1 LABEL DESCRIPTION QTY. W1 4' -O" OUTRIGGERS W/ SHELVES 11 W2 3' -0" OUTRIGGERS W/ SHELVES 2 W3 OUTRIGGERS W/ MIRROR 2 W4 2' -O" OUTRIGGERS W/ HANGBARS 2 W5 3' -O" OUTRIGGERS W/ HANGBARS 2 W6 4' -0" OUTRIGGERS W/ HANGBARS 1 4' -0" OUTRIGGERS W/ LEFT CHILDRENS FIXTURE 1 W8 3' -0" OUTRIGGERS W/ CENTER CHILDRENS 1 FIXTURE 4' -0" OUTRIGGERS W/ RIGHT CHILDRENS W9 FIXTURE 1 W10 CLEARSTORY WINDOW 16 W11 FOCAL WINDOW W 1 C1 CASHRAP (ADA) 1 M1 CENTER DISPLAY TABLE 1 M2 3' -6" DISPLAY CABINET 13 M3 LARGE NESTING TABLE 7 M4 SMALL NESTING TABLE 9 M5 LARGE TOWER UNIT 2 M6 MEDIUM TOWER UNIT 1 M7 SMALL TOWER UNIT 1 M8 OTTOMAN 10 M9 SMALL CHILDRENS OTTOMAN 2 M10 LARGE CHILDRENS OTTOMAN 1 M11 SIGN HOLDER 3 FIXTURE SCHEDULE - SALES AREA S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 t S2 ' ; r r S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S3 S2 S2 S2� S2 S2 S3 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 r S3 S2 S2 S2 ,, S3 S2 S2 S2 82 S2 r S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 y S2 S2 S2 S2 T CAPACITY 0 TOTAL 8,250 w1 ICI MI W1 METAL STOCKROOM SHELVING METAL STOCKROOM SHELVING 241'4 2' -0" 3' -0" M2 ■EM ■EM ■rr NNE ■E■ MUM 10' -0" 10' -0" ■■■ ■M■ Cray Of Tukwila BUILDI DI VI ION FIXTURE SCHEDULE - STOCK AREA 1) STOCK ROOM SH OPTION I DESCRIPTION S 1 S2 83 METAL STOCKROOM SHELVING FIXTURE PLAN NOTES: 2. 3. 4. 4 1_��II 4I- * 2' -611 4' -0" ALL FIXTURES IN SALES AREA ARE PROVIDED BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY G.C. ALL FIXTURES IN THE STOCK ROOM ARE INSTALLED BY THE G.C. F.C. TO VERIFY FIXTURE QUANTITIES AGAINST ARCHITECTS COUNTS G.C. TO PROVIDE WALL BACKING FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES PER MFG. SPECIFICATIONS. 4 1_ 0 411 4 1 - 04" 4l_ 2' -6" pAu CITY CALCULATIONS IDTH I HEIGHT I DEPTH !SHELVES 4 4'_" 10' -0" 1' -0" 4' -011 5i" CITY TUKWILA MAR 2 7 Z008 PERMIT CENTER 6 PR/U 90 REVISION FIXTURE PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 1 1 Pdtr & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL no/ 666 -6767 AKRON, OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: AKS ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : Q 02- 13-08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS SHEET TITLE FIXTURE PLAN SHEET NO. : A800 -AKS LABEL DESCRIPTION QTY. W1 4' -O" OUTRIGGERS W/ SHELVES 11 W2 3' -0" OUTRIGGERS W/ SHELVES 2 W3 OUTRIGGERS W/ MIRROR 2 W4 2' -O" OUTRIGGERS W/ HANGBARS 2 W5 3' -O" OUTRIGGERS W/ HANGBARS 2 W6 4' -0" OUTRIGGERS W/ HANGBARS 1 4' -0" OUTRIGGERS W/ LEFT CHILDRENS FIXTURE 1 W8 3' -0" OUTRIGGERS W/ CENTER CHILDRENS 1 FIXTURE 4' -0" OUTRIGGERS W/ RIGHT CHILDRENS W9 FIXTURE 1 W10 CLEARSTORY WINDOW 16 W11 FOCAL WINDOW W 1 C1 CASHRAP (ADA) 1 M1 CENTER DISPLAY TABLE 1 M2 3' -6" DISPLAY CABINET 13 M3 LARGE NESTING TABLE 7 M4 SMALL NESTING TABLE 9 M5 LARGE TOWER UNIT 2 M6 MEDIUM TOWER UNIT 1 M7 SMALL TOWER UNIT 1 M8 OTTOMAN 10 M9 SMALL CHILDRENS OTTOMAN 2 M10 LARGE CHILDRENS OTTOMAN 1 M11 SIGN HOLDER 3 FIXTURE SCHEDULE - SALES AREA S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 t S2 ' ; r r S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S3 S2 S2 S2� S2 S2 S3 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 r S3 S2 S2 S2 ,, S3 S2 S2 S2 82 S2 r S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 y S2 S2 S2 S2 T CAPACITY 0 TOTAL 8,250 w1 ICI MI W1 METAL STOCKROOM SHELVING METAL STOCKROOM SHELVING 241'4 2' -0" 3' -0" M2 ■EM ■EM ■rr NNE ■E■ MUM 10' -0" 10' -0" ■■■ ■M■ Cray Of Tukwila BUILDI DI VI ION FIXTURE SCHEDULE - STOCK AREA 1) STOCK ROOM SH OPTION I DESCRIPTION S 1 S2 83 METAL STOCKROOM SHELVING FIXTURE PLAN NOTES: 2. 3. 4. 4 1_��II 4I- * 2' -611 4' -0" ALL FIXTURES IN SALES AREA ARE PROVIDED BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY G.C. ALL FIXTURES IN THE STOCK ROOM ARE INSTALLED BY THE G.C. F.C. TO VERIFY FIXTURE QUANTITIES AGAINST ARCHITECTS COUNTS G.C. TO PROVIDE WALL BACKING FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES PER MFG. SPECIFICATIONS. 4 1_ 0 411 4 1 - 04" 4l_ 2' -6" pAu CITY CALCULATIONS IDTH I HEIGHT I DEPTH !SHELVES 4 4'_" 10' -0" 1' -0" 4' -011 5i" CITY TUKWILA MAR 2 7 Z008 PERMIT CENTER 6 PR/U 90 REVISION FIXTURE PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 1 1 Pdtr & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL no/ 666 -6767 AKRON, OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: AKS ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : Q 02- 13-08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS SHEET TITLE FIXTURE PLAN SHEET NO. : A800 -AKS FIXTURE SCHEDULE - SALES AREA S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 t S2 ' ; r r S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S3 S2 S2 S2� S2 S2 S3 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 r S3 S2 S2 S2 ,, S3 S2 S2 S2 82 S2 r S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 y S2 S2 S2 S2 T CAPACITY 0 TOTAL 8,250 w1 ICI MI W1 METAL STOCKROOM SHELVING METAL STOCKROOM SHELVING 241'4 2' -0" 3' -0" M2 ■EM ■EM ■rr NNE ■E■ MUM 10' -0" 10' -0" ■■■ ■M■ Cray Of Tukwila BUILDI DI VI ION FIXTURE SCHEDULE - STOCK AREA 1) STOCK ROOM SH OPTION I DESCRIPTION S 1 S2 83 METAL STOCKROOM SHELVING FIXTURE PLAN NOTES: 2. 3. 4. 4 1_��II 4I- * 2' -611 4' -0" ALL FIXTURES IN SALES AREA ARE PROVIDED BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY G.C. ALL FIXTURES IN THE STOCK ROOM ARE INSTALLED BY THE G.C. F.C. TO VERIFY FIXTURE QUANTITIES AGAINST ARCHITECTS COUNTS G.C. TO PROVIDE WALL BACKING FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES PER MFG. SPECIFICATIONS. 4 1_ 0 411 4 1 - 04" 4l_ 2' -6" pAu CITY CALCULATIONS IDTH I HEIGHT I DEPTH !SHELVES 4 4'_" 10' -0" 1' -0" 4' -011 5i" CITY TUKWILA MAR 2 7 Z008 PERMIT CENTER 6 PR/U 90 REVISION FIXTURE PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 1 1 Pdtr & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL no/ 666 -6767 AKRON, OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: AKS ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : Q 02- 13-08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS SHEET TITLE FIXTURE PLAN SHEET NO. : A800 -AKS CODES 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE W/ WASHINGTON fMENDMENTS 2006 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE W/ WASHINGTON AMENDMENTS 2006 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE W/ WASHINGTON AMENDMENTS 2006 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE W/ WASHINGTON AMENDMENTS 2006 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE 2005 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE BUILDING DEPARTMENT CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 6300 SOUTHCENTER BLVD. #100 TUKWILA, WA 98188 PH. 206 -431 -3670 CODE INFORMATION FULLY SPRINKLERED CONSTRUCTION TYPE: 2B OCCUPANCY CLASS: M GROSS SQUARE FOOTAGE NET SQUARE FOOTAGE FRONT OF HOUSE AREA = 1,270 SF (30 S.F./ OCCUPANT) BACK OF HOUSE AREA = 1,243 SF (300 S.F. / OCCUPANT) TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD NO. OF EMPLOYEES = 3 PERSONS ENGINERING CONSULTANTS MECHANICAL POINT ONE DESIGN 9941 YORK THETA DRIVE NORTH ROYALTON, OH 44133 PH. 440- 230 -1800 FX. 440 -230 -1831 ELECTRICAL STADELMAN ASSOCIATES 931 PORTAGE TRAIL CUYAHOGA FALLS, OH 44221 PH. 330 - 926 -2600 FX. 330 - 926-4531 DEVELOPER WESTFIELD 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD. 14TH FLOOR LOS ANGELES, CA 90025 CONTACT: JOSH KIMMEL e -mail: JKIMMEL @WESTFIELD.COM PH :310- 893 -4761 OWNER CLARKS 156 OAK STREET NEWTON UPPER FALLS, MA 02464 BOB JOHNSON SENIOR DIRECTOR OF CONSTRUCTION PH. (617) 796 -5056 FX. (617) 243-4210 DENNIS HORN DIRECTOR OF CONSTRUCTION PH. (617) 243 -4214 FX. (617) 243 -4210 2,700 SF 2,521 SF 43 5 = 48 KEY PLAN CLARKS LEVEL 1 OF 3 SPACE #1010 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 STORE # 753 0 -0 11 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL SPACE #1010 TUKWILA, WA 98188 SOUTHCENTER BAKER BLVD. A VICINITY MAP O Itz JI / WESTFIEL SOUTHCENTER/ LEASEL INE TO LEAS>L INE STRANDER BLVD. 634I—Bin 3 ce w w 0 O 0 fob' --I IT GROSS LEASEABLE AREA 2,700 SQ. FT. LEASELINE TO LEASELINE REVISION: Q 02 -13 -08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS -AKS SCALE: 1/8"=1 LOD PLAN SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: e l/Wu—Neal cal lArfilumbing !,r Gas Piping City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION FILE C Permit No. 9 P$ar review approval is subject to errors and omissions. Approval of construction documents does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Resipt of approved Fie Copy and 'tons is wedged: By City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REVISIONS NO n shall be made to the co of work without prior approval Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review fees ISSUE / DATE: 0-0 ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED INDEX OF DRAWINGS ARCHITECTURAL C100 COVER SHEET /INDEX/CODE INFO C101 GENERAL NOTES C102 FINISH SCHEDULE / RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE C103 MOULDING SCHEDULE/ PROFILES A100 FLOOR PLAN A101 ENLARGED TOILET PLAN / ELEVATIONS A102 EGRESS PLAN A200 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A300 ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLAN/ ELEVATION A400 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A401 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A500 STOREFRONT SECTIONS A501 STOREFRONT DETAILS A502 STOREFRONT DETAILS A503 STOREFRONT DETAILS A600 INTERIOR DETAILS A700 DOOR SCHEDULE/ DETAILS/ NOTES A701 THRESHOLDS & FLOORING TRANSITIONS A800 A801 A802 A803 AS100 AS101 AS102 PLUMBING FIXTURE PLAN FIXTURES - DETAILS FIXTURES - DETAILS FIXTURES - DETAILS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS P100 PARTIAL PLUMBING PLAN / DETAILS P200 PLUMBING SPECIFCATIONS / SCHEDULE MECHANICAL M1 00 ELECTRICAL E100 E200 E300 MECHANICAL PLAN M200 MECHANICAL SYMBOLS, NOTES & SCHEDULES LIGHTING PLAN POWER PLAN ELECTRICAL DETAILS E400 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS & NOTES/ LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE E500 POWER RISER DIAGRAM / PANEL SCHEDULES E600 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS FEB 19 Z IOi & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 Po% -0t1 GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS DESCRIBED HEREIN ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TENANT. THE TERMS "GENERAL CONTRACTOR ", "CONTRACTOR", OR "SUBCONTRACTOR" REFER TO THOSE ENGAGED BY THE TENANT TO PERFORM THE WORK FOR THE TENANT. THE TENANT IS NOT REUEVED FROM THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH CONTRACTORS. 2. ALL RULES AND REGULATIONS, SCOPE OF WORK AND PROCEDURES INDICATED WILL BE PERFORMED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, THOR AGENTS, SUBCONTRACTORS, AND SUPPLIERS TO PROVIDE A TOTAL AND COMPLETE PROJECT FOR THE TENANT. WORK SHOWN IN THESE NOTES IS TO BE PERFORMED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTORS, AGENTS AND / OR SUPPUERS ONLY, WHETHER OR NOT THE WORK IS DEUNEATED PROPERLY. 3. THE WORK CONTAINED IN THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND / OR SPECIFICATIONS IS TO BE PERFORMED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND / OR IT'S SUBCONTRACTORS WHETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. FOR CLARIFICATION PURPOSES, TENANT, CLIENT AND OWNER ARE THE SAME PARTY, LANDLORD IS THE PARTY LEASING THE SPACE TO THE TENANT, AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, WHETHER WORKING FOR THE LANDLORD OR THE TENANT, WILL BE REQUIRED TO HANDLE ALL WORK IN THESE DOCUMENTS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 5. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO HAVE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS REVIEW THESE NOTES PRIOR TO BIDDING AND TO FAMILIARIZE ALL PERSONS AND SUBCONTRACTORS WORKING ON THIS PROJECT WITH THESE GENERAL NOTES AND THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS NOTED, LANDLORD'S DESIGN CRITERIA AND THE EXECUTED LEASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT. ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND THE LEASE OR DESIGN CRITERIA INFORMATION IS TO BE REPORTED TO TENANTS ARCHITECT PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY WORK. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FULLY ACQUAINTING THEMSELVES WITH THE CONTENT AND SCOPE OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS, AND SPECIAL ATTENTION SHOULD BE GIVEN THE SPECIFICATIONS THROUGHOUT THE SPAN OF THIS PROJECT BY THIS GENERAL CONTRACTOR, SUPERVISORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS, AS THE STANDARD ESTABUSHED HEREIN SHALL BE APPLIED, WITH EMPHASIS TO ALL WORK. CHECK "RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE" FOR ALLOCATION OF SPECIFIC WORK. ALL WORK IS BY TENANTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. WORK DECLARED UNACCEPTABLE BY THE TENANT AND LANDLORD SHALL BE CORRECTED IN A MANNER AND TO A DEGREE OF QUALITY AS ACCEPTABLE BY THE TENANT AND LANDLORD. 6. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED TO CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND FIELD CONDITIONS AT BUILDING SITE AND PREMISES AND NOTIFY THE LANDLORD, THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE AND TENANT'S PROJECT ARCHITECT OR TENANTS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY AND ALL DISCREPANCIES AND LIST ANY WORK NOT YET COMPLETED BEFORE STARTING WORK. IF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO INSTALL A STOREFRONT BARRICADE DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE OF THIS PROJECT, SUCH BARRICADE TO MEET THE LATEST BARRICADE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD, INCLUDING THE PAINTING OF SUCH BARRICADE AND ANY SIGNAGE ALLOWABLE BY LANDLORD AND UNDER LEASE OBUGATION. ADDITIONALLY, THIS BARRICADE MUST BE MOVED OUT AS REQUIRED FOR STOREFRONT WORK AND / OR REMOVED AT THE END OF THE CONSTRUCTION TIME PERIOD. CHECK WfTH THE LANDLORD TO VERIFY IF A BARRICADE HAS PREVIOUSLY BEEN INSTALLED ON THESE PREMISES IN ANTICIPATION OF CONSTRUCTION BY THE NEW TENANTS; IF THIS 15 THE CASE, DO NOT INCLUDE ANY COST FOR THE ACTUAL BARRICADE BUT DO INCLUDE COSTS FOR MOVING SUCH BARRICADES IN AND OUT, ANY OTHER SPECIFIC LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS REGARDING SUCH BARRICADES, AND THE PAINTING AND / OR REMOVAL OF SUCH BARRICADES AFTER CONSTRUCTION. 7. ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL CHECK AND VERIFY ALL FIELD CONDITIONS AND SHALL HAVE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY FOR VERIFICATION OF CLEAR HEIGHTS WITHIN THE PREMISES; ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY_ THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 TOTALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL "HOLD" DIMENSIONS AND 15 TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, THE TENANT AND THE TENANTS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY DISCREPANCIES VERBALLY AND ALSO IN WRITING, FIRST, PRIOR TO BUILDING WALLS, IF THERE IS A QUESTION. TENANTS FIXTURES FIT INTO PLACE WITH NO ROOM FOR ERROR. CONTRACTOR MUST REVIEW ENTIRE SET OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CEILING HEIGHTS. 8. WHEN BIDDING THIS PROJECT, EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VISITING THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING AND VERIFYING EXISTING CONDITIONS AS REFLECTED IN THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ANY EXTRA WORK REQUIRED BUT NOT INCLUDED IN THE DOCUMENTS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE TENANT OR TENANT'S ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. LANDLORD DOES NOT PAY ANY COSTS FOR JOB CONDITION SITU ATIONS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED IN THE LEASE. 9. ALL WORK ON THIS PROJECT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODES, SUB -CODES AND BUILDING DEPARTMENTS AND HEALTH DEPARTMENTS, IF APPUCABLE HAVING JURISDICTION. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT LOCAL BUILDING OFFICIALS FOR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR THIS USE. 10. THE OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION FOR THIS LOCATION 15 NOTED ON THE TITLE SHEET. 11. DEMOLITION WORK (IF ANY) 15 DEFINED IN THE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND DEMOLITION DRAWING 12. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR AND HAVE CONTROL OVER CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES, AND PROCEDURES AND FOR COORDINATING ALL PORTIONS OF THE WORK UNDER THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL OSHA REQUIREMENTS, UNLESS CONTRACT DOCUMENTS GIVE OTHER SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS CONCERNING THESE MATTERS. SEE AIA DOCUMENT A201 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION, LATEST EDITION. 13. THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT HAVE CONTROL OVER OR CHARGE OF AND SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES, OR PROCEDURES, OR FOR SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL OSHA REQUIREMENTS, IN CONNECTION WITH THE WORK. SINCE THESE ARE SOLELY THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY UNDER THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION. SEE AIA DOCUMENT B141 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND ARCHITECT, LATEST EDITION. 14. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE SUBCONTRACTORS FOR THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR AND OBTAIN ALL PERMITS REQUIRED FOR THE WORK NOTED ON THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THIS INCLUDES COSTS FOR ALL INSPECTIONS BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT PERMIT COSTS, AND PERMIT COSTS FOR FIXTURING SUPPUED BY TENANT (IF APPLICABLE). 15. ALL CLEARANCES OF PIPES AND DUCT WORK INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTORS MUST BE MAINTAINED FOR ADEQUATE HEIGHTS REQUIRED FOR CEILING SYSTEM AND UGHT FIXTURES. CONTRACTOR MUST REVIEW ENTIRE SET OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CEIUNG HEIGHTS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR (OR DESIGNATED AUTHORIZED CONTRACTOR AT GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE) TO REMOVE OR REPLACE AS REQUIRED ANY AND ALL EXISTING P.V.C. PIPING WITH LOCAL CODE ALLOWABLE MATERIALS THROUGHOUT LEASED PREMISES. 16. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK CALLED FOR BY THIS CONTRACT, THEY WILL EMPLOY ONLY SUCH LABOR AS WILL NOT DELAY OR INTERFERE WITH THE PROGRESS OF THE PROJECT, AND AS WILL BE ACCEPTABLE TO AND WORK IN HARMONY WITH ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS EMPLOYED ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE OR ON ANY OTHER BUILDING, STRUCTURE, OR OTHER IMPROVEMENT WHETHER PUBUC OR PRIVATE WHICH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR MAY THEN BE ERECTING OR ALTERING IN OTHER LOCATIONS_ 17. ALL WORK TO BE COMPLETED FOLLOWING LANDLORD'S CONSTRUCTION "RULES AND REGULATIONS ", IF APPLICABLE. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE DURING THE BIDDING PROCEDURES, FOR CONTACTING THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY OF THESE "RULES AND REGULATIONS" AND TO INCLUDE ANY COSTS IN THE WORK QUOTED TO THE LANDLORD. 18. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT IN THE PERFORMANCE OF TENANTS WORK AT THE PREMISES, ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A MANNER WHICH WILL NOT CREATE ANY WORK STOPPAGE, PICKETING, LABOR DISRUPTION OR DISPUTE OR VIOLATE LANDLORD'S LABOR CONTRACTS AFFECTING THE BUILDING OR INTERFERE WITH THE BUSINESS OF LANDLORD. IN THE EVENT OF THE OCCURRENCE OF ANY WORK STOPPAGE, PICKETING, LABOR DISRUPTION OR DISPUTE RESULTING FROM ACTIONS OR OMISSIONS OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTORS OR ANY SUBTENANT OR CONCESSIONAIRE, OR THEIR RESPECTIVE EMPLOYEES, CONTRACTORS OR SUBCONTRACTORS, GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL, IMMEDIATELY UPON NOTICE FROM TENANT, CEASE THE CONDUCT GIVING RISE TO SUCH CONDITION. THIS CLAUSE MUST BE PART OF ALL GENERAL CONTRACTOR / SUBCONTRACTOR AGREEMENTS AND IF SUCH CLAUSE IS NOT INCLUDED, IT WILL NOT RELIEVE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OF THE REQUIREMENTS OR WORK STATED HEREIN. 19. ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL BE BONDED, LICENSED CONTRACTORS POSSESSING GOOD LABOR RELATIONS AND MUST BE CAPABLE OF QUALITY WORKMANSHIP, IN HARMONY WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS WORKING ON THE PROJECT. THE TENANT AND TENANTS ARCHITECT ARE TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF THE NAMES, ADDRESSES, DAYTIME PHONE, FAX, AND EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPUERS WORKING ON THIS PROJECT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST ATTEST THAT NO PRODUCTS CONTAINING ASBESTOS OR HAZARDOUS MATERIAL WERE KNOWINGLY USED ON THIS PROJECT. 20. PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT AND MEET WITH LANDLORD'S TENANT COORDINATOR AND TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGEMENT REPRESENTATIVE FOR A PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING, AT WHICH TIME, HE /SHE WILL PRESENT TO ALL PARTIES A UST OF NAMES, ADDRESSES, BUSINESS PHONE, FAX AND EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS OF THE SUBCONTRACTORS FOR THIS PROJECT. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL COMPLETE THE CHECKUST FORM (CONTRACTOR INFORMATION FORM) REQUIRED FOR EACH TENANTS SPACE THAT CONTRACTOR WILL BE WORKING ON AS REQUIRED UNDER LEASE OBUGATION. THE CHECKLIST FORM INCLUDING SCHEDULE INFORMATION AS WELL AS GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS INFORMATION 15 TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE UPON ARRIVAL AT THE JOB SITE. 21. IF THE LANDLORD, LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE OR LANDLORD'S ARCHITECT, TENANT, TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE OR TENANTS ARCHITECT DO NOT MAKE REPEATED SITE VISITS CONTINUALLY OR AT ALL, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS NOT REUEVED OF ANY RESPONSIBILITY OR DUTIES INVOLVED IN THIS CONSTRUCTION WORK. 22. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY AND CONFORM TO ALL OF THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT (OSHA), NO EXCEPTIONS WILL BE PERMITTED. THE PROVISIONS OF THE TENANTS LEASE SHALL APPLY IN THE EVENT OF VIOLATION RESULTING IN DAMAGES, CAUSES OF ACTION OR ANY CLAIMS ARISING THEREFROM, IF GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND / OR IT'S SUBCONTRACTORS DO NOT COMPLY WITH THIS ACT. 23. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE "CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION" DOCUMENT A --201, ISSUED BY THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, LATEST EDITION, RELATES TO THE WORK OF THIS PROJECT AND 15 HEREBY MADE A PART OF THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AS THOUGH FULLY CONTAINED IN THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 24. THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING THE NECESSARY NUMBER OF COPIES OF DOCUMENT A -201, TO BECOME ACQUAINTED WITH THE ARTICLES CONTAINED THEREIN AND TO REVIEW WITH ALL SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPUERS AND ANY OTHER PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT OR INDIVIDUALS OR AGENCIES ENGAGED ON THE WORK AS TO ITS CONTENTS. 25. THE TENANTS ARCHITECT, WITHOUT INVALIDATING THE CONTRACT, MAY ORDER EXTRA WORK, ALTER, ADD TO, OR DEDUCT FROM THE CONTRACT WORK, IF THE INTENT 15 TO ADHERE TO A PREVIOUSLY AGREED UPON DESIGN WITHOUT ANY COST TO TENANT, IT'S AGENTS OR TENANT'S ARCHITECT. 26. NO CHANGE ORDERS OR EXTRAS FOR COSTS CAN BE AUTHORIZED UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE TENANT'S ARCHITECT, THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE OR THE TENANT. ANY ISSUANCE OF CREDITS TO BE CALCULATED BASED ON COMPETITIVE RATES AND EQUIPMENT COSTS APPROVED BY THE TENANTS ARCHITECT AND THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE FOR THE TENANT. 27. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE AT ALL TIMES, AT THE PREMISES, LANDLORD APPROVED CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT (IF APPUCABLE) APPROVED PERMIT DRAWINGS. 28. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO ARRANGE WITH THE LANDLORD FOR THE BUILDING. WHERE BUILDING EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ARE TO BE LOCATED AND HOW TRUCK TRAFFIC IS TO BE ROUTED TO AND FROM THE BUILDING. 29. AN APPROVAL BY THE TENANT WILL ONLY BE VALID IF IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY THE TENANT OR BY THE TENANT'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE FOR SUCH PURPOSE. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING APPROVAL FROM TENANTS ARCHITECT ON ALL STRUCTURAL CHANGES DURING THE COURSE OF THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE OF PROJECT, AS WELL AS VERIFICATION OF CORRECT INSTALLATION AND SPECIFICATION FOR MISCELLANEOUS STEEL FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS, STEEL FOR MEZZANINES (IF APPUCABLE), DUCTS, ETC. THE LANDLORD'S ARCHITECT AND THE LANDLORD ARE NOT INVOLVED NOR WILL THEY TAKE ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR TENANTS STRUCTURE. ANY STRUCTURAL WORK ON PROJECT TO INCLUDE BUT NOT BE UMITED TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS, HANGING SYS I EMS, CONCRETE SLABS, COSTS, ETC. 30. THE GENERAL. CONTRACTOR WILL BE REQUIRED TO PROTECT ALL NEUTRAL PIERS, LANDLORD'S AND ADJACENT TENANT CONSTRUCTION IF ADJACENT TO THIS TENANT'S WORK, AND MAKE ANY AND ALL REQUIRED REPAIRS TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE LANDLORD AND / OR THE TENANT IF THIS WORK IS DAMAGED. 31. ALL FINISH AND EXPOSED WOOD SHALL BE KILN DRIED, MILL QUALITY FINISH AND SHALL RECEIVE A FIRE RETARDANT COATING OR TREATMENT IF REQUIRED BY CODE OR THE LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL. NO WOOD OR COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL SHALL BE USED ABOVE THE SUSPENDED CEILING UNLESS NONCOMBUSTIBLE LUMBER 15 USED AND IS SPECIFICALLY ALLOWED BY APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES, THE FIRE MARSHALL AND ALL AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION. IF FIRE TREATED WOOD 15 REQUIRED FOR FIXTURING ITEMS, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR EXECUTING THIS WORK AS PER BUILDING OFFICIALS' REQUIREMENTS. 32. 33. 34. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL, AS REQUIRED, BEGINNING WITH THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE, HAND OPERATED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, U.L RATED, AS PER LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS: PLACEMENT AS APPROVED BY TENANT AND LOCAL BUILDING OFFICIAL ALL CEIUNGS, IF REQUIRED, SHALL BE UNDERWRITERS APPROVED AND OF THE NONCOMBUSTIBLE TYPE. SEE CEIUNG SPECIFICATION WITHIN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAILY REMOVAL, OR AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD, OF TRASH, RUBBISH AND SURPLUS MATERIALS RESULTING FROM CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS PARTICIPATING IN THE PERFORMANCE OF TENANTS WORK SHALL REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF, AT LEAST ONCE A WEEK AND MORE FREQUENTLY AS TENANT MAY DIRECT, ALL DEBRIS AND RUBBISH CAUSED BY OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF TENANTS WORK AND, UPON COMPLETION THEREOF, REMOVE ALL TEMPORARY STRUCTURES, SURPLUS MATERIALS, DEBRIS AND RUBBISH OF WHATEVER KIND REMAINING IN THE BUILDING WHICH HAD BEEN BROUGHT IN OR CREATED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS IN THE PERFORMANCE OF TENANTS WORK. THIS CONTRACTOR MUST MAINTAIN A CLEAR PATH OF EGRESS FROM THE PREMISES FREE FROM TRASH AND RUBBISH AT ALL TIMES. ALL REMOVAL OF CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS TO AN APPROVED DUMPING SITE TO BE INCLUDED IN THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S WORK. 35. ALL EXITS SHALL BE UNOBSTRUCTED AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION AND OCCUPANCY. 36. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND PAY FOR ALL TEMPORARY UTILITY SERVICES DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION. 37. EACH CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR PARTICIPATING IN THE PERFORMANCE OF TENANT'S WORK SHALL (A) MAKE APPROPRIATE ARRANGEMENTS WITH LANDLORD FOR TEMPORARY UTILITY CONNECTIONS INCLUDING WATER AND ELECTRICITY, AS AVAILABLE WITHIN THE BUILDING, WHICH CONNECTIONS SHALL BE AT SUCH LOCATIONS AS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY LANDLORD, (B) PAY THE COST OF THE CONNECTIONS AND OF PROPER MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL OF SAME, AND (C) PAY ALL UTILITY CHARGES INCURRED AT THE PREVAIUNG RATES OF THE UTILITY COMPANY PROVIDING SUCH SERVICE TO THE BUILDING, DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION UP TO AND INCLUDING THE DATE OF "TURN OVER TO THE TENANT. 38. IT IS THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S REQUIREMENT, THROUGH ITS SUBCONTRACTORS, TO RECONFIGURE AND BRING IN NEW UTILITY SERVICES AS REQUIRED, TO MEET THE NEEDS OF THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 39. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WORKING ON THIS PROJECT ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTACTING THE PUBUC UTILITY COMPANIES SUPPLYING UTILITIES TO THE AREA WHERE THE PROJECT IS LOCATED, IN ORDER TO VERIFY LOCATIONS OF UTILITIES, UNDERGROUND OR OVERHEAD, AND SECURE THE PROPER PROCEDURES WHILE WORKING ADJACENT TO, ABOVE OR NEAR SUCH UTILITIES TO AVOID ANY PROBLEMS WITH EXPLOSIONS, DISCONNECTION, REMOVALS, ETC. 40. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL APPLY FOR ALL UTILITY METERS AND NOTIFY THE UTILITY COMPANY OF THE NAME, ADDRESS AND PHONE NUMBERS OF THE TENANT FOR PERMANENT SERVICES. TENANTS G.C. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED SHALL BRING IN ALL ADDITIONAL SERVICES, ADEQUATE FOR TENAN NEEDS AS REQUIRED,INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO ELECTRIC, SPRINKLER, SOIL (WASTE), AND DOMESTIC WATER ONES (WHEN APPUCABLE). 41. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND / OR IT'S ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH THE TENANT OR THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. THIS CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY AMPERAGE / VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS, WIRING SIZES AND REQUIREMENTS (SERVICE AND PANEL SPECIFICATION) WITH THE EQUIPMENT SUPPUERS, AND CHECK THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR MISCALCULATIONS, IN COORDINATION WITH EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS FOR EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY THE TENANT, THE CONTRACTORS OR OTHER SOURCES (AS SPECIFIED BY THE ARCHITECT) AS A DOUBLE CHECK TO ASCERTAIN PROPER INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AT THE CORRECT AMPERAGE / VOLTAGE AND WIRING SIZE. NO LIGHT FIXTURES ARE TO BE ORDERED UNTIL THIS "DOUBLE CHECK" TAKES PLACE. 42. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND / OR ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR IS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL EMERGENCY AND EXIT UGHTING, AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE OR AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE PROJECT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN THE APPUCABLE "RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ". THE EXIT / EMERGENCY UGHTING SHOULD BE PROPERLY LABELED AND APPROVED TYPE LOCKOUTS INSTALLED. 43. ALL PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN TO BE NEW AND ELECTRICAL SERVICE CONDUIT AND WIRE TO THE DEMISED PREMISES TO BE EXTENDED TO THE POINT OF NEW PANELS BY THE CONTRACTOR AS NECESSARY AND SHOWN ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY THAT THESE UTILITY UNES ARE AT OR ADJACENT TO TENANTS SPACE AS NOTED AND AT THE SIZE SPECIFIED, BASED ON GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S OR SUBCONTRACTOR'S PRE -BID REVIEW OF PREMISES. IF THE UTILITIES ARE NOT IN LOCATIONS AS NOTED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR OF A SIZE LARGER OR SMALLER THAN NOTED, THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO MODIFY THE SERVICE ACCORDINGLY WITH EITHER NEW CONDUIT AND / OR NEW COPPER SERVICE WIRE EXTENDING BACK TO LANDLORD'S ELECTRICAL / METER ROOM SERVICE POINT, AND INCLUDE SUCH COSTS IN THE BID TO THE TENANT. 44. THE ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR 15 TO PROVIDE A CIRCUIT DIRECTORY WITH PROPER PHASING AND BALANCING, WHICH IS TO CONFORM TO THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND UNDERWRITER'S CODE. THE SIGN(S) JUNCTION BOX PERMIT IS TO BE INCLUDED IN THE WORK FOR THE ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR AND THE BOX IS TO BE SUPPLIED BY THIS CONTRACTOR AND PROPERLY LABELED. 45. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR THE FIXTURE CONTRACTORS, THOSE CONTRACTORS PAID BY THE G.C., BASED ON THE SPECIFIC CONTRACTOR SUPPLYING THE MILLWORK OR FIXTURES, 15 TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS OF ALL MILLWORK AND FIXTURES, PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION, FOR APPROVAL BY THE TENANTS ARCHITECT. IT IS NOT THE TENANT'S ARCHITECT'S RESPONSIBILITY TO FOLLOW UP ON THESE OR ANY OTHER REQUIRED SHOP DRAWINGS. 45a. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL TRADES PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION, AND SUBMIT SAMPLES MATERIALS, COLORS AND FINISHES TO CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL. 46. GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL PERFORM ALL LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS AND FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL FIXTURES, UTIUZING SPECIFIED FIXTURE CONTRACTORS, IF NOTED. 47. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY ALL NECESSARY GROUNDS FOR ALL MILLWORK AND FIXTURES, FITTINGS AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED. CONTACT FIXTURE CONTRACTOR FOR SPECIFICS. 48. ALL EQUIPMENT, MILLWORK AND FIXTURES SUPPUED BY THE TENANT TO BE UNLOADED, ASSEMBLED AND INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 49. THE PROPER RECEIPT OF ALL NEW MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT AT THE JOB SITE IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AND / OR ITS SUBCONTRACTORS (IF ANY). SECURE AND SAFE STORAGE OF ALL NEW AND EXISTING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN (IF ANY) WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO IMMEDIATELY ADVISE TENANT OR TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE OF ALL DAMAGED OR DEFICIENT SHIPMENTS OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT, WHETHER SUPPUED BY TENANT OR DIRECTLY BY CONTRACTOR OR IT'S SUPPUERS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COMPLETE AND SUBMIT ALL NECESSARY PAPERWORK AND ARRANGE INSPECTIONS OF DAMAGED GOODS AS PER TENANT CONSTRUCTION DEPT. REQUIREMENTS. NOTIFY TENANT, OR TENANTS REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY POSSIBLE DELAYS. INCOMPLETE ORDERS AND DELAYS ARE TO BE IMMEDIATELY BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE SUPPLIER AND THE ARCHITECT. SUBMIT CONFIRMATION OF ALL ORDERS, DELIVERY DATES, AND A FULL WRITTEN SCHEDULE TO TENANTS ARCHITECT. 50. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL UNLOAD, PROTECT AND INSTALL TENANTS SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND FURNISHINGS. 51. ALL EXISTING TO REMAIN AND NEW BUILDING ENTRY GLASS AND DOORS, STOREFRONT AND INTERIOR GLAZING, IF APPUCABLE, MUST COMPLY WITH ALL APPUCABLE CODES, LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, LANDLORD'S AND TENANTS CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SAFETY GLAZING STANDARDS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY IN FIELD ALL EXISTING GLAZING TO REMAIN MEETS OR EXCEEDS SUCH CODES, STANDARDS, ETC. INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO TYPE, SUPPORT, FRAMING METHODS, ETC_ AND UPGRADE IF OR AS REQUIRED. ALL STOREFRONTS TO BE INSTALLED BY GLAZING SUBCONTRACTORS CAREFULLY FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS AND DETAILS FOR DESIGN AGAINST WIND LOAD CONSIDERATIONS, EVEN THOUGH SUCH INSTALLATION OF STOREFRONT GLAZING MAY BE IN AN ENCLOSED BUILDING. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTING STRUCTURAL SUPPORT/ HANGING CONDITIONS FOR STOREFRONT AND IF STRUCTURAL SPANS ABOVE FOR SUCH HANGING EXCEED NORMAL HANGING SUPPORT DETAILS OR SPAN AND / OR WIND LOAD CALCULATIONS ARE REQUIRED DUE TO LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS, THIS CONTRACTOR 15 TO HIRE A LOCAL STRUCTURAL CONSULTANT TO DESIGN SUCH SUPPORT SYSTEM HANGERS AND COMPLETE ALL STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS / DRAWINGS IN TFIOSE AREAS WHERE SUCH INFORMATION 15 REQUIRED AND TO INCLUDE SUCH COSTS IN THE BID TO THE TENANT. 52. ANY SUBSMUTIONS OF FINISH MATERIALS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE TENANTS ARCHITECT IN WRITING. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SUBMITTING TWO (2) SAMPLES OF EACH SUBSTITUTION. 52a. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COMPLETE INFORMATION / DATA ON ANY DEVIATION / SUBSTITUTIONS FROM THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS IN A TIMELY MANNER. 53. ALL CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS AND / OR FLUNG IN OF DEPRESSED FLOOR AREAS LEVEL WITH CONCRETE OR OTHER APPROVED FINISHES WILL BE COMPLETED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INCLUDE MISCELLANEOUS STEEL FRAMING AND METAL DECK (IF APPLICABLE) AND CONCRETE INSTALLATION. ALL FLOOR SLAB PENETRATIONS SHALL HAVE WATERTIGHT SLEEVES EXTENDING A MINIMUM 4" A.F.F. AND MUST BE INSTALLED PER LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. CONCRETE SLABS MAY ONLY BE CORE DRILLED / SAW CUT, IF CONTRACTOR 15 REQUIRED TO PENETRATE SUCH SLAB ABOVE, BELOW OR ADJACENT TO TENANTS SPACE; COORDINATION AND APPROVAL BY THE LANDLORD WILL BE NECESSARY PRIOR TO CORE DRIWNG / SAWCUTTING_ IF THIS IS A STRUCTURAL SLAB THEN ANY AND ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH SLAB MUST BE COORDINATED WITH THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND / OR IT'S PLUMBING / ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR, WITH LANDLORD'S PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL, TO CORE DRILL / SAW CUT, (WHICHEVER 15 APPUCABLE) CONCRETE SLAB. IF SAW CUTTING OCCURS, INSTALL UNDER SLAB PLUMBING WASTE PIPING / ELECTRICAL CONDUIT. FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW CONCRETE SLAB IN EXCAVATED AREA TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT SLAB IN THICKNESS, STRESS AND STRENGTH. PIN BOTH EXISTING SIDES TO NEW SLAB WITH 1/2" DIAMETER STEEL RODS 12" 0.C. STAGGERED. 54. ALL THE FLOOR FINISHES, WITHIN THE PREMISES, OR AT THE TRANSITION BETWEEN LANDLORD FLOOR FINISHES AND TENANT'S FLOOR FINISHES (AT ENTRY OR REAR DOOR. IF APPLICABLE) ARE TO BE SMOOTH AND LEVEL TO AVOID TRIPPING HAZARDS AND BE WITHIN THE REQUIREMENTS OF BARRIER FREE DESIGN. IF AN EXPANSION JOINT COVER 15 REQUIRED, SUCH COVER IS TO BE LEVEL AND SMOOTH WITH TENANTS FLOOR FINISH ELEVATION AND WILL NOT PROJECT ABOVE SUCH FLOOR FINISH ELEVATION. IF THE EXISTING SLABS ARE NOT LEVEL, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE EXTENSIVE FLASH PATCHING THROUGHOUT TO OBTAIN A SMOOTH AND LEVEL CONCRETE SLAB. 55. SHOULD AN EXPANSION JOINT OCCUR IN THE LEASED PREMISES, GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION AFFECTED BY SUCH JOINT, INCLUDING FURNISHING AND INSTALUNG A LEVEL SLAB HEIGHT EXPANSION JOINT COVER, INCLUDING FLOOR, WALLS AND CEIUNG. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF ALL SUCH EXPANSION JOINTS IN A MANNER CONSISTENT WITH ACCEPTABLE CONSTRUCTION DESIGN PRACTICES. 56. ANY SCAFFOLDING, SAFETY RAIUNGS, BARRICADES AND / OR PROTECTION DEVICES REQUIRED FOR THE PROJECT WILL BE FURNISHED AND PAID FOR BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AS PART OF THE BASE BID. PROTECTION OF WORK IN PLACE - WORK IN PLACE THAT 15 SUBJECT TO INJURY BECAUSE OF OPERATIONS BEING CARRIED ON ADJACENT THERETO SHALL BE COVERED, BOARDED UP, OR SUBSTANTIALLY ENCLOSED WITH ADEQUATE PROTECTION. ALL FORMS OF PROTECTION SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN A MANNER SUCH THAT, UPON COMPLETION, THE ENTIRE WORK WILL BE DELIVERED TO THE OWNER IN PROPER. WHOLE, AND UNBLEMISHED CONDITION. ALL SUCH WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. THE TENANT'S ARCHITECT 15 NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR JOB SITE SAFETY OR EXISTING CONDITIONS AT THE JOB SITE AND SINCE ALL WORK 15 BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR THE TENANT "FIT -OUT", THEIR REPRESENTATIVES WILL BE REQUIRED TO DO ALL SUPERVISION, OBSERVATIONS AND JOB SITE SAFETY. 57. THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM OF THE BUILDING HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO CARRY A MAXIMUM UVE LOAD AS SPECIFIED IN THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, AND THE LANDLORD'S OR TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND / OR THEIR SUBCONTRACTOR AND / OR ANY AND ALL MATERIAL SUPPLY HANDLERS NOT TO IMPOSE ANY LOADING FOR ANY OF THE TENANTS WORK ON A TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT BASIS WHICH CAN EXCEED SUCH SPECIFIED LOAD. 58. ANY ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS, DRIWNG, WELDING OR OTHER ATTACHMENT OR REINFORCEMENTS TO LANDLORD'S STRUCTURE TO ACCOMMODATE TENANT'S WORK SHALL NOT BE PERFORMED WITHOUT, IN EACH INSTANCE, GENERAL CONTRACTOR OBTAINING LANDLORD'S PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL, AND THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL LEAVE LANDLORD'S STRUCTURE AS STRONG AS, OR STRONGER THAN, THE ORIGINAL DESIGN AND WITH FINISHES UNIMPAIRED. ONLY UTIUZE LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED ROOFING CONTRACTOR FOR ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS, FLASHING AND COUNTER FLASHING. 59. SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGN AND / OR LAYOUT MODIFICATION, (IF APPLICABLE) TO BE PROVIDED BY THE DESIGNATED SPRINKLER SUBCONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBMISSIONS TO THE FIRE MARSHALL AND BUILDING INSPECTOR FOR THE NECESSARY APPROVAL ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE SPRINKLER SUBCONTRACTOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY WITH THE LANDLORD OR LANDLORD'S CRITERIA IF SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR 15 TO BE LANDLORD'S APPROVED OR DESIGNATED CONTRACTOR. SPRINKLER HEAD SPACING TO CONFORM WITH THE LATEST N.F.PA STANDARDS (PAMPHLET 13) AND ALL CODES HAVING JURISDICTION. SPRINKLER HEAD BRANCH ONES, DROPS AND HEADS ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE SPRINKLER SUBCONTRACTOR AND THE DESIGN MUST BE BASED ON FLOOR LAYOUT AND REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. APPROVALS BY LANDLORD, LANDLORD'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITER AND THE BUILDING INSPECTOR AND FIRE MARSHALL WILL BE REQUIRED. 60. THE MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR VISITING THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID FOR THE WORK ON THIS PROJECT. THE CONTRACTOR MUST BECOME FAMILIARIZED WITH THE FIELD CONDITIONS, AND THE SCOPE OF WORK. CONTRACTOR TO ENGINEER (UNLESS A FIRE ALARM DRAWING 15 SUBMITTED AS A PART OF THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS), FURNISH AND INSTALL ANY / ALL REQUIRED FIRE ALARM, SMOKE EVACUATION, SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS, INCLUDING ANY / ALL PARTS AND LABOR (OR MODIFY EXISTING AS REQUIRED), TO MEET LOCAL CODES, LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS AND ARE MARSHAL SPECIFICATION, WHETHER SUCH WORK 15 OR IS NOT SHOWN IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. IF A SMOKE EVACUATION AND / OR DETECTION SYSTEM OCCURS FOR THIS SPACE. IT SHALL BE LEFT INTACT DURING CONSTRUCTION AND ANY NEW WORK, MODIFICATION AND REWIRING TO BE COMPLETED DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE TO POINT OF NEW PANELS. IF SMOKE DETECTORS ARE REQUIRED TO BE HARD WIRED TO LANDLORD FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, THEY ARE TO BE PER LANDLORD'S SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT LANDLORD OR APPROVED AGENTS FOR PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION OF DETECTORS AT G.C. EXPENSE. G.C. AND / OR ITS ARE ALARM SUBCONTRACTOR TO CONTACT LANDLORD FOR FINAL POINT OF CONNECTION TO LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM JUNCTION BOX AND PERFORM WORK AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 61. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE MECHANICAL SYSTEM TO INCLUDE BUT NOT BE UMITED TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, INSTALLED AND MOUNTED WITH DISCONNECT AND WIRING, HANGERS AND DUNNAGE FOR SAME (INCLUDING THE HIRING OF A LOCAL STRUCTURAL ENGINEER TO DESIGN SUCH DUNNAGE HANGERS), DUCTWORK, COLLARS, DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, CONTROLS, TIME CLOCKS, ETC., WHETHER OR NOT SUCH WORK 15 OR IS NOT SHOWN OR DEUNEATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR(S) ARE REQUIRED TO COORDINATE WITH ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS ON JOB TO MAINTAIN TENANTS CEIUNG HEIGHT, LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATION, SPRINKLER BRANCH UNES, ETC. 62. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALUNG ALL TOILET ACCESSORIES, AS WELL AS THE NEW TOILET ROOM(S), DRINKING FOUNTAIN AND SERVICE SINK IF APPLICABLE, IN THESE PREMISES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE OR EXISTING. TOILET ACCESSORY AND FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS TO BE THE HEIGHT NOTED ON THE LATEST A.D.A / CABO / ANSI REGULATIONS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL BUILDING AGENCIES AND PLUMBING CODES. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW TOILET EXHAUST WITH ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK, ROOF PENETRATIONS, OR HOOK UP TO COMMON EXHAUST DUCT WITH BACKDRAFT DAMPER ETC., INCLUDING ASSOCIATED ELECTRICAL HOOKUP AND PANEL CONNECTIONS, OR REFURBISH EXISTING LIGHT / FAN UNITS) TO LIKE NEW CONDITION, (WHERE NOTED ON THE PLANS), WHETHER SUCH WORK IS SHOWN OR NOT SHOWN IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. THE TOILET ROOM IS OF THE A.D.A. AND/ OR CABO / ANSI TYPE AND ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TOILET ACCESSORIES ARE TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, BUT WITH SPECIFICATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE, UTILIZING ABOVE SPECIFICATIONS ONLY AS A GUIDEUNE. 63. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTOR TO ENGINEER AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY MISC. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHAPES. SHAPES TO BE INSTALLED WHERE DIRECTED BY THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR ADDITIONAL MECHANICAL UNIT ROOFTOP SUPPORT AND THE SUPPORT OF INTERIOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, COLLARS, DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, EXHAUSTS, FANS, ETC. 64. ALL GYPSUM BOARD TO BE 5/8" THICK, FIRE CODE "X" BOTH SIDES (WATER RESISTANT IN TOILET ROOMS) AND ALL METAL STUDS TO BE 3 5/8" METAL STUDS - MINIMUM GAUGE AS PER CODE AT 16" O.C. TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DEMISING WALL FIRE RATING TO BE CONFIRMED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR RESPONDING TO LANDLORD AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. SEE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR WALL INDICATIONS. ALL PENETRATIONS FOR SUPPLY OR RETURN AIR, ETC., TO HAVE PROPERLY INSTALLED FIRE DAMPERS MEETING THE LATEST FIRE DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. BASED ON SPECIFIC LOCATION OF TENANTS SPACE IN BUILDING THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING APPROVAL FROM THE BUILDING AND ELECTRICAL INSPECTORS FOR ALL CONCEALED WORK PRIOR TO CLOSING UP WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS. 65. ALL GYPSUM BOARD TO BE APPLIED VERTICALLY ON WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL GYPSUM WALL BOARD TO BE ARE RESISTANT AND NONCOMBUSTIBLE AS SPECIFIED BY LOCAL CODES. 66. ALL METAL FRAMING, GYPSUM BOARD, PARTITIONS, SOFFITS AND FACADES BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 67. ALT GYPSUM BOARD TO BE FIRE TAPED AND SPACKLED THREE (3) COATS, SANDED AND READY TO RECEIVE PAINT OR WALL COVERING. ALL EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD TO BE REPAIRED TO "UKE NEW" CONDITION. 68. ALL DOORS, METAL BUCKS, TRIMMED OPENINGS AND HARDWARE, INCLUDING LOCKS, TO BE PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 69. ALL SWITCH / OUTLET PLATES / COVERS TO BE FINISHED IN SAME COLOR / WALL COVERING AS ADJACENT WALL FINISHES, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE FACTORY PAINTED GRILLES, DIFFUSERS, METAL TRIM (BUCKS, ETC.), ACCESSORIES, SWITCH AND OUTLET PLATES. ETC., ARE TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE IN AN ENAMEL CLEANABLE FINISH, OR AS SPECIFIED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 70. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR I5 RESPONSIBLE TO CUT AND FRAME ALL OPENINGS FOR OTHER TRADES, SUCH AS MECHANICAL, SPRINKLER, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, FIXTURE CONTRACTOR, THROUGH PARTITIONS AND STRUCTURAL WALLS. ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH RATED WALLS, WITH DUCTS OR PIPING, TO BE FILLED AT OPENING WITH "FRESTOPPING" MATERIALS TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE SPECIFIED RATING OF THE WALL 71. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED TO FURNISH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM COVERAGE AND OMITS OF LIABILITY. IF TENANT'S REQUIREMENTS ARE MORE STRINGENT, GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 REQUIRED TO ADHERE TO THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS. INSURANCE TO MEET GGP REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING ADDITIONAL INSURED PROVISIONS. A. WORKMAN'S COMPENSATION, AS REQUIRED BY STATE LAW, AND INCLUDING EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE WITH A LIMIT OF NOT LESS THAN $2,000,000 AND ANY INSURANCE REQUIRED BY ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFITS ACTS OR OTHER STATUTES APPUCABLE WHERE THE WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED AS WILL PROTECT THE CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS FROM ANY AND ALL LIABILITY UNDER THE AFOREMENTIONED ACTS. B. COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE (INCLUDING CONTRACTOR'S PROTECTIVE LIABILITY) IN AN AMOUNT NOT LESS THAN $2,000,000 FOR ANY ONE OCCURRENCE WHETHER INVOLVING BODILY INJURY LIABIUTY (OR DEATH RESULTING THEREFROM) OR PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY OR A COMBINATION THEREOF WITH A AGGREGATE OMIT OF $2,000,000. SUCH INSURANCE SHALL PROVIDE FOR EXPLOSION, COLLAPSE AND UNDERGROUND COVERAGE. SUCH INSURANCE SHALL INSURE THE TENANT, THE LANDLORD AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR BODILY INJURY, INCLUDING DEATH RESULTING THEREFROM AND DAMAGE TO OR DESTRUCTION OF PROPERTY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER AND TO WHOMEVER BELONGING AND ARISING FROM IT'S OPERATIONS UNDER THE CONTRACT AND WHETHER SUCH OPERATIONS ARE PERFORMED BY THE TENANT, GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR ANY OF THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS, OR BY ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY OF THEM. C. TENANT'S PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE: TENANT SHALL PROVIDE OWNER'S (TENANT'S) PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE THAT WILL INSURE TENANT AGAINST ANY AND ALL LIABILITY TO THIRD PARTIES FOR DAMAGE BECAUSE OF BODILY INJURY UABIUTY (OR DEATH RESULTING THEREFROM) AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY OF OTHERS OR A COMBINATION THEREOF, WHICH MAY ARISE FROM WORK IN CONNECTION WITH THE LEASED PREMISES, AND ANY OTHER LIABIUTY FOR DAMAGES WHICH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND / OR SUBCONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED TO INSURE AGAINST UNDER ANY PROVISIONS HEREIN. SAID INSURANCE SHALL BE PROVIDED IN MINIMUM AMOUNTS AS FOLLOWS: C1. BODILY INJURY, PER OCCURRENCE FOR PERSONAL INJURY AND / OR DEATH $2.000.000.00. C2. PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY $5,000,000.00. TENAN BUILDERS RISK INSURANCE COMPLETED VALUE BUILDERS RISK MATERIAL DAMAGE INSURANCE COVERAGE: TENANT SHALL PROVIDE FOR TENANT AND ALL PHYSICAL LOSS" BUILDERS RISK INSURANCE POUCY ON THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED FOR TENANT IN THE LEASED PREMISES AS IT RELATES TO THE BUILDING WITHIN WHICH THE LEASED PREMISES ARE LOCATED. THE POUCY SHALL INCLUDE AS INSURED, TENANT, THE LANDLORD, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AS THEIR INTERESTS MAY APPEAR. THE AMOUNT OF INSURANCE TO BE PROVIDED SHALL BE 100 REPLACEMENT COSTS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO UST ALL ADDITIONAL INSUREDS AS PER LANDLORD'S CRITERIA IN ADDITION TO TENANTS ARCHITECT AND TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGEMENT COMPANY (IF APPLICABLE). INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS NOT OBTAINED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AS NOTED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS, WILL NOT RELIEVE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OF THE RESPONSIBILITY OR UABIUTY FOR THIS PROJECT. A COPY OF ALL INSURANCE PAPERS TO BE SENT TO THE TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGEMENT COMPANY, NOT FOR REVIEW BUT FOR RECORD PURPOSES ONLY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IS TO INDEMNIFY, HOLD HARMLESS, AND DEFEND THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER, ITS CONSULTANTS, AND THE EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS OF ANY OF THEM FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, SUITS, DEMANDS, LIABILITIES, LOSSES, DAMAGES, AND COSTS ("LOSSES "), INCLUDING BUT NOT UMITED TO COSTS OF DEFENSE, ARISING IN WHOLE OR IN PART OUT OF THE NEGUGENCE OF THE CONTRACTOR, ITS SUBCONTRACTORS, THE OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS AND SUBCONTRACTORS OF ANY OF THEM, OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM MAY BE UABLE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH LOSSES ARE CAUSED IN PART BY A PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER. SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED FROM THE FOREGOING ARE LOSSES ARISING OUT OF 1) THE PREPARATION OR APPROVAL OF MAPS, DRAWINGS, OPINIONS, REPORTS, SURVEYS, CHANGE ORDERS, DESIGNS, OR SPECIFICATIONS. C3. THE GMNG OF OR FAILURE TO GIVE DIRECTIONS BY THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER. ITS CONSULTANTS, AND THE AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES OF ANY OF THEM, PROVIDED SUCH GIVING OR FAILURE TO GIVE IS THE PRIMARY CAUSE OF LOSS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO NAME THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER, ITS AGENTS AND CONSULTANTS ON THE CONTRACTOR'S POUCY OR POUCIES OF COMPREHENSIVE OR COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE. SUCH INSURANCE SHALL INCLUDE PRODUCTS AND COMPLETED OPERATIONS AND CONTRACTUAL UABILITY COVERAGE, SHALL BE PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTING WITH ANY INSURANCE MAINTAINED BY THE ARCHITECT /ENGINEER OR ITS AGENTS AND CONSULTANTS, AND SHALL PROVIDE THAT THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER BE GIVEN THIRTY DAYS, UNQUALIFIED WRITTEN NOTICE PRIOR TO ANY CANCELLATION THEREOF. IF THE FOREGOING REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT MET BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, THAT GENERAL CONTRACTOR REMAINS OBUGATED TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER, ITS CONSULTANTS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS AND ALL OTHER STATED INSUREDS, FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL LOSSES WHICH WOULD HAVE BEEN INDEMNIFIED AND INSURED AGAINST BY THE CONTRACTOR, BUT WERE NOT. 72. IF A REAR EXIT DOOR EXISTS THEN THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 REQUIRED TO FURNISH AND INSTALL AN APPROVED AUDIBLE TYPE PANIC BAR ASSEMBLY FOR REAR EXIT DOOR(S), PAINT OUTSIDE OF DOOR AS PER LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS (UNLESS WORK 15 PREVIOUSLY COMPLETED BY LANDLORD) AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL PLACE TENANTS NAME IN TYPE, SIZE AND LOCATION ON OUTSIDE OF DOOR AS PER LANDLORD'S TYPICAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. IF DOOR IS IN NEED OF REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT, GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COMPLETE SUCH WORK, AND INCLUDE COSTS IN BID TO TENANT. 73. ALL PAYMENTS MADE TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR THIS PROJECT ARE TO BE ALLOCATED FOR THIS PROJECT ONLY, FOR PAYMENTS TO SUBCONTRACTORS, MATERIAL SUPPUERS AND AGENTS AUTHORIZED BY THE SPECIFIC CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM WORK OR SUPPLY MATERIALS TO THIS PROJECT ONLY. PAYMENTS TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR BY TENANT, UNLESS CONTRACT STATES OTHERWISE, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST PURCHASE ALL MATERIALS FROM SPECIFIED VENDORS, AND MUST DOCUMENT ALL PURCHASES FOR WHICH A PAYMENT BY TENANT 15 MADE. 74. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO SUBMIT PARTIAL WAIVERS OF UENS FOR ITS WORK AS WELL AS SUBCONTRACTORS OR MATERIAL SUPPLIERS, UPON THE REQUEST OF THE TENANT OR THE TENANT'S ARCHITECT AND % RETENTION ON THIS PROJECT MUST INCLUDE SIGNED AND EXECUTED WAIVERS OF THE REQUEST FOR THE FINAL 10 % PAYMENT IN FULL (WITH FULL WARRANTY) BY ALL SUBCONTRACTORS % COMPLETION AND 100 UEN INDICATING 100 AND MATERIAL SUPPUERS, INCLUDI COMPLETION OF ALL PUNCHUST ITEMS. 75. ALL WORK THAT NEEDS TO BE COMPLETED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR BELOW OR ABOVE THE PREMISES MAY HAVE TO BE DONE IN OTHER TENANT'S DEMISED PREMISES AND SUCH WORK NEEDS 1fO BE DONE IN COORDINATION WITH THE TENANTS BELOW, OR ABOVE, INCLUDING ANY OVERTIME WORK 0 PAYMENT FOR SECURITY THAT MAY BE NECESSARY. THE COST FOR THIS WORK, INCLUDING OVERTIME, City - MUST BE ITS BASE BID, ALL 1 TO INCLUDE 1 1 COSTS IN COMPLETING BELOW SLAB WASTE PIPING, OVERHEAD DOMESTIC 1WATER Tukwila WALLS, CLEANING, FLOORS IN TENANT'S SPACE, LANDLORD'S SPACE OR ADJOINING TENANT'S SPACES. BU UNES, VENT LOOPS OR PENETRATIONS THROUGH ROOF AS WELL AS ALL SECURITY COSTS, REPAIRS O ILD�� DIVISION 76. THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS LISTED IN THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN PREPARED BASED ON THE BEST INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO TENANT DURING PREPARATION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. IN THE EVENT THAT PROBLEMS ARISE DURING THE COURSE OF THE PROJECT, DUE TO UNKNOWN SITE CONDITIONS OR CODE AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS (IF ANY) THAT CONFLICT WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE TENANTS ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. ANY CHANGES THAT WILL BE REQUIRED, WILL BE DEUNEATED BY TENANT ARCHITECT. 77. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO ADHERE TO ALL NEW REQUIREMENTS, WHETHER STATED OR NOT ON THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, FOR THE LATEST A.D.A. LAW EFFECTIVE JANUARY 26, 1992. THIS LAW 15 A CIVIL RIGHTS LAW AND THE EXCLUSION OF REQUIREMENTS BY THE LOCAL CODE OFFICIALS DOES NOT RELIEVE THE TENANT OR THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OF ADHERING TO THE NECESSARY WORK, EITHER DURING CONSTRUCTION OR AFTER OCCUPANCY. 78. QUALITY STANDARDS: ALL SUCH WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A FIRST -CLASS WORKMANLIKE MANNER AND SHALL BE IN GOOD AND USABLE CONDITION AT THE DATE OF COMPLETION THEREOF. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REQUIRE ANY PERSON PERFORMING ANY SUCH WORK TO GUARANTEE THE SAME TO BE FREE FROM ANY AND ALL DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS FOR ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ISSUANCE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. TENANT SHALL ALSO REQUIRE ANY SUCH PERSON TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REPLACEMENT OR REPAIR WITHOUT ADDITIONAL CHARGE, OF ANY AND ALL WORK DONE OR FURNISHED BY OR THROUGH SUCH PERSON, WHICH SHALL BECOME DEFECTIVE WITHIN ONE (1) YEAR AFTER COMPLETION OF THE WORK. THE CORRECTION OF SUCH WORK SHALL INCLUDE, WITHOUT ADDITIONAL CHARGE, ALL EXPENSES AND DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH REMOVAL, REPLACEMENT OR REPAIR OF ANY PART OF THE WORK WHICH MAY BE DAMAGED OR DISTURBED THEREBY. ALL WARRANTIES OR GUARANTEES AS TO MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP ON OR WITH RESPECT TO TENANT'S WORK SHALL BE CONTAINED IN THE CONTRACT OR SUBCONTRACT WHICH SHALL INSURE TO THE BENEFIT OF BOTH LANDLORD AND TENANT, AS THEIR RESPECTIVE INTERESTS APPEAR AND CAN BE DIRECTLY ENFORCED BY EITHER. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO HAVE THIS CLAUSE IN EVERY SUBCONTRACTOR AGREEMENT FOR THE PROJECT AND IF SUCH CLAUSE IS NOT INCLUDED, IT WILL NOT RELIEVE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OF THE REQUIREMENTS OR WORK STATED HEREIN. 79. TENANTS WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THAT OF LANDLORD AND OTHER TENANTS IN THE BUILDING TO SUCH EXTENT THAT TENANT'S WORK WILL NOT INTERFERE WITH OR DELAY COMPLETION OF OTHER CONSTRUCTION WORK IN THE BUILDING. 80. CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY THAT THIS SPACE IS ASBESTOS FREE. NO ASBESTOS WORK I5 TO BE COMPLETED BY THIS CONTRACTOR UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED IN THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. IF ASBESTOS IS UNCOVERED, NOTIFY THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE IMMEDIATELY AND STOP ALL WORK. LANDLORD 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ASBESTOS TESTING, F1UNG AND REMOVAL. 81. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AT THE POINT OF "SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION" AND "TURNOVER" OF PREMISES TO TENANT, MUST COMPLETE, AT GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S COST AND EXPENSE (FINAL PAYMENT CANNOT BE REQUESTED TO TENANT BY THIS GENERAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS ALL OF THIS WORK NOTED 15 COMPLETED): A. FINAL INSPECTIONS BY ALL BODIES HAVING JURISDICTION NECESSARY FOR FINAL COMPLETION, CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY OR COMPLETION, WHICHEVER IS APPLICABLE. B. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FNAUZE ALL APPLICABLE LANDLORD AND TENANT PUNCH USTS AND / OR REQUIREMENTS, PAY ALL APPUCABLE LANDLORD AND / OR TENANT CHARGES ALLOCATED TO THE SATISFACTION OF BOTH THE LANDLORD AND THE TENANT. C. FINAUZE CHANGES ON PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND MARK ALL APPROVED LANDLORD, BUILDING DEPARTMENT, FIRE MARSHALL AND TENANT CHANGES ON A SET OF PRINTS FOR BOTH TENANT AND TENANTS ARCHITECT AND FORWARD SUCH INFORMATION TO BOTH PARTIES VIA OVER NIGHT DELIVERY. MARKS SHALL BE COMPLETED USING A CLOUD PROCEDURE WITH A RED FELT TIP PEN TO EASILY DISTINGUISH CHANGES FROM ORIGINAL WORK. D. PREPARE A WRITTEN OPERATING PROCEDURE FOR STORE MANAGEMENT FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND CHANGE FILTERS FOR EQUIPMENT, ON DAY OF TURNOVER, IF APPLICABLE. E. PAY IN FULL ALL MATERIAL SUPPUERS AND FIXTURE CONTRACTORS THAT TENANT PREVIOUSLY SELECTED OR WHO MAY BE SPECIFIED ON THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WITH REQUESTS FOR WARRANTIES GATHERED, FOR TURNOVER TO TENANT FOR RECORD PURPOSES. F. TURN OVER ALL KEYS TO STORE MANAGEMENT. 82. GUARANTEES FOR ALL WORK BY SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL BE FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR, FROM THE DATE OF COMPLETION OF THE WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. AT THE TIME OF FINAL SUBMITTAL FOR ALL COSTS BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO THE LANDLORD, INCLUDING BASE BID, EXTRAS AND CRE DITS, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL FURNISH TO THE TENANT A WRITTEN GUARANTEE STIPULATING THAT, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT, ANY DEFECTIVE WORK OR MATERIALS SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF WORK, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. IF SUCH WORK AFFECTS TENANT'S OTHER WORK, TENANT'S OTHER WORK IS TO BE COMPLETED BY THE SUBCONTRACTOR AT NO COST TO THE LANDLORD OR TENANT. 82a. THE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR, PRIOR TO TURNOVER DATE, SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR A THOROUGH PROFESSIONAL CLEANING OF THE ENTIRE TENANT SPACE AND ONE ADDITIONAL CLEANING IMMEDIATELY TO STORE OPENING. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES MUST BE WIPED CLEAN AND FREE OF DUST. 82b. THE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE (1) ONE 30 YARD DUMPSTER FOR USE BY CLARKS STORE OPERATIONS AS TIME OF STORE MERCHANDISING. COORDINATE W/ CLARKS RESPRESENTATIVE. 83. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS ARE TO OBTAIN A CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION AND APPROVAL FROM THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT, OR OTHER AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AND SUBMIT SAME TO THE TENANTS ARCHITECT. FINAL PAYMENT WILL NOT BE ISSUED BY THE TENANT PRIOR TO RECEIPT OF SUCH CERTIFICATES. 84. UPON COMPLETION OF ALL CONSTRUCTION AND PRIOR TO TURNOVER OF THE SPACE, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR HAVING THE SPACE CLEANED. ANY CLEANING WHICH 15 NOT DONE AT THE TIME OF TURNOVER AND NEEDS TO BE DONE BY THE TENANT, WILL BE BACK CHARGED TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE G APPROVED MAR - 3 2008 8 & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: AKS ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : SHEET TITLE : GENERAL NOTES SHEET NO. : C10 ('! A FEB 10 2nna r L� i2vH 1 Iii -01 6 1 GENERAL FURNISH INSTALL REMARKS OWN LL c.c.0 LJ,. c.c_ PERMITTING FEES • • CERT_ OF OCCUPANCY/ CONTRACTOR SUBLIST • • BARRICADE • • CLEANING, TRASH REMOVAL, DUMPSTER • • TEMPORARY TELEPHONE/ FAX • • TEMPORARY POWER/LIGHTS • • DEMOLITION CONCRETE SLAB • • FIRE PROOFING (VERIFY RATING REQ'D) • • CONCRETE CUTTING & PATCHING • • FLOORING TRANSITIONS • • INSULATION . • AS REQUIRED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS • • IM ARSHALL NSTALL AT LOCATIONS AS DIRECTED BY FIRE REAR EXIT DOOR ASSEMBLY • • DEMISING WALLS I. • STUDS BY LANDLORD. i" TYPE 'X' GYP. BY G.C. STOREFRONT FURNISH INSTALL REMARKS ]WN L.L c.c.nwN L.L c.c. STOREFRONT GLAZING FRAMING SYSTEM • • STOREFRONT GLAZING • • STOREFRONT SIGN(S) . . G.C I NS T ALLED BY . TO PROVIDE SIGN POWER MFG. AND FINAL CONNECTION STOREFRONT DOORS • • STOREFRONT BRICK • • G.C. TO VERIFY BRICK TAKEOFF AND NOTIFY CLARKS STOREFRONT TRIM • • INTERIOR / SALES FURNISH INSTALL REMARKS owN L.L G.C.3WN L.L G.C. INTERIOR PARTITIONS • • FURRING AND FIRE RETARDANT BLOCKING • • AS NECESSARY PAINTED WALLS • • SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ON MOO MILL WORK • • INTERIOR BRICK • . WOOD FLOOR • • G.C. TO RUN WOOD FLOOR FRONT To BACK RECESSED ENTRY MAT (EXTERIOR STORES ONLY) PERIMETER FIXTURES/TRIM • • LOOSE FIXTURES • • STOCK ROOM FURNISH INSTALL REMARKS C LL G.C.OWN L.L G.C. METAL DECK FINISH • • AS REQUIRED PAINTED WALLS • • VCT TILE FLOOR • • VINYL BASE • • EMPLOYEE DESK • • SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SHEET AA01 METAL STOCK SHELVING • • TOILET ROOMS FURNISH INSTALL REMARKS JWN L.L G.C.3WN L.L. G.C. GYP. BD. CEILING • • VINYL COMPOSITE TILE FLOORING • • VINYL BASE . . FRP WALL FINISH • • TILE FLOOR/BASE TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES • • KC_ SIGNAGE • • MECHANICAL FURNISH INSTALL REMARKS 7WN Lt. G.C. OWN LL C.C. A-C. EQUIPMENT • • A.C. WIRE & CONNECTIONS • • DIFFUSERS & GRILLES • • TOILET EXHAUST FAN • • CONNECTION TO LANDLORD SYSTEM PROVIDED BY LIGHTING SUPPUER THERMOSTATS & CONTROLS • • A_C. CONTROL WIRING LOW VOLTAGE • • A.C. WIRING LINE VOLTAGE • . DUCTS . . I-IVAC EQUIPMENT ROOF CURBS / STRUCTURAL SUPPORT • • • AS REQUIRED TENANT METER • • ELECTRICAL FURNISH INSTALL REMARKS OWN Li. G.C.OWN Lt. c.c. ELECTRICAL CONDUIT FROM LL. ELECT. ROOM • • G.C. TO VERIFY LOCATION TELEPHONE CONDUIT FROM L.L. TFI FPHONE ROOM . • G.C. TO VERIFY LOCATION ELECTRICAL PANELS • . TENANTS ELECTRICAL WIRING • • SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS LIGHT FIXTURES, EXIT LIGHTING, EXIT SIGNAGE • . AS SPECIFIED ON REFLECTED CEIUNG PLAN A200 TELEPHONE JUNCTION BOX • • TELEPHONES • • P_O.S WIRING/ CASH REGISTERS • • CONDUITS JUNCTIONS W/ PULL STRING BY G.C. TENANT METER • • PLUMBING/ FIRE PROTECTION FURNISH INSTALL REMARKS 3WN L.L. G.C.JWN L.L. GO WATER SERVICE TO TENANT SPACE • • CUTTING & EXTENDING TO TOILET ROOM BY G.C. G.C. TO VERIFY LOCATION FINAL CONNECTION • • PLUMBING FIXTURES • • ADA DRINKING FOUNTAIN • • SPRINKLER MAIN • • G.C. TO CONFIRM CONDITION SPRINKLER HEADS & BRANCH LINES • • RESPONSIBILTY SCHEDULE SCOPE OF WORK FINISH SCHEDULE FLOORS FINISH / MATERIAL WOOD FLOOR - ROCKWELL 7" PLANK INSET ENTRY MAT 4' X 6' X 1/2" 12" X 12" X 1/8" STANDARD EXCELON SHEET VINYL 12" X 12" X 3/8" SLATE TILE 12" X 12" X 3/8" PORCELAIN TILE EXISTING MALL FLOORING WALLS SALES: SALES: TO BE PAINTED BEHIND CLEARSTORY WINDOWS IN SALES AREA PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYESTER PANELS BRICK VENEER BASE 2PC. WOOD BASE 4" COVE BASE CEILINGS 2' X 2' X 3/4" ACOUSTICAL CEILING PAINT PAINT 2' X 4' X 5/8" ACOUSTICAL CEILING PAINT MISCELLANEOUS COLOR / STYLE HONEY BERKSHIRE NATURAL BROWN #05 51858 SANDRIFT WHITE TRANSLATIONS #31735 - DESERT SAND STONEPEAK SLATE LAVA NEW BASICS COLLECTION - OATMEAL MATTE ACRYLIC LATEX ENAMEL #E -54 "RICHMOND BISQUE" ACRYLIC LATEX ENAMEL #2161 -40 "ACORN YELLOW" BLACK #2132 -10 ACRYLIC LATEX #913 "WINDSOR CREAM" MARLITE #P -100 , WHITE ANTIQUE RED CULTURED BRICK #CB -4052 #75 "DESERT SAND" 1/8" GAUGE GRID AND TILES TO BE FACTORY PAINTED BM #2161 -40 "ACORN YELLOW" ACRYLIC LATEX ENAMEL #2161 -40 "ACORN YELLOW" ACRYLIC LATEX #913 "WINDSOR CREAM" GRID & PANELS ARE WHITE STEEL & STRUCTURE APPALACHIAN BROWN #2115 -10 FINISH BRUSH CUT IMPERIAL TEXTURE EGGSHELL EGGSHELL FLAT SEMI -GLOSS PEBBLE FINISH CLEAR MATTE COLOR INTEGRATED LEDGES #8011 FLUSH TEGULAR EGGSHELL SEMI -GLOSS FINE FISSURED SQUARE EDGE #1729 MFR. BRUCE HARDWOOD FLOORS, ARMSTRONG 1 -888- ARMSTRONG MATS INC 1- 800 - MATS -INC ARMSTRONG 1- 888 - ARMSTRONG ARMSTRONG 1 -888- ARMSTRONG BY: STONEPEAK CERAMICS INC_ REP: JIM VARGO - CERAMIC TILE DISTRIBUTION INC. 216 -642 -1117 BY: STONEPEAK CERAMICS INC. REP: JIM VARGO - CERAMIC TILE DISTRIBUTION INC. 216 -642 -1117 BENJAMIN MOORE 1- 888 -854 -9889 BENJAMIN MOORE 1- 888 - 854 -9889 BENJAMIN MOORE 1- 888 - 854 -9889 BENJAMIN MOORE 1- 888 - 854 -9889 MARLITE 330- 343 -7296 BY: OWENS CORNING CULTURED STONE REP: NANCY HUTCHINSON 330 -725 -0333 ARMSTRONG 1- 888 - ARMSTRONG ARMSTRONG 1 -888- ARMSTRONG BENJAMIN MOORE 1- 888 -854 -9889 BENJAMIN MOORE 1- 888 - 854 -9889 ARMSTRONG 1 -877- 276 -7876 BENJAMIN MOORE 1- 888 - 854 -9889 LOCATION / REMARKS SALES: SALES ROOM FLOOR STOREFRONT ENTRY: INSET ENTRY MAT AT STOREFRONT DOORS (EXTERIOR STORES ONLY)- TRANSITION STRIPS BY G.C. STOCKROOM / TOILET ROOM AND EXIT CORRIDOR FLOORS: G.C. TO PROVIDE & INSTALL LATICRETE #9235 WATERPROOFING & ANTI- FRACTURE MEMBRANE, OR EQUAL, AT BATHROOM FLOORS, INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. CONTINUE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE A MINIMUM OF 6" AT ALL VERTICAL SURFACES. G.C. TO RUN SHEET VINYL 6" VERTICAL UP WALL SURFACES. WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE CAN BE ELIMINATED FOR SLAB ON GRADE CONDITIONS WHERE PERMITED BY LANDLORD. TOILET ROOMS: G.C. TO PROVIDE & INSTALL LATICRETE #9235 WATERPROOFING & ANTI - FRACTURE MEMBRANE, OR EQUAL, AT BATHROOM FLOORS, INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. CONTINUE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE A MINIMUM OF 6" AT ALL VERTICAL SURFACES. G.G. TO RUN SHEET VINYL 6" VERTICAL UP WALL SURFACES. WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE CAN BE ELIMINATED FOR SLAB ON GRADE CONDITIONS WHERE PERMITED BY LANDLORD. STOREFRONT: RECESSED ENTRY G.C. TO SUPPLY MAPEI #09 "GRAY" SANDED GROUT. TOILET ROOM: TOILET ROOM FLOOR AND BASE (WHEN REQUIRED BY LANDLORD) STOREFRONT: G.C. TO MATCH EXISTING MALL TILE. G.C. TO PURCHASE DIRECTLY FROM MALL AS REQUIRED. SALES: BACK OF HOUSE: STOCKROOM / TOILET ROOM WALLS TOILET ROOM: TOILET ROOM WALLS SALES / STOREFRONT: EXTERIOR STOREFRONT AND INTERIOR FOCAL WALL. SET BRICK WITH MASONARY ADHESIVE /MASTIC. GROUT JOINTS WITH STANDARD GROUT- POLYBLEND #NATURAL GREY. INSTALL WITH GROUT BAG SALES: 2 PIECE WOOD BASE MOULDING- REFER TO DETAIL 1/A103 BACK -OF HOUSE: STOCKROOM 1 TOILET ROOM/ AND EXIT HALLWAY BASE SALES: CEILING IN SALES SUSPENSION: PRELUDE SUSPENSION SYTEM. 15/16" TEE SYSTEM SALES: ALL INTERIOR GYP. BOARD SOFFITS, CEILING TILES AND GRID (PRE - PAINTED AT FACTORY)- HVAC SUPPLY AND RETURN DIFFUSERS TO BE PAINTED SEMI -GLOSS TOILET ROOM: GYP. BD. CEILING BACK OF HOUSE: CEILING IN STOCKROOM SUSPENSION: PRELUDE 15/16 EXPOSED TEE GRID SYSTEM STOREFRONT: TO BE PAINTED ON STOREFRONT LINTEL FIRE RATING CLASS 1 CLASS 1 CLASS 1 CLASS III /C CLASS 1 CLASS A CLASS A SUPPLIED BY OWNER OWNER G.C. G.C. G.C. G.C. G.C. G.C. G.C. G.G. G.C. G.C. OWNER -BRICK G.C. -GROUT F.C. G.C. OWNER G.C. G.C. G.C. G.C. KEY CID ©D ©D aD ©D ©D ©D ©D ©D ©D CID CAD aD DD ©D CLEAR COAT VERTICAL GRAIN WOOD STOREFRONT: SALES AND STOREFRONT WOOD F.C. INSTALLED BY G.C. G.C. G.C. G.C. G.C. G.C. G.C. REVIEWED FOR rn9F COMPLIANCE G r APPROVED MAR - 3 2808 G.0 City Of Tukwl► � ©� B ILDING DIMS G.C. G.C. G.C. G.C. G.C. G.C. G.C. G.C. G.C. G.C. G.C. G.C. CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: AKS ISSUE / DATE: 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : SHEET NO. IW & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS C102 FEB 19 2008 I~Lt+ia19 d L F3 SHEET TITLE : FINISH SCHEDULE / RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE WOOD ENTRY PIER COMPONENTS (SOLID FIR TRIM) WOOD ENTRY PIER COMPONENTS (FIR VENEER PANEL) PIER COMPONENT NOTES: 1. ALL WOOD COMPONENTS TO BE FIR WOOD. ©D 2. ALL FIR VENEER PANELS TO BE SUPPLIED SIZED 1" LARGER THAN SHOWN IN DETAILS ABOVE TO ALLOW FOR FIELD TRIMMING & ADJUSTMENT. 3. ALL FIR VENEER PANELS TO BE SHIPPED TO JOB 96" LONG AND TO BE SIZED TO FIT IN FIELD. 4. FIR VENEER PANELS TO BE APPLIED W/ MASTIC & PIN NAILS TO SOLID FIRE RATED PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY G.C. 5. ALL WOOD COMPONENTS (THOSE SUPPLIED BY F.C. & THOSE SUPPLIED BY OWNER) TO MEET LOCAL FIRE RATING / FLAME SPREAD REQUIREMENTS. 6. G.C. TO VERIFY NECESSARY SIZE IN THE FIELD AND TRIM TO CORRECT DIMENSION ON SITE INTERIOR MOULDING SCHEDULE MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS INTERIOR MOULDING PROFILES MOULDING NOTES: SUPPLIED BY 1 DETAIL— 2 PIECE BASE MOULDING B -1 C 1 03 SCALE: 6 " =1' -0" INSTALLED BY SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" 1. ALL WOOD MOULDING SUPPLIED BY F.C. TO BE VG FIR �� F ®� 2. INTERIOR/ EXTERIOR WOOD TRIM CORNERS TO BE MITERED. G.C. TO ENSURE TIGHT JOINTS WITHOUT GAPS O ' DE elit7IP ►NCE C A ppROVEO MAR OW -rUIVI"at sUIWIN D Si" I II- 4 fwd & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON, OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY AKS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHEET TITLE : MOULDING SCHEDULE / DETAILS SHEET NO. : C103 • FEB 1 G 2003 3" Il" u o II MI Elf I FINISH ©D i n WALL MOULDING MFG.: FLEETWOOD MATERIAL: FIR y 1" y F.C. TO PROVIDE 8" X 96" VENEER PANEL- G.C. TO TRIM IN FIELD (PIER SIDE) VP 1 2 I I I I WALL MOULDING MFG.: FLEETWOOD MATERIAL: FIR `� N F.C. TO PROVIDE 4' X 96" VENEER VENEER PANEL- G.C. TO TRIM IN FIELD (PIER SIDE) m© II =iv 20" i VP 4 1 .1... ` IWD 1 4 FINISH QD _""""""""""""""' r ufG 1 WALL MOULDING MFG.: FLEETWOOD MATERIAL: FIR F.C. dr IWD 1 5 FINISH ©D SW 1 I SW 1 2 I I SW 1 I WD 1 1 IWD 2 I IWD 1 I Iwo 14 IWD 15 r_ AI- cn m SW I 4 ®© I SW 6 SUPPLIED WITH DOOR ASSEMBLY I I 111 11 11 11 11 11 � Isw ♦ I ■ d 7 I ISWI 8 I ® 9 WOOD ENTRY PIER COMPONENTS (SOLID FIR TRIM) WOOD ENTRY PIER COMPONENTS (FIR VENEER PANEL) PIER COMPONENT NOTES: 1. ALL WOOD COMPONENTS TO BE FIR WOOD. ©D 2. ALL FIR VENEER PANELS TO BE SUPPLIED SIZED 1" LARGER THAN SHOWN IN DETAILS ABOVE TO ALLOW FOR FIELD TRIMMING & ADJUSTMENT. 3. ALL FIR VENEER PANELS TO BE SHIPPED TO JOB 96" LONG AND TO BE SIZED TO FIT IN FIELD. 4. FIR VENEER PANELS TO BE APPLIED W/ MASTIC & PIN NAILS TO SOLID FIRE RATED PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY G.C. 5. ALL WOOD COMPONENTS (THOSE SUPPLIED BY F.C. & THOSE SUPPLIED BY OWNER) TO MEET LOCAL FIRE RATING / FLAME SPREAD REQUIREMENTS. 6. G.C. TO VERIFY NECESSARY SIZE IN THE FIELD AND TRIM TO CORRECT DIMENSION ON SITE INTERIOR MOULDING SCHEDULE MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS INTERIOR MOULDING PROFILES MOULDING NOTES: SUPPLIED BY 1 DETAIL— 2 PIECE BASE MOULDING B -1 C 1 03 SCALE: 6 " =1' -0" INSTALLED BY SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" 1. ALL WOOD MOULDING SUPPLIED BY F.C. TO BE VG FIR �� F ®� 2. INTERIOR/ EXTERIOR WOOD TRIM CORNERS TO BE MITERED. G.C. TO ENSURE TIGHT JOINTS WITHOUT GAPS O ' DE elit7IP ►NCE C A ppROVEO MAR OW -rUIVI"at sUIWIN D Si" I II- 4 fwd & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON, OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY AKS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHEET TITLE : MOULDING SCHEDULE / DETAILS SHEET NO. : C103 • FEB 1 G 2003 :41- Il" F.C. TO PROVIDE 12" X 96" VENEER PANEL- G.C. TO TRIM IN FIELD (PIER SIDE) 1 VP 1 I FINISH ©D i n WALL MOULDING MFG.: FLEETWOOD MATERIAL: FIR y 1" y F.C. TO PROVIDE 8" X 96" VENEER PANEL- G.C. TO TRIM IN FIELD (PIER SIDE) VP 1 2 I I I I WALL MOULDING MFG.: FLEETWOOD MATERIAL: FIR `� N F.C. TO PROVIDE 4' X 96" VENEER VENEER PANEL- G.C. TO TRIM IN FIELD (PIER SIDE) m© II =iv 20" i VP 4 I IWD 1 4 FINISH QD _""""""""""""""' ufG 1 WALL MOULDING MFG.: FLEETWOOD MATERIAL: FIR F.C. dr IWD 1 5 FINISH ©D WD 1 1 IWD 2 I IWD 1 I Iwo 14 IWD 15 WOOD ENTRY PIER COMPONENTS (SOLID FIR TRIM) WOOD ENTRY PIER COMPONENTS (FIR VENEER PANEL) PIER COMPONENT NOTES: 1. ALL WOOD COMPONENTS TO BE FIR WOOD. ©D 2. ALL FIR VENEER PANELS TO BE SUPPLIED SIZED 1" LARGER THAN SHOWN IN DETAILS ABOVE TO ALLOW FOR FIELD TRIMMING & ADJUSTMENT. 3. ALL FIR VENEER PANELS TO BE SHIPPED TO JOB 96" LONG AND TO BE SIZED TO FIT IN FIELD. 4. FIR VENEER PANELS TO BE APPLIED W/ MASTIC & PIN NAILS TO SOLID FIRE RATED PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY G.C. 5. ALL WOOD COMPONENTS (THOSE SUPPLIED BY F.C. & THOSE SUPPLIED BY OWNER) TO MEET LOCAL FIRE RATING / FLAME SPREAD REQUIREMENTS. 6. G.C. TO VERIFY NECESSARY SIZE IN THE FIELD AND TRIM TO CORRECT DIMENSION ON SITE INTERIOR MOULDING SCHEDULE MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS INTERIOR MOULDING PROFILES MOULDING NOTES: SUPPLIED BY 1 DETAIL— 2 PIECE BASE MOULDING B -1 C 1 03 SCALE: 6 " =1' -0" INSTALLED BY SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" 1. ALL WOOD MOULDING SUPPLIED BY F.C. TO BE VG FIR �� F ®� 2. INTERIOR/ EXTERIOR WOOD TRIM CORNERS TO BE MITERED. G.C. TO ENSURE TIGHT JOINTS WITHOUT GAPS O ' DE elit7IP ►NCE C A ppROVEO MAR OW -rUIVI"at sUIWIN D Si" I II- 4 fwd & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON, OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY AKS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHEET TITLE : MOULDING SCHEDULE / DETAILS SHEET NO. : C103 • FEB 1 G 2003 :41- Il" F.C. TO PROVIDE 12" X 96" VENEER PANEL- G.C. TO TRIM IN FIELD (PIER SIDE) 1 VP 1 I FINISH ©D WALL MOULDING MFG.: FLEETWOOD MATERIAL: FIR y 1" y F.C. TO PROVIDE 8" X 96" VENEER PANEL- G.C. TO TRIM IN FIELD (PIER SIDE) VP 1 2 I I I I WALL MOULDING MFG.: FLEETWOOD MATERIAL: FIR `� 3i" y F.C. TO PROVIDE 4' X 96" VENEER VENEER PANEL- G.C. TO TRIM IN FIELD (PIER SIDE) m© II =iv 20" F.C. TO PROVIDE 21" X 96" VENEER PANEL- G.C. TO TRIM IN FIELD (ENTRY CEILING) VP 4 I IWD 1 4 FINISH QD _""""""""""""""' WOOD ENTRY PIER COMPONENTS (SOLID FIR TRIM) WOOD ENTRY PIER COMPONENTS (FIR VENEER PANEL) PIER COMPONENT NOTES: 1. ALL WOOD COMPONENTS TO BE FIR WOOD. ©D 2. ALL FIR VENEER PANELS TO BE SUPPLIED SIZED 1" LARGER THAN SHOWN IN DETAILS ABOVE TO ALLOW FOR FIELD TRIMMING & ADJUSTMENT. 3. ALL FIR VENEER PANELS TO BE SHIPPED TO JOB 96" LONG AND TO BE SIZED TO FIT IN FIELD. 4. FIR VENEER PANELS TO BE APPLIED W/ MASTIC & PIN NAILS TO SOLID FIRE RATED PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY G.C. 5. ALL WOOD COMPONENTS (THOSE SUPPLIED BY F.C. & THOSE SUPPLIED BY OWNER) TO MEET LOCAL FIRE RATING / FLAME SPREAD REQUIREMENTS. 6. G.C. TO VERIFY NECESSARY SIZE IN THE FIELD AND TRIM TO CORRECT DIMENSION ON SITE INTERIOR MOULDING SCHEDULE MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS INTERIOR MOULDING PROFILES MOULDING NOTES: SUPPLIED BY 1 DETAIL— 2 PIECE BASE MOULDING B -1 C 1 03 SCALE: 6 " =1' -0" INSTALLED BY SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" 1. ALL WOOD MOULDING SUPPLIED BY F.C. TO BE VG FIR �� F ®� 2. INTERIOR/ EXTERIOR WOOD TRIM CORNERS TO BE MITERED. G.C. TO ENSURE TIGHT JOINTS WITHOUT GAPS O ' DE elit7IP ►NCE C A ppROVEO MAR OW -rUIVI"at sUIWIN D Si" I II- 4 fwd & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON, OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY AKS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHEET TITLE : MOULDING SCHEDULE / DETAILS SHEET NO. : C103 • FEB 1 G 2003 BASE MOULDING MFG.: FLEETWOOD MATERIAL: FIR F.C. GC IWD 1 1 FINISH ©D WALL MOULDING MFG.: FLEETWOOD MATERIAL: FIR F.C. GC IWD 1 2 I FINISH ©l WALL MOULDING MFG.: FLEETWOOD MATERIAL: FIR F.C. GC IWD 3 FINISH ©D SHOE MOULDING MFG.: FLEETWOOD MATERIAL: FIR F.C. GC IWD 1 4 FINISH QD WALL MOULDING MFG.: FLEETWOOD MATERIAL: FIR F.C. GC IWD 1 5 FINISH ©D WOOD ENTRY PIER COMPONENTS (SOLID FIR TRIM) WOOD ENTRY PIER COMPONENTS (FIR VENEER PANEL) PIER COMPONENT NOTES: 1. ALL WOOD COMPONENTS TO BE FIR WOOD. ©D 2. ALL FIR VENEER PANELS TO BE SUPPLIED SIZED 1" LARGER THAN SHOWN IN DETAILS ABOVE TO ALLOW FOR FIELD TRIMMING & ADJUSTMENT. 3. ALL FIR VENEER PANELS TO BE SHIPPED TO JOB 96" LONG AND TO BE SIZED TO FIT IN FIELD. 4. FIR VENEER PANELS TO BE APPLIED W/ MASTIC & PIN NAILS TO SOLID FIRE RATED PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY G.C. 5. ALL WOOD COMPONENTS (THOSE SUPPLIED BY F.C. & THOSE SUPPLIED BY OWNER) TO MEET LOCAL FIRE RATING / FLAME SPREAD REQUIREMENTS. 6. G.C. TO VERIFY NECESSARY SIZE IN THE FIELD AND TRIM TO CORRECT DIMENSION ON SITE INTERIOR MOULDING SCHEDULE MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS INTERIOR MOULDING PROFILES MOULDING NOTES: SUPPLIED BY 1 DETAIL— 2 PIECE BASE MOULDING B -1 C 1 03 SCALE: 6 " =1' -0" INSTALLED BY SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" 1. ALL WOOD MOULDING SUPPLIED BY F.C. TO BE VG FIR �� F ®� 2. INTERIOR/ EXTERIOR WOOD TRIM CORNERS TO BE MITERED. G.C. TO ENSURE TIGHT JOINTS WITHOUT GAPS O ' DE elit7IP ►NCE C A ppROVEO MAR OW -rUIVI"at sUIWIN D Si" I II- 4 fwd & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON, OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY AKS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHEET TITLE : MOULDING SCHEDULE / DETAILS SHEET NO. : C103 • FEB 1 G 2003 • EXISTING WALL STRUCTURE TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING WALL STRUCTURE TO REMAIN. SEE DETAILS 1 & 2 ON A100 FOR LANDLORD REQUIRED DEMISING DETAILS. REFER TO KEY NOTES FOR NEW FINISHES TO BE ADDED TO EXISTING WALL. © NEW 3 -5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. WITH 5/8" GYP. BD_ BOTH SIDES, FULL HEIGHT . 3,4 NEW 3 -5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. WITH 5/8" GYP. BD. ONE SIDE, FULL HEIGHT r a z 3E3 4A NEW 6" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. WITH 5/8" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES, FULL HEIGHT , _" Amer 11 : ,�,, ° y; ;:;3 , i; €(` i NEW 6" METAL STUDS AT 16 O.C. WITH 5/8" GYP. BD. ONE SIDE, FULL HEIGHT ,:' ¢ ! ,'fF'''' . NEW PARTIAL 3 -5/8HEIGHT " METAL 9' ST 0" UDS A.F.F A.T . 16" O.C. WITH 5/8" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES, v5 ��, v - ' ,,,5 '" ^ I O NEW 3 -5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. WITH 5/8" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES, PARTIAL HEIGHT - 8' -8" A.F.F. O ::,.«.:..,:«. NEW 1 -5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. WITH 5/8" GYP. BD. ONE SIDE, FULL HEIGHT .,.,..,.,..,, ................. ....... � 1 Es I NEW 2 -1/2" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. WITH 5/8" GYP. BD. ONE SIDE, FULL HEIGHT — 7 NEW 7/8" METAL FURRING AT 16" O.C. WITH 5/8" GYP. BD. ONE SIDE, FULL HEIGHT O NEW 3 -5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. WITH 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD BOTH SIDES TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR/ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE. (1) HOUR RATED WALL TO CONFORM TO U.L. LISTING #U419. + -- -t 10 FLOOR PLAN KEY NOTES: LEASELINE PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER BY G_C_- COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH LOCAL FIRE OFFICAL. (TYPICAL OF 2) NEW ELECTRICAL PANEL, TRANSFORMER & PHONE BOARD BY G.C. EXISTING MALL CROSS BRACING TO REMAIN NEW STOREFRONT & GLAZING SYSTEM BY G.C. DOOR PAIR BY OWNER. CONCRETE MUST BE LEVEL & CLEAN OF ANY FOREIGN MATERIALS PRIOR TO INSTALLING WOOD FLOORING SYSTEM. 0 NEW ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM BY G.C. NEW SERVICE DOOR BY G.C. G.C. TO VERIFY THAT RECESSED ALCOVE WILL FIT UNDER MALL CROSS BRACING G.C. TO INSTALL 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD HELD 6" MIN. CLEAR BELOW UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE TO ACCOMMODATE TENANT HVAC RETURN AIR SYSTEM. REFER TO DETAILS 1/A100 & 2/A100. G.C. TO INSTALL MALL TILE IN RECESSED ENTRY WALL LEGEND 1. WALL LEGEND NOTES: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS FROM STUD TO STUD. 2. SALES AREA WALLS TO RECEIVE 3/4" F.R. PLYWOOD FIXTURE BACKING UNDER FINAL FINISHES ON SALES SIDE. 3. G.C. TO USE 5/8" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD. "GREENBOARD" ON TOILET ROOM WALLS. 4. ALL METAL STUDS TO BE 20 GA. UNLESS IDENTIFIED OTHERWISE. FLOOR PLAN NOTES: WITH THE EXCEPTION OF DEMISING WALLS, ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FROM STUD TO STUD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DIMENSIONS FROM DEMISING WALLS ARE FROM THE FACE OF GYP/ BD. 2. ALL WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY G.C. OR SUBCONTRACTORS OF G.C. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 3. G.C. TO INSTALL WOOD FLOOR IN SALES AREA INCLUDING UNDER CASHWRAP FIXTURES, ETC. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 4. DIMENSIONS FROM NEW CONSTRUCTION TO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION ARE FROM FACE OF STUD TO FACE OF EXISTING FINISH MATERIAL. 5. MALL FLOORING, AND /OR PAVING SURFACE MUST BE UTILIZED FROM LEASE LINE OF TENANT SPACE TO THE CENTER OF STOREFRONT CLOSURE LINE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 6. GC TO RECORD, AND REPORT ANY DIMENSIONAL DISCREPANCIES DIRECTLY TO ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY UPON DISCOVERY, AND WITH SUFFICIENT TIME TO PROPERLY RESOLVE THE ISSUE. 7. GC TO LAYOUT ENTIRE STORE LAYOUT PRIOR TO COMMENCING ERECTION OF ANY PARTITIONS. 8. GC TO PROVIDE FIRE RETARDENT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING OR 16 GA STEEL BLOCKING IN WALL FOR ALL TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, GRAB BARS AND FIXTURES AS PERMITTED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION. 9. REFER TO PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE PLUMBING EQUIPMENT LIST. Ara 1 1 LEALJNE TO LEASELINE t PO :TABLE Elfssrop W.ALANT (BUM MU) UNEEBS3E OF DECK ABM Sir t EFLELIKM GAP &` SLOIIM IBM t -TR5 c* 5/S GSM somero cJ G RNISI4 SEMULE 5/8" GYPSUM WARD IWE (BM StCES) APL rrF3,.3; P;E1dF grt.'S SitW.41M Fib Mt MOM MOLY- MAg 50 WS ' vtc ME tP'IPM Angstr• io vets NO awe SO { MUM TRW ;et7(1N.Lt0G, ssEa. acgaa WA= s s - ec OWStIFDOORMI01211.taME nat ££ £AEA 4r111 Afe :Y2)" iflt1 LRY aro S; f&':sr CAd tift7MSIE SAES , M 1fPJ: A .Y. k`AAISC45T. 114)34-SE: (YlHERE SOMAS) S" $t t STUCt$ OW 4C, ALL AWN PER SOMME mot. NAN MC4 "MEW OCCURS SEA= ; NOCE SLA.B, SEE STRf$CUi M. DRAWS ....... .. .. .:...............P NTAaEFIRESTOP AJff (TPI SAES) P.A ST AS RELLIrEC ' ,V.t. MUM A 1FN» T SPACE WSW BOARD LairERS Stf;11.L BB SUPP€IER AND IMS'(•1 TEr4At#'Fi 4 4 M^b a,ary{ 0" Tat a :uP r ri •:.T ii::vs::; i9 :x:i >f A&J'. Vora C>VPD,A a. TC &i HiU4 .1.U.1? c::ay3Nr.M .: "4G<.+yti• iii H " i'!•: ?J7ti hiA •E;YViira. erg PPAPg Ta w SPAIM JN P3DE Of' CID: AaC, .o1Ti :D TOO[ (SiP -TRH: OR £0) :NISH PE SCHEOLH.. C t :NG Br :E:•,a,:.T WERE %CCU"' °k'EEL v'TUDS "o' O.C. -vs" 4 ?P UM sC A TYPE ° X ° SLOES) ; THE FOLLOWING F:..ST£ta3r 40 f(Eih;IR[.ti.ENTS ARE :WREN :ROM :ICS SPEDF+CAVJR *OP Tit it OIC:ATED ASSEMBLY REFER Tp ,_•r DOCUMENTATION FOR C.^,.'PLETE ASSEMBLY EF:OF EMU :1S AND ALLOWABLE' OPTiC'i`3. GYPSUM BOARD: 5/8" TH:C14, 4 FT VIII :. ATTACHED 't: STEEL STUDS AND FLOOR AO aNG TRACK WTi 1 IN. LONG. Tfi'E,' S SITE. SCREWS SPACED g Iti. !X. AEi ' E h G 5 CF E;ORRD AND T2 'sN C tE 'PIE =LD OF ME BOARD .K.ANTs OR!EN'W Yk RT::A::.! . S`?.!'•CEaf ,.t +.P''OS f SIDES OF THE AS :.:a13LY. RA:SSET AS REQUIRED F' CONE C/ S UNPUNCHEC STEEL. TRACK f1)OR N SH CONCri !E SLAB, :'EE STRICT RAt DRAWN Gs P7 4TACE • f1REST(P S"t'ALANT (FC'1-: SIDES) t4GT,• MA. CTPSUP. BOARD LP tf':S Si4ALL 8E S:PP1.FD AN1x INS1ALUED $Y TENANT 1 G.C. TO INSTALL 10 GAUGE 4" X 4" X 4' -0" H. STAINLESS CORNER GUARDS ON OUTSIDE CORNERS OF ALCOVE 12' -6i" D /A401 11' -34" OCKROOM ADJACENT TENANT LEASELINE TO LEASELINE ADJACENT TENANT 5 - 1' -9i" 2 -3" 29' -4" SALES Q FIE I`.UI A300 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 HR. PARTITION @ CORRIDOR A100 SCALE: NONE WHERE THERE IS ALSO LANDLORD'S SPACES 2 TENANT DEMISING PARTITION (TYP.) A100 SCALE: NONE WHERE THERE IS AN ADJACENT TENANT 1 1 FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 1 I J N11I A & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON, OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 elsaitiCS STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT DRAWN BY: AKS ISSUE 1 DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : Q 02 -13 -08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS SHEET TITLE : FLOOR PLAN SHEET NO. : A100 ,- — • -AKS • ILO 1 9 LUDO DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER / MODEL NO. I ) `/ MIRROR BOBRICK B -165 1836 MIRROR WITH STAINLESS STEEL FRAME 0 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER BOBRICK B -6857 0 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER BOBRICK 0 -253 0 36" GRAB BAR 1 1/2" BOBRICK B -5806 X 36. ALL MOUNTING SHALL BE CONCEALED. KIII 42" GRAB BAR 1 1/2" BOBRICK B -5806 X 42. ALL MOUNTING SHALL BE CONCEALED. :II:: 18" GRAB BAR 1 1/2" BOBRICK B -5806 X 18. ALL MOUNTING SHALL BE CONCEALED. 0 COAT HOOK BOBRICK 13-2116 0 MOP/ BROOM HOLDER BOBRICK B -223 X 24 0 SWING DOWN GRAB BAR BOBRICK B- 4998X30 o d h EL.: S' -0" AFF. GYP. i3D. CE IL INCs c o k EL.: 4' -0" APP. FRP WALL FINISH oi EL.: 3' -4" APP. MAX. REFLECT. AREA EL.: 2' -10" APP. MAX 2' -9" MIN. (RIM) [I© , I 18" �t HOLD 42" 36" ©D ©© 1' -6" 18" MIN. A TYPICAL TOILET ROOM ELEVATION A 1 01 SCALE: 1 /2 " =1' -0" ELF S' -0" AFF. GYP. So. CEILING o i k EL.: 3' -6" ,4FF. SWITCH (HOLD) � EL� 3' -0" AFF. SPOUT MAX. CID ©D ©d 1 ENLARGED TOILET ROOM PLAN A101 SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -0" 0 B TYPICAL TOILET ROOM ELEVATION A 1 01 SCALE: 1 /2 " =1' -0" di EL.: S' -0" APP. GYP. P. CE IL INCa EL.: 5' -0" AFF. k COAT HOOK EL.: 4' -0" A. o h o PRP WALL FINISH 'ID a© C TYPICAL TOILET ROOM ELEVATION A101 SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -0" WALL TYPE TAGS CID 0 -- SEE SHEET A100 FOR WALL DESCRIPTIONS TOILET ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE TOILET ROOM GENERAL NOTES: 3. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND SPECIFICATIONS REGARDING PLUMBING FIXTURES. 4. ALL TOILET ROOM FINISHES SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES p i k ELF 4' -0" A.F.F. PRP WALL FINISH 1. THE TOILET ROOM SHALL CONFORM TO ALL LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY REGULATIONS. 2. ALL TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES AND FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. ALL CONSTRUCTION AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CITY, STATE AND FEDERAL ACCESSIBILITY REGULATIONS. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT FOR ALL QUESTIONABLE MOUNTING HEIGHTS 5. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR IS TO FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH LANDLORD'S CRITERIA FOR THIS LOCATION AND INCLUDE ANY WORK REQUIRED OF THIS CRITERIA (IF APPLICABLE), WHICH IS NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED IN THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 6. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONCEALED WOOD BLOCKING OR 20 GA. METAL BACKING PLATES AT ALL WALL MOUNTED TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES. 7. PROVIDE LATICRETE #9235 WATERPROOFING & ANTI- FRACTURE MEMBRANE, OR EQUAL, AT BATHROOM FLOORS, INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. CONTINUE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE A MINIMUM OF 6" AT ALL VERTICAL SURFACES. 8. CAULK ALL BATHROOM FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES WITH WHITE DAP 50 YEAR PREMIUM ELASTOMERIC LATEX SEALANT. EL.: S' - AFF. GYP. i3D. CEILING 9. G.C. TO VERIFY THAT WATER CLOSET FLUSH CONTROL HANDLE IS LOCATED ON THE ACCESSIBLE SIDE OF THE TOILET (NOT WALL SIDE). I CI© ©© CID (°) 42" 2' -4" 39" 1)os -OSq CID 12" D TYPICAL TOILET ROOM ELEVATION A101 SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAR - 3 23O City Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION AKS 01 -30 -2008 & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 - 6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666.8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: ISSUE 1 DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS REVISION : SHEET TITLE : ENLARGED TOILET ROOM PLAN / ELEVATIONS SHEET NO. : A101 • , F EB 1 n wino L. 1 Luuu F i.'iar if �.itit~ia CORRIDOR 15' -Si" STOCK ROOM f � (IN.1 lJOI.G..TQI„ET RQQM .& EI LL) �W ....W.W . — 'x SQ. FT. TOTAL OCCUPANCY LOAD FOR SPACE =5 3I-E3" 3 68' -'1i" ADJACENT TENANT ADJACENT TENANT m 4_0 SALES . AREA . 1,271SQ. FT. TOTAL OCCUPANCY LOAD FOR SPACE = 43 ■ MALL CONCOURSE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAR - 3 2008 City Of Tukwila ' B ILDIN DIVISION EGRESS PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=V-0" 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON, OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666-8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: AKS & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : 02 -13 -08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS SHEET TITLE : EGRESS PLAN SHEET NO. : A102 -AKS FEB 'I 0 2008 "e A +ei Liee i �gb J C ] MERCURY LIGHTING PRODUCTS SURFACE MOUNTED MULTI LAMP FLUORESCENT CHANNELS. 2 LAMP 4' DESCRIPTION F S UPPLY AIR DIFFUSERS COLUMBIA SURFACE MOUNT 2 -LAMP 4' PROFILE WRAPAROUND - WHITE FINISH WITH PRISMATIC ACRYLIC DIFFUSER I NEW EXHAUST FAN G TH LIGHTOLIER LYTESPAN TRACK LIGHTING SYSTEM 22SS8BK ALCYON ENCLOSED STEP SPOT PAR38 RETURN AIR DIFFUSERS O LIGHTOLIER BASIC LYTESPAN 1 CIRCUIT TRACK 6000 SERIES BLACK (2', 4', AND 8' TRACK) TO ACCESS PANEL - SEE A600 FOR DETAIL & NOTES COOPER LIGHTING SURE -LITES SURFACE MOUNTED SELF- POWERED EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT EM 1 ® LIGHTALARMS, SERIES SIMPLICITY, UNIVERSAL RECESSED MOUNT, SELF POWERED LED EDGE -LIT EXIT SIGN X2 ® X2 SURFACE WALL / CEILING MOUNTED SINGLE OR DUAL FACE EXIT LIGHT WITH TEST SWITCH AND POWER INDICATOR LIGHT. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION S UPPLY AIR DIFFUSERS / EF I NEW EXHAUST FAN / 0 / RETURN AIR DIFFUSERS O RECESSED MOUNTED SOUND SPEAKERS (CEILING) PROPOSED SPRINKLER HEADS ACCESS PANEL - SEE A600 FOR DETAIL & NOTES LIGHTING SCHEDULE TYPE • O B BE 0 000 0.0 D2 D1 LUMASTAR EB SERIES 16" ZENOS DIRECT /INDIRECT ACRYLIC LUMINAIRE ELECTRONIC BALLAST, CLEAR ACRYLIC. SPECTRUM 7" ADJUSTABLE INCANDESCENT PAR 38 RECESSED DOWNLIGHT WITH CLEAR ALZA RELECTOR LIGHTOLIER CALCULITE COMPACT FLUORESCENT OPEN RECESSED DOWNLIGHT WITH CLEAR IRIDESCENCE FREE REFLECTOR TRIM, WHITE FLANGE. 8" APERTURE (2) TRIPLE TUBE HORIZONTAL LAMP, BATTERY BACK UP AND TEST SWITCH LIGHTOLIER LYTECASTER RECESSED DOWNLIGHTING. 5" APERATURE RECESSED ADJUSTABLE REFLECTOR TRIM - WHITE JUNO MULTI -SPOT RECESSED ADJUSTABLES WHITE CLOSED -PAN TRIM APPEARANCE. 45 DEGREE AIMING 360 DEGREE ROTATION AND HANGER BARS JUNO MULTI -SPOT RECESSED ADJUSTABLES WHITE CLOSED -PAN TRIM APPEARANCE. 45 DEGREE AIMING 360 DEGREE ROTATION AND HANGER BARS TECH LIGHT! DESCRIPTION EMERGE PENDANT- COLOR:TAHOE PINE di EL.: 12' -0" AFF. ACT GELLING in in 4' -1 AP ACT CEI 49111 II EL ■�■i� ii l ___ I REFLECTED CEILING PLAN KEY NOTES: PROPOSED SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATION - UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT & REVIEW. EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL SPRINKLER HEADS TO BE VERIFIED WITH LICENSED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. LEASELINE (4) RECESS MOUNTED SOUND SPEAKERS - G.C. TO INSTALL CONDUIT & J -BOX DASHED LINES REPRESENT OVERHEAD FIR WOOD BEAM SYSTEM PROVIDED BY F.C. - 10'- 10 -1/4" AFF TO TOP OF BEAMS (TYPICAL). SOLID 2' X 4' & 2' X 2' GRID LINES REPRESENT SUSPENDED ACCOUSTICAL CEILING TILE GRID BY G.C. - REFER TO A600 FOR DETAILS. NEW ILLUMINATED SIGN PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. SURFACE MOUNTED TRACK LIGHTING (TYPICAL). CEILING ACCESS PANEL - REFER TO SHEET A600 FOR DETAILS. SI -0" 8' -0" 1' -0" S' -0" 3 - Lin 31 - 10? S SOFFIT CEILING FIXTURE LEGEND NOTES: 1. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM LAYOUT. INCLUDING MAIN TRU NKLINES, PIPING ELEVATIONS & EXISTING CLEAR HEIGHTS. 2 FIRE SUPPRESSION DRAWINGS UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT & REVIEW G -C. IS TO SUBMIT DRAWINGS TO FIRE DEPT. 3. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE. 4. G.C. TO REPAIR ANY FIREPROOFING DISTURBED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 5. NEW EXHAUST FAN TO BE PROVIDED BY LIGHTING VENDOR. 6. ALL REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS IN THE SALES AREA CEILING SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH CEILING (BENJAMIN MOORE #2161 -40 SEMI GLOSS) ACT CEILING S' -0" AFF. YP. 15D. CEILING ® m - . El � I I ' m r I - - r-r rrr r -■.-u rr. .• - 111.E.111 5' -1" 5' -2i" 1 1 EL.: 13' -6 1/4" AFF GYP. 15D. SOFFIT REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAR - 2000 ' City Of Tukwila B ILDING DIVISION os REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 1/4 " =1'-0" AKS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : II i'11 I 1!� 1 �►Wd & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 02 - - - PER LANDLORD COMMENTS SHEET TITLE : REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEET NO. A200 -AKS htU 1 9 ZUUi EI 3'- STOREFRONT OPENING EL_: Im' - AFF_ DOOR PAIR ADJACENT TENANT EXISTING LANDLORD PIER TO REMAIN G.C. TO INSTALL MALL TILE FROM LEASELINE TO STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM 1 1 C C C STOREFRONT PEDIMENT SIGN NOTES: 1. SIGN SUPPLIED BY SIGN MFR. & INSTALLED BY TENANT G.C. SIGN MFR. TO PROVIDE SHOP DWGS. G.C. TO CONSTRUCT OPENING FOR SIGN UTILIZING SIGNAGE DIMENSIONS FROM SIGN MFR.'S SHOP DWGS. 2. 17" H. x 1" THK. ROUTED CLEAR ACRYLIC "CLARKS" LETTERS BACKED w/ 3/16" THK WHITE ACRYLIC PLASTIC, FACES & RETURNS OF LETTERS TO HAVE SAND BLAST FINISH, LE 1 1 ERS INTERNALLY- ILLUMINATED FROM WITHIN SIGN BOX, LETTERS PUSH THRU 1/8" THK. ALUM. FACE ON FABRICATED 1/8" THK. ALUM. CAB. w/ 1- 7/8 "x1 -7/8" CLEAR -COAT V.G. SOLID FIR WD. FRAME, ALL FASTENERS CONCEALED, HIGH OUTPUT FLUORESCENT LAMPS w/ BALLAST LOCATED WITHIN SIGN CAB., SIGN FACE TO HINGE UP FROM TOP FOR SERVICE. 3. OVERALL DIMENSIONS OF SIGN: 7-4" W. x 2' -6" H., OVERALL DIMENSIONS OF METAL SIGN CABINET: 6-0" W. x 1' -7 3/4" H. x 6" D., ROUGH STUD -TO -STUD OPENING FOR SIGN: T - 4 1/4" W. x 2' -1 3/8" H., FINISHED GYP. -TO -GYP. OPENING FOR SIGN: 7' -3" W. x 2'-0 1/8" H. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY W/ SIGN MFR. ALL SIGN, SIGN BOX, & STOREFRONT SIGN OPENING DIMENSIONS, PER SIGN MFR's. SHOP DWGS. 4. SIGNAGE TO BE UNDER SEPERATE PERMIT & REVIEW_ SALES LE ASELINE T ro LEASEL ►Ni~ A/A300 MALL CONCOURSE 31 /4" X 31 /4" CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM "U" CHANNEL AS REVEAL GC_ TO INSTALL MALL TILE TO DOOR CLOSURE LINE ©� 3" HIGH WHITE VINYL "CLARKS" LETTERS BY SIGN MANUFACTURER INSTALLED 6" ABOVE BOTTOM OF GLASS TIP, INSIDE FACE OF WINDOW, BY C.C. (TYP. OF 2) PER L1.= GRAPHICS APPLIED D IRECTLY TO THE STOREFRONT GLASS MUST HAVE MATCHING LETTERS ON BOTH SIDES OF CLASS 4 TO CREATE A FINISHED LOOK WHEN VIEWED FROM EITHER SIDE 1 ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLAN A300 SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -0" 11 /4" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS SOLID FIR WOOD DOOR FRAME A STOREFRONT ELEVATION A300 SCALE: 1/2"=1 1 2 DETAIL- SIGN A300 SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0" ADJACENT TENANT LEASEL INE FULL S" BRICK VENEER SOLDIER COURSE REVIEWED FOR ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAR a 3 2008 City Of Tukwila B I DIN :DMION EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN- G.G. TO PATCH 4 REPAIR ANY DAMAGE AS REQUIRED CID RUNNING BOND BRICK VENEER- ALIGN COURSES FROM 'BOTTOM OF TOP SOLDIER BRICK COURSE 34 ." MORTAR JOINT (HOLD)- TYPICAL- FILL JOINTS WITH STANDARD GROUT POLY IS NATURAL GREY EXISTING LANDLORD NEUTRAL PIER TO REMAIN 11 /2" CLEAR TEMPERED BUTT GLASS - 11 /4" GAF' MAX. ADJUST SOLDIER BRICK COURSE TO FULL COURSE JOINT OF RUNNING BOND CID 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: BKB ISSUE / DATE: & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : 02 -13 -08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS -AKS r - t p e-,1 .ex,c o vx—n b SHEET NO. : A300 SHEET TITLE : ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLAN / ELEVATION Li 4WD F 3 (c 4) ARDS 4 S2 4WD ©D S3 S3 S3 S3 EL.: 12' -0" AF ACT CEILING o d h EL: 12' -0" AFF. ACT CEILING S3 S2 S2 D BLOCKING SURFACE TUDS OVER DRY WALL SHALL FASTEN TOP OF UPRIGHT TO BLOCKING S2 S2 C INTERIOR ELEVATION A401 SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" (STOCKROOM) EXISTING COLUMN A INTERIOR ELEVATION A401 SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" 1X3 F.R.T. WOOD BLOCKING SURFACE MOUNTED TO STUDS OVER DRY WALL 41 10' -0" A.P.P. G.G. SHALL FASTEN TOP OF METAL SHELF U "— I. T TO B 0 KING ©D DD (STOCKROOM) EL.= I2' -0" AFF. ACT CEILING 1X3 F.R.T. WOOD BLOCKING SUWACE MOUNTED TO STUDS OVER DRY WALL Q APP. G.C. SHALL FASTEN TOP OF METAL SHELF UPRIGHT TO BLOCKING S3 53 S3 S3 S3 S3 B INTERIOR ELEVATION A401 SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" (STOCKROOM) )oS o'1 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAR - 2008 City Of Tukwila B ILDING DIVISION ri A EL.: 12' -0" A.P.P. ACT CEILING D INTERIOR ELEVATION A401 SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" NEW ELECTRICAL PANEL AND PHONE BOARD SY G.C. (STOCKROOM) L. 12' -0" AFF. ACT CEILING EMERGENCY BATTERY POWERED LIGHT MOUNTED AT 11' -0" (TYP). F 3 NEW TRANSFORMER BY G.C. E INTERIOR ELEVATION A401 SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" (STOCKROOM) MALL CROSS BRACING G.C. TO VERIFY THAT ALCO WILL FIT UNDER MALL CROSS BRACING & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON, OHIO 44333 - 2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT : DRAWN BY: AKS ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : / ' 02 -13-08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS SHEET TITLE : INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SHEET NO. : A401 -AKS �i— o .a:el h OD 3 20 GA_ METAL STUD EXISTING STEEL 3 20 GA. METAL STUD 5 ra" TYPE "X" GYP_ BRACING AT 48" O.G. BEAM SPACED BRACING AT 4S" O.G. BD. 3 MTL. STUDS e 16" D.G. MTL_ STUD FRAMING 9 16" O.G. ACT CEILING ELF 13' -6 APP. GYP. BD. SOFFIT DD EL.: 13' -0" AFF. ACT CEILING EL.: 12' -9" APP. GYP. BD. SOFFIT 5 ia" TYPE "X" GYP. SD. [ID CID Box HEADER- 6 "x 18GA. TOP 4 STM. TRACKS ATTACHED TO 6"x ISGA. METAL C -STUDS 5 4 " TYPE "X" GYP_ BD. ON 3 MTL. STUDS e) 16" O.G. woOD FLOORING SALES 'v MALL CONCOURSE LEASEI.INE EXISTING LANDLORD BULKHEAD TO REMAIN - G.G. TO REPAIR 4 REPAINT AS NECESSARY EL.: 12' -9 A.F.F. FINISHED OPENING 3 4" BLACK ANODIZED ALUMINUM "U"-CHANNEL AS REVEAL THIN BRICK ©D BOX HEADER- 6:4"x 18GA. 4 BTM_ TRACKS ATTACHED TO 6"x 18GA METAL C -STUDS 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED SUIT GLAZING - 1 4" GAP MAX_ 4 a 4 °' d • e / /\ / / / 7- \- / / / / v /// / ///// //////////2 ; \ \ \ \ \ / \ /l1lL1l \—/d / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \\ / \ / \ / / / / // / / \f \ \ \ ' / \ \ /\ LEASEL INE G.G. TO INSTALL MALL TILE FROM LEASEL INE TO STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM EXISTING LANDLORD CONCRETE SLAB 2 STOREFRONT SECTION A500 SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0" STOREFRONT SHALL BE SELF - SUPPORTING FRAMING - CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE ABOVE IS FOR LATERAL SUPPORT ONLY. CID CID [�D DD CID 3 20 GA. METAL STUD BRACING AT 45" O.G. 3 MTL. STUDS e 16" O.C. 6" MTL. STUD FRAMING e 16" O.C. 5 43" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. ACT CEILING A EL.: 13'4;4" APP. GYP. BD. SOFFIT EL.: 13' -0" AFF. ACT CEILING d EL.: 12' -9" APP. GYP. BD. SOFFIT BOX 1- LEADER- 6 "x 18GA_ TOP 4 BTM. TRACKS ATTACHED TO 6"x 1SGA. METAL C -STUDS EDGE -LIT EXIT SIGN 5, 8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. ON 3%" MTL. STUDS e 16" D.C. WOOD 4 GLASS ENTRY DOOR PAIR SUPPLIED BY OWNER 4 INSTALLED BY G.C. SCHLUTER SCHIENE -E -125 STAINLESS STEEL- TRANSITION STRIP wooD FLOORING EXISTING STEEL SEAM SPACED S' -0" D.G. SOX HEADER- 3% "x 18GA. TOP 4 BIM. TRACKS ATTACHED TO 3%"x 18GA. METAL C -STUDS 3 20 GA. METAL STUD 5, 6" TYPE "X" GYP. BRACING AT 48" O.G. BD. SALES ' 4 'v e 4 4 ' v . . MALL CONCOURSE \ \ � i e \ \ \ \ / \/.\X\/.\ /.\ I's ' r\ LEASEL INE SOX HEADER- 6"x 18GA. 4 BTM. TRACKS ATTACHED TO 6"x 1EGA. METAL C -STUDS EL.: 10 6 AFF. FINISHED OPENING/ BTM. OF SIGN LIGHTED SIGN SY SIGN MFG. - INSTALLED BY G.G. BOX HEADER- 4 "x 18GA. 4 BTM. TRACKS ATTACHED TO 6"x 18GA. METAL C -STUDS 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED BUTT GLAZING - l/4" GAP MAX. X0 -008 ' /\ \ /\/\/\/ \/\/\ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / / \ \ / \ / \/ \ / \ / \ / \ //\ N\ / /\ A \ \ / \\ \ \ \/� /i. / /. / /.l /. // //. \ / /• /\ '` • 4 EXISTING LANDLORD BULKHEAD TO REMAIN - G.G. TO REPAIR 4 REPAINT A5 NECESSARY 3 SLACK ANODIZED ALUMINUM "U "- CHANNEL AS REVEAL 4" METAL STUD FRAMING a 16" O.C. G.G. TO INSTALL MALL TILE TO DOOR CLOSURE LINE EXISTING LANDLORD CONCRETE SLAB LEASEL INE 1 STOREFRONT SECTION A500 SCALE: 3/4 " =1 CID BKB & ASSOCIATES DRAWN BY: 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Q 02 -13 -08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS -AKS FEB 19 2008 SHEET TITLE : STOREFRONT SECTION / DETAIL EL.: 13' -61/4" APP. GYP. BD. SOFFIT FIELD CUT TO 5IZE 3 44" F.R.T. PLYWOO AMERICAN PRODUCTS *G10015 2" X 1 DARK BRONZE ANODIZED ALUMNUM NERD 311 3 HEAD DETAIL A501 SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" EXISTING LANDLORD BULKHEAD TO REMAIN LEASEL INE " TYPE "X" GYP. BD. 6" MTL. STUDS la 16" O.C. h/4" x 34 4" BLACK ANODIZED ALUMINUM "U" CHANNEL THIN BRICK VENEER 14 2" CEMENT S. EL: 13' -T" APP. LEASEL INE STOREFRONT OPENING 5 46" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. SOX HEADER- 6 "x 1EGA. TOP 4 43TM. TRACKS ATTACHED TO 6"X 15GA. METAL C -STUDS EL.: 13' -01/2" APP. BTM. BOX BEAM EL.: 12' -9 " APP. 1 /2" CLEAR TEMPERED BUTT GLAZING CID FINISHED OPENING ©D AMERICAN PRODUCTS 1x10015 2" x 1 DARK BRONZE ANODIZED ALUMNUM HEAD WOOD FLOOR EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB it — i)/ "11/1 3t uI a �� 1ti / ///' Il 4 SILL DETAIL A501 SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" LEASEL INE 1 /2" CLEAR TEMPERED BUTT GLAZING THIN BRICK VENEER 14 2" CEMENT BD. " TYPE "X" GYP. BD. G.C. TO EXTEND MALL TILE TO SILL 15 GA. 3 TRACK W/ DIA. 1 -IILTI KWIK BOLT II EXPANSION BOLTS 2' -0" O.C. (2 1/2" EMBED) ICBO -ER 4621 ©D d EL.: 13' -6 A.F.F. r , GYP. BD. SOFFIT d EL.: 13' -1 APP. 5TM. FRAMED OPENING 8 I sw VP 1 4 ® 5 111 ®EI Ilr 8 I SW ,1L 2" 8 SW SW 8 6 11; log SW 8 11 fl SW 18 sw d EL.: 10' -0" AF.F. DOOR PAIR FIELD CUT TO SIZE AMERICAN PRODUCTS +iG100 - 15 2" X 134 DARK BRONZE ANODIZED ALUMNUM HEAD AMERICAN PRODUCTS ''IG100 - 15 2" X 1 DARK BRONZE ANODIZED ALUMNUM HEAD. FIELD CUT TO SIZE d EL.: 10' -5 AFF. TOP OF FRAMED OPENING • 54 6" F.RT. PLYWOOD WOOD 4 GLASS ENTRY DOOR PAIR SUPPLIED BY OWNER 4 INSTALLED BY G.C. X X X :.4 2" I L !eV' 2 HEAD DETAIL A501 SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" 3540 MTL. STUDS a 16" O.C. 14 2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD 5 46" F.T. PLYWOOD FIELD CUT TO SIZE FIELD CUT TO SIZE 443" TYPE "X" GYP. S. 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD BOX HEADER- 3% "x 1& A_ TOP 4 BTM. TRACKS ATTACHED TO 6 "x 18C:A. METAL C -STUDS 6" MTL. STUDS e 16" o.c. Box HEADER - 6 "x ISGA. TOP 4 BTM. TRACKS ATTACHED TO 6"x 18GA. METAL C -5 TU5 — 3 MTL. 5TUD5+ 16 o.C. 5 '8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD BOX HEADER- 6 "x 1SGA. TOP 4 IBTM_ TRACKS ATTACHED TO 6"X ISGA. METAL C -5TUD5 .. - - _ter �: :. rv_F �.'� . �r= 1 :.:.:...:.:.:.:...:...:.: ..:...:.:.. - - . - - - -- • III " " F. R.- WOOD BLOCKING BTM. Box BEAM EL.: 10' -6 A.F.F. 1 HEAD DETAIL A501 SCALE: 3"=1'-0" DOB oles9 LEASEL INE EXISTING LANDLORD BULKHEAD TO REMAIN EL.: 13' -'1" AFF_ STOREFRONT OPENING* 34 4" x 34 4" BLACK ANODIZED ALUMINUM "U" CHANNEL z " F.R. PLYWOOD 5 43" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. 3 MTL. 5TUD5 16" O.C. EL.: 13' -01/2" APP. FINISHED OPENING/ BTM. OF SIGN BKB 01 -30 -2008 WATIIPP1111111WAIN & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS REVISION / ' 02 -13 -08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS r SHEET TITLE : STOREFRONT DETAILS SHEET NO. : A501 -AKS FFR 1 9 ?003 E 6a7 .o "l? .c7�aFa :oFroVrvu 3 4" X '4 CLEAR ANOD ZED ALUMINUM "U" CI- LANNEL AS REVEAL 150X 1•- 1EADER- 3% "x 15GA. TOP 4 PTM. TRACKS ATTACHED TO 6"x 15GA. METAL C -STUDS EXISTING LANDLORD PIER SOX HEADER- 3% "x ISGA. TOP 4 BTM. TRACKS ATTACHED TO 6"x 1SGA. METAL C -STUDS 1' -4" 5 'a" TYPE "X" GYP. 13D. I/2 " CEMENT 5D. THIN BRICK VENEER ©D giNvarazzeamea 3 4" X 3 4" CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM "U" CHANNEL AS REVEAL 4171 rs a1a1razrauazraatrraav3:W2W x .. ....... ......... 11 " i " i " k" 3 1' -3 1, A502 SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" 5 4" TYPE "X" GYP_ LSD 1/2" CEMENT 5D. THIN I33RICK VENEER 3 PIER DETAIL SOX HEADER- 3% "x 1SGA. TOF 4 $TM. TRACKS ATTACHED TO 6"x ISGA. METAL C -STUDS A502 31 II rJ' i " i " ©D — EXISTING LANDLORD PIER 2 PIER DETAIL SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" 130X 1- LEADER- 3% "x ISGA. TOF 4 1=3T11_ TRACKS ATTACHED TO 6 "x 15GA. METAL C -STUDS �I .. Pip =Mal I Y.• - - I � 1 FIELD CUT TO SIZE -11i" "4" WOOD SHIM ROUG -4 150X COLUMN- 3 "x 1S GA. TRACKS ATTACHED TO (""x 15 GA. METAL C -STUDS 5i" 1 r ENLARGED ENTRY PLAN A502 SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" sin ROUGH 11 11 i" i " / /J' NOTE: ALL STOREFRONT FIR WOOD 4 FIR VENEER PANEL ING PROVIDED 13Y FIXTURE MANUFACTURER 4 INSTALLED 5T G.C. L:30X COLUMN- 3 "x 15 GA. TRACKS ATTACHED TO 3 15 GA. METAL C-STUDS - 1 1/2" F.R. PLYUJOOD 0 5 '$" TYPE "X" GYP. SD. 3 METAL STUDS 6 16 " O.C. 1/2" " TEMPERED GLASS 1/A503 — 1 1 & ASSOCIATES > Retail. Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 /666-6767 AKRON, OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666-8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: BKB ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : 02 -13 -08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS SHEET I ET T TLE : STOREFRONT DETAILS SHEET NO. : A502 -AKS FEB 1 9 2008 di ELF 13' -6'4" APP. GYP. SD. SOFFIT 8 ■ 8 SW 8 di EL. 10' -0 AFF. BTM_ WOOD TRANSOM 1" f� y, • • :.. 1 1 1 : ■ ■ _�:�+ +1 I + +� ,IMMIkW L�J 4' 4' 4"" 4 " / FIELD CUT TO SIZE 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS I SW1 8 1 FIELD CUT TO SIZE Isw 1 sw SALES 4'1 „ B , 38" 1� 2" i " i" // / 3 8" 2" 2" B" i" i" // A503 SCALE: 3 "=1'-0" 2 HEAD DETAIL 3 /8 METAL STUDS a 16" O.C. TO RECESSED AREA STRUCTURE ABOVE % /a" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. EL 13' -6" AFF. OD CEILING 1/2" FRT. PLYWOOD 5 4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD AMERICAN PRODUCTS *G10015 2" X 1 DARK BRONZE ANODIZED ALUMNUM HEAD sw s's" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. 1/2" F.T. PLYWOOD BOX HEADER - 3%" X 1SGA. TOP 4 BTM_ TRACKS ATTACHED TO 3 X IS GA. METAL C- STUDS " F.R.T. PLYWOOD di EL.: 13' -61/4" AFF. GYP. BD. SOFFIT SALES 1' 1 ENTRY SECTION A503 SCALE: 1"=1'-0" RECESSED AREA 3 METAL STUDS 'K' 16" O_C_ TO STRUCTURE ABOVE EL.: 13' -6" AFF. WOOD CEILING EL.: 10' -0 AFF. WM.. WOOD TRANSOM AMERICAN PRODUCTS + - 15 2" X 1 DARK BRONZE ANODIZED ALUMNUM HEAD os Dq REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPR MpR _ 3 20 City 0 Yu iS BUILDING DIV. I 1��U���'1 & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330/666-6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: BKB ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : SHEET TITLE : STOREFRONT DETAILS SHEET NO_ : A503 rrr r co 1 LUUO COMPRESSION POST NOTE *3 WALL ANGLE LATER CL NOTE *4 NOTE *1 45' MAX. TYP. CROSS "T" NOTES 11,-2 " MAX. .br TYP. STANDARD DETAIL LATERAL BRACING NOTE *1 45° MAX TYP. MAIN RUNNER START FIRST CLG. PANEL 3 4" MAX. FROM WALL TYP. REFER TO EVALUATION REPORTS No. ER -4071, ER -2244, ER -5691, ER- 1994): ALTERNATE 7/8" WALL ANGLE & CLIP DETAIL 1_ LATERAL BRACING CLUSTER: (4) 12 GA. GALV. SOFT - ANNEALED MILD STL. WIRES SECURED TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2" OF CROSS "T" AND SPLAYED 90 DEGREES FROM EACH OTHER AT 45° MAX. ABOVE HORIZ. CLUSTERS PLACED 12' -0" x 8' -0" O.C. AND 4' -O" MAX_ FROM EACH WALL. WIRES SHOULD BE TAUT WITHOUT CAUSING CELIING TO LIFT. ATTACH WITH MIN_ 4 TIGHT TURNS IN 1 \" BOTH ENDS OF WIRE. 2. SUSPENSION WIRE: 12 GA. GALV. VERTICAL HANGAR WIRES. SECURE WIRE TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2" OF CROSS 'T'. SUSP. WIRES TO OCCUR AT 4' -0" O.C. MAX. EACH WAY W/ MIN. 3 TIGHT TURNS IN 1 \" BOTH ENDS. 3. COMPRESSION POST (VERTICAL STRUT): FASTENED TO THE MAIN RUNNER EXTENDED TO AND FASTENED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE AND SPACED NOT MORE THAN 12 FEET ON CENTER IN BOTH DIRECTIONS WITH THE FIRST POINT WITHIN 6 FEET OF THE WALL. COMPRESSION POST TO BE STEEL SECTION WITH L/R RATIO OF 200 MAX. ATTACH TO MAIN RUNNERS WITH 1" MACHINE BOLTS TO STRUCTURE WITH 3/16" DIA POWER DRIVEN STUDS. 4. PROVIDE WALL ANGLE WITH MINIMUM 2" HORIZONTAL LEG AT PERIMETER WALLS AND INTERIOR FULL HEIGHT PARTITIONS. REFER TO ATTACHED DETAIL AND ALTENATE 7/8" LEG & CLIP DETAIL 5. FIRST CEILING TILE SHALL MAINTAIN 3/4" CLEARANCE FROM FINISH WALL SURFACE. 6. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL HAVE \" OVERSIZE RING, SLEEVE, OR ADAPTOR THROUGH THE CEILING TILE TO ALLOW FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF THE SPRINKLER PIPES. 7. CABLE TRAYS, ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, AND PIPING SHALL BE INDEPENDANTLY SUPPORTED AND INDEPENDANTLY BRACED FROM THE STRUCTURE. 8. LIGHTING FIXTURES WEIGHING LESS THAN 56 POUNDS SHALL HAVE IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS OUTLINED ABOVE, TWO NR.12 GAGE(2.7MM) HANGERS CONNECTED FROM THE FIXTURE HOUSING TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. WIRES MAY BE SLACK. 9. LIGHTING FIXTURES WEIGHING 56 POUNDS OR MORE SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVEBY APPROVED HANGERS. 10. POSITIVE BRACING TO THE STRUCTURE SHALL BE PROVIDED AT CHANGES IN THE CEILING PLANE OR AT DISCONTINUITIES IN THE CEILING GRID SYSTEM 1 DETAIL - SEISMIC LAY-IN CEILING GRID A600 SCALE: 3/4 " -- 1' -0" COMPRESSION POST NOTE *3 LATERAL BRACING NOTE *1 WALL ANGLE LATERAL NOTE *4 BRACING NOTE *1 45' MAX. TYP. CROSS "T" '' 45' MAX. TYP. 2" MAX. TYP. MAIN RUNNER START FIRST CLG. PANEL 3 4" MAX. FROM WALL TYP. NOTES (ALSO REFER TO EVALUATION REPORTS No. ER -4011, ER -2244, ER -5651, ER- 1594): 1. LATERAL BRACING CLUSTER (4) 12 GA. GALV. SOFT- ANNEALED MILD STL. WIRES SECURED TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2" OF CRO65 "T" AND SPLAYED S0 DEGREES FROM EACH OTHER AT 45° MAX. ABOVE HORIZ. CLUSTERS PLACED 12' -0" x 8' -0" D.C. AND 4' -0" MAX_ FROM EACH WALL. WIRES SHOULD BE TAUT WITHOUT CAUSING CELIING TO LIFT. ATTACH WITH MIN. 4 TIGHT TURNS IN 1 BOTH ENDS OF WIRE_ 2_ SUSPENSION WIRE: 12 GA GALV. VERTICAL HANGAR WIRES. SECURE WIRE TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2" OF CROSS "P. SUSP. WIRES TO OCCUR AT 4' -0" O.G. MAX_ EACH WAY W/ MIN. 3 TIGHT TURNS IN 11/2" BOTH ENDS. 3. COMPRESSION POST (VERTICAL STRUT): FASTENED TO THE MAIN RUNNER EXTENDED TO AND FASTENED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE AND SPACED NOT MORE THAN 12 FEET ON CENTER IN BOTH DIRECTIONS WITH THE FIRST POINT WITHIN 6 FEET OP THE WALL. COMPRESSION POST TO BE STEEL SECTION WITH L/R RATIO OF 200 MAX. ATTACH TO MAIN RUNNERS WITH 1 /4" MACHINE BOLLS TO STRUCTURE WITH 3/16" DIA. POWER DRIVEN STUDS. 4. PROVIDE WALL ANGLE WITH MINIMUM 2" HORIZONTAL LEG AT PERIMETER WALLS AND INTERIOR FULL HEIGHT PARTITIONS. 5. FIRST CEILING TILE SHALL MAINTAIN 3/4" CLEARANCE FROM FINISH WALL SURFACE. 6. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL HAVE 1/2" OVERSIZE RING, SLEEVE, OR ADAPTOR THROUGH THE CEILING TILE TO ALLOW FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF THE SPRINKLER PIPES. 1. CABLE TRAYS, ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, AND PIPING 51 -TALL BE INDEPENDANTLY SUPPORTED AND INDEPENDANTLY BRACED FROM THE STRUCTURE. 8. LIGHTING FIXTURES WEIGHING LESS THAN 56 POUNDS SHALL NAVE IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS OUTLINED ABOVE, TWO NR_12 GAGE(2.7MM) HANGERS CONNECTED FROM THE FIXTURE HOUSING TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. WIRES MAY BE SLACK_ S. LIGHTING FIXTURES WEIGHING 56 POUNDS OR MORE 51-IALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVESY APPROVED HANGERS. 10. POSITIVE BRACING TO THE STRUCTURE SHALL BE PROVIDED AT CHANGES IN THE CEILING PLANE OR AT DISCONTINUITIES IN THE CEILING GRID SYSTEM. 2 DETAIL - SEISMIC GYP. BOARD SOFFIT A600 SCALE: 11/2 " =1' -0" D o13 -o NOTE: C.C. TO LOCATE CEILING ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED FOR EASY ACCESS TO SERVICE I-IVAC COMPONENTS 4 LANDLORD EQUIPMENT. A600 SCALE: 1- 1/2 " =1' -0" 2' -0" ROUGH OPENING PAINT PANEL DOOR TO MATCH GYPSUM BOARD CEILING COLOR PANEL 5IZE l INTEX FORMS INC., PHONE: (650) 654 - 185 5 OR APPROVED EQUAL SALES: GYP. BD. CEILING 3 DETAIL - GYP. BD. CEILING ACCESS PANELS 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 - 6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: AKS ISSUE / DATE: & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : SHEET TITLE : INTERIOR DETAILS SHEET NO. : A600 F tl� 1 9 2008 3 r 3' -0" 6' y 3' -0" " I / / / a I 1 \ , / / / \ \ \ 1 \ 0 \ \ \ / / . .. r 3' -0" 3' -0" " y 3' -0" / I , I 1 IIo _ iG dl / a I 1 \ , / / \ \ \ / / / T N j e REFER TO / / / \ . ,// \ \ \ \ f \l. J i 3' -0" / I , I 1 IIo _ iG dl / / l I 1 \ T N j e REFER TO / / / \ . DOOR AND HARDWARE NOTES 1. THIS PROJECT SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL FEDERAL AMERICANS WITH DISABILITY ACT REGULATION AND ALL LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY REGULATIONS. 2. ALL DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE OF THE LEVER OR PUSH TYPE, MOUNTED 30" TO 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR AND BE OPERABLE WITH A MAXIMUM EFFORT OF 5 LBS. FOR INTERIOR DOORS. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH SUPPLIER THAT ALL HARDWARE MEETS ADA REQUIREMENTS. 4. ALL HARDWARE SHALL BE A.N.S.I. /B.H.M.A. STANDARD FINISH 626, SATIN CHROMIUM, TYPICAL (ILO N.) 5. THRESHOLDS SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH A.D.A., STATE AND LOCAL ORDINANCE GUIDELINES. REFER TO SHEET A701 6. ALL MANUALLY OPERATED FLUSH BOLTS ARE PROHIBITED ON EXIT DOORS. WHEN EXIT DOORS ARE USED IN PAIRS AND APPROVED AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS ARE USED, THE DOOR LEAF HAVING THE AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS SHALL HAVE NO DOORKNOB OR SURFACE MTD HARDWARE. THE UNLATCHING OF ANY LEAF SHALL NOT REQUIRE MORE THAN ONE OPERATION. 7. ALL HOLLOW METAL DOORS TO BE FLUSH TYPE WITH 18 GA. FACE SHEETS WITH FOLDED INTERLOCKED SEAM ON VERTICAL EDGES. TOP AND BOTTOM EDGES TO BE CLOSED 8. ALL HOLLOW METAL FRAMES TO BE 16 GA. WRAP AROUND TYPE AND WELDED TYPE AT FIRE -RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION. 9. G.C. TO PROVIDE SECURITY 180 DEGREE SECURITY EYE LENS AT ALL EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND DOORS THAT LEAD TO EXTERIOR, MOUNTED AT 5' -0" AF -F 10. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A KICK PLATE ON THE PUSH SIDE OF THE REAR EXIT DOOR. 11. ALL HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE DOORS MUST BE MINIMUM 3' -0" W X 6' -8" H. 12. ALL DOOR APPROACHES SHALL MEET A.D.A. CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS 13. OVERHEAD CLOSERS: (AS APPLICABLE) FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR. DOOR CLOSERS TO BE MOUNTED ON ROOM SIDE OF DOORS. DOOR CLOSERS TO HAVE A MAXIMUM OPENING FORCE OF 5 LBF (INTERIOR HINGED DOORS). THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES. THE DOOR SHALL TAKE AT LEASE 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 3 IN. 14. ALL EXTERIOR HINGES TO HAVE NON - REMOVEABLE PINS. 15. TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE ALL EXISTING DOORS TO REMAIN TO BE IN GOOD OPERATING ORDER AND TO MEET CURRENT BUILDING CODES AND A.D.A. REQUIREMENTS. TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO RESTORE DOORS AND HARDWARE TO "LIKE NEW° CONDITION. 16_ GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT TYPEWRITTEN SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT LITERATURE FOR ALL ALTERNATE SPECIFICATIONS TO DOORS AND HARDWARE SPECIFIED, PREPARED BY A LICENSED CERTIFIED CONSULTANT. IT G.C. TO PROVIDE A.D.A. MEN'S AND WOMEN'S TOILET ROOM SIGNS - REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS & DETAIL 2/A700. 18. G.C. TO USE KNOCK -DOWN STYLE METAL DOOR FRAMES FOR NON -RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES. DOOR RATING CLASSIFICATIONS CLASS A: CLASSIFICATION GENERALLY APPLIES TO 1 -1/2 HOUR DOORS INTENDED FOR USE IN TWO -HOUR PARTITIONS. [i.e. FIRE SEPARATION WALLS; WALLS THAT DIVIDE A SINGLE BUILDING INTO FIRE AREAS]. COMMONLY REFERRED TO AS "A" LABEL DOORS. CLASS B: CLASSIFICATION GENERALLY APPLIES TO 3/4 HOUR DOORS INTENDED FOR USE IN ONE -HOUR PARTITIONS. [i.e. FIRE SERRATION WALLS, 2 -HOUR PARTITION PROVIDING HORIZONTAL FIRE SEPARATION]. COMMONLY REFERRED TO AS °B" LABEL DOORS. CLASS C: CLASSIFICATION GENERALLY APPLIES TO 20- MINUTE DOORS INTENDED FOR USE IN NOMINALLY RATED PARTITIONS [i.e. OPENINGS IN WALLS OR PARTITIONS BETWEEN ROOMS AND CORRIDORS HAVING A FIRE - RESISTANCE RATING OF 1 -HOUR OR LESS]. COMMONLY REFERRED TO AS "C° LABEL DOORS. DOOR CLOSER PULL FORCE ALL DOORS EQUIPPED WITH AUTOMATIC DOOR CLOSERS SHALL HAVE THE PULL FORCE REQUIRED TO OPEN THE EQUIPPED DOOR TO A MAXIMUM PULL FORCE OF 5 LBS. ALL DOORS EQUIPPED WITH AUTOMATIC DOOR CLOSERS SHALL HAVE THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER TO BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM THE OPEN POSITION OF 70° THE DOOR WILL TAKE AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 3" FROM THE LATCH MEASURED TO THE LANDING EDGE OF THE DOOR. DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE - CLARKS GROUP 1: ENTRANCE FUNCTION 1 EACH ENTRANCE LOCKSET 1.5 PAR 1 EACH 3 EACH GROUP 2: STOREROOM FUNCTION 1 EACH 1.5 PAIR 1 EACH 3 EACH GROUP 3: PRIVACY FUNCTION 1 EACH PRIVACY LOCKSET 1.5 PAIR HINGES 1 EACH FLOOR STOP 3 EACH SILENCERS GROUP 4: PASSAGE FUNCTION 1 EACH PASSAGE LOCKSET 1.5 PAIR HINGES 1 EACH FLOOR STOP 3 EACH SILENCERS GROUP 5: SALES TO DOH 1 EACH PUSH PLATE 1 EACH PULL PLATE & PULL 1.5 PAIR 1 EACH 1 EACH 3 EACH GROUP 6: ALARMED EXIT 1 EACH ALARMED EXIT DEVICE 1 EACH 1 EACH EXTERIOR PULL 1.5 PAIR 1 EACH 1 EACH 1 EACH 3 EACH 1 EACH 1 EACH 1 EACH 1 EACH 1 PAIR 2 PAIR 1 EACH 1 EACH 4 PAIR 1 EACH 1 EACH 1 EACH 1 PAIR 1 EACH HINGES FLOOR STOP SILENCERS STOREROOM LOCKSET HINGES FLOOR STOP SILENCERS HINGES CLOSER FLOOR STOP SILENCERS KEYED CYLINDER - EXTERIOR HINGES DOOR VIEWER PROTECTION PLATE CLOSER SILENCERS SET SEAL, HEAD /.IAMB DOOR SWEEP THRESHOLD ADA RAINDRIP GROUP 7A: STOREFRONT 2 PAIR DOOR PUSH PULL AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS DUST PROOF STRIKE KEYED CYLINDER THUMBTURN CYLINDER HINGES CLOSER KICK PLATE Group 7B: STOREFRONT 2 PAIR DOOR PULL 1 EACH DOOR LOCK 1 EACH DOOR LOCK 1 SET KEYED CYLINDER 1 SET THUMBTURN CYLINDER 3 PAIR HINGES THRESHOLD ADA DUST PROOF STRIKE CLOSER BEST 73KC -7AB 14063 STD HAGER BB1279 (4 112 x 4 1/2) HAGER 242F TRIMCO 1229A (METAL FRAME) TRIMCO 1229B (WOOD FRAME) BEST 73KC -7D 14DS3 HAGER BB1279 (4 1/2 x 4 1/2) HAGER 242F TRIMCO 1229A (METAL FRAME) TRIMCO 1229B (WOOD FRAME) BEST 73KC -OL 14DS3 STD HAGER 551279 (4 1/2 x 4 1/2) HAGER 242F TRIMCO 1229A (METAL FRAME) TRIMCO 1229B (WOOD FRAME) BEST 73KC -ON 14053 STD HAGER BI31279 (4 1/2 x 4 1/2) HAGER 242F TRIMCO 1229A (METAL FRAME) TRIMCO 1229B (WOOD FRAME) DOOR HAGER 306 (3 1/2" x 15 ") HAGER 36N (3 1/2" x 15 ") HAGER B51279 (4 1/2 x 4 1/2) LCN 4041H DEL HAGER 242F TRIMCO 1229A (METAL FRAME) TRIMCO 1229B (WOOD FRAME) PANNEX #71210FO0OF BA I I tRY POWERED EXIT CONTROL DEVICE WITH #316B05A5C2 MORTISE CYLINDER - SEE NOTE 3. SECURITY SOLUTIONS U- CHANGE RE- KEYABLE LOCK SYSTEM #319RL5A542 WITH #K205FACTRY SECURITY KEY SEE NOTE 3, SECURITY SOLUTIONS #7O3PLTDIOF - SEE NOTE 3. HAGER BB1279 (4 1/2 x 4 1/2) NRP HAGER 1756 HAGER 190S (12" HIGH) LCN 4041H DEL TRIMCO 1229A (METAL FRAME) PEMKO 18041 CNB PEMKO 18137CNB PEMKO 171A PEMKO 346C 4" ODW ENTRY DOORS (WOOD) CRAFTSMAN HARDWARE #C347PL - 12X PULL & #C350 4" X 13" PUSH PLATE HAGER #291D HAGER #280X SECURITY SOLUTIONS U- CHANGE RE- KEYABLE LOCK SYSTEM #31AK25A5D2 WITH #K205FACTRY SECURITY KEY- SEE NOTE 3. SECURITY SOLUTIONS #4L41300022 - SEE NOTE 3. HAGER 551168 5X5 FWS NRP SARGENT #351 - CPSH -EB HAGER #190S 8" X 34" 1. PROVIDE LCN 4041 DEL CLOSER ON ALL FIRE AND SMOKE RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES. REFER TO REMARKS IN DOOR SCHEDULE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF RATED ASSEMBLIES, 2. PROVIDE PEMKO 388 SMOKE SEAL ON ALL FIRE AND SMOKE RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES. REFER TO REMARKS IN DOOR SCHEDULE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF RATED ASSEMBLES. 3. G.C. TO PURCHASE THIS ITEM FROM SECURITY SOLUTIONS PH: (405) 37& -8105 FINISH 626 US26D US26D 626 US26D US26D 626 US26D US26D 626 US26D US26D US26D US26D US26D AL US26D US26D US26D US32D AL US10B US10B US106 US106 US/013 US10B 106 ENTRY DOORS (ALUMINUM) KAWNEER #C0 -12 #40 ADAMS RITE #4085 THREE POINT LOCK ADAMS RITE #1850A DEADLOCK SECURITY SOLUTIONS U-- CHANGE RE- US10B KEYABLE LOCK SYSTEM #316A05A5D2 WITH #K205FACTRY SECURITY KEY- SEE NOTE 3. SECURITY SOLUTIONS #.4L41300022- SEE US10B NOTE 3. KAWNEER TOP, BOTTOM & #40 INTERMEDIATE BALL BEARING BUTT HINGES HAGER #431S HAGER #280X LCN #LCN 5031 CONCEALED OVERHEAD V+}/ 100 DEGREE HOLD OPEN ARM DBA US10B DARK BRONZE ENTRY (DOOR PAIR) TOILET ROOM STOCKROOM DOOR REAR EXIT MATERIAL STOCK ©D HM STOCK 3' -0" X 7' -0° X 1 3/4° 3' -0" X 7' -0" X 1 3/4" 3' -0" X 7' -0" X 1 3/4" INT. SALES INT. FINISH MATERIAL FINISH 1/A701 1/A701 1/A701 5 /A701 4/A701 3/A701 2/A701 NEW DOOR & ASSEMBLY BY G.C. 6 NEW FIRE RATED DOOR & ASSEMBLY BY G.C. REAR DOOR SIGNAGE: TENANT'S NAME AND SPACE NUMBER. / INSTALL 2" HIGH, DIE CUT, VANDAL PROOF, WHITE HELVETICA BLOCK STYLE LETTERS ON A RED BACKGROUND MOUNTED 5' -0" AFF, CENTERED ON DOOR DOOR SCHEDULE NO. LOCATION TYPE - D DOOR VIEWER � DOOR HARDWARE BY G.C. - REFER TO HARDWARE SCHEDULE HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME HOLLOW METAL DOOR TYPE - A LOCK SET DOOR 1 4" TEMPERED GLASS IN DARK BRONZE ANODIZED ALUMNIMUM DOOR PAIR SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED BY G.G. DOOR HARDWARE SY Cx.C. - REFER TO I- 4ARDWARE SCHEDULE REFER TO SCHEDULE (OUTSIDE OF STORE) HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME HOLLOW METAL DOOR DOOR VIEWER EXTERIOR Key CYLINDER it 7 FRAME 6' -0" EXTERIOR VIEW MANUFACTURER: DOOR TYPE REFER TO SCHEDULE TYPE - B COMPLIANCESIGNS.COM 56 SOUTH MAIN STREET CHADWICK, IL 61014 PH: (800) 578 -1245 FAX: (800) 578 -1246 http://www.compliancesigns.corn/CORP-DALEVY.shtml HEAD/ JAMB HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME 1- 4OLLOW METAL DOOR HARDWARE 15Y C.C. - REFER TO HARDWARE SCI-IEDULE ANEW 21/4" TH . WOOD DOOR PAIR W/ 1 /4" THK. CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS SUPPLIED 13Y OWNER 4 INSTALLED BY C.C. NOTE: ALL DOOR HARDWARE PROVIDED W/ DOOR PAIR, APPLIED BEFORE SHIPPING- REFER TO DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE TYPE - -E THRES. HDWR. GROUP 7A t t RESTROOM A700 SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" REMARKS NEW DOOR ASSEMBLY SUPPLIED BY OWNER & INSTALLED BY G.C. TYPE - C 6' -0" REFER TO SCHEDULE INTERIOR VIEW A700 SCALE: 3/8 " =1' -0" II COMPLIANCE SIGNS 4 1RRE -110 WHITE ON BLUE WITH BRAILLE = RESTROOM WHITE ON SLUE. SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED Sr G.C. EL.: 5' -0" APP. C/L OF SIGN 2 TOILET ROOM SIGNAGE HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME HOLLOW METAL DOOR DOOR HARDWARE SY G.C. - REFER TO HARDWARE SCHEDULE REVIEWED fOR C OOS COMP APPRO IL�I�� DID MAR -320 Of i1a City 1 DOOR TYPE e� & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON, OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT DRAWN BY: AKS ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : A 02 -13-08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS SHEET NO. : c A700 -AKS FEB 1 9 2003 SHEET TITLE : DOOR SCHEDULE / DETAILS / NOTES REFER TO SCHEDULE REFER TO SCHEDULE 3' -0" 3' -0" / / / / / \ . ,// \ m / / / '_I • \ � \ �/ \ V N T r DOOR AND HARDWARE NOTES 1. THIS PROJECT SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL FEDERAL AMERICANS WITH DISABILITY ACT REGULATION AND ALL LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY REGULATIONS. 2. ALL DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE OF THE LEVER OR PUSH TYPE, MOUNTED 30" TO 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR AND BE OPERABLE WITH A MAXIMUM EFFORT OF 5 LBS. FOR INTERIOR DOORS. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH SUPPLIER THAT ALL HARDWARE MEETS ADA REQUIREMENTS. 4. ALL HARDWARE SHALL BE A.N.S.I. /B.H.M.A. STANDARD FINISH 626, SATIN CHROMIUM, TYPICAL (ILO N.) 5. THRESHOLDS SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH A.D.A., STATE AND LOCAL ORDINANCE GUIDELINES. REFER TO SHEET A701 6. ALL MANUALLY OPERATED FLUSH BOLTS ARE PROHIBITED ON EXIT DOORS. WHEN EXIT DOORS ARE USED IN PAIRS AND APPROVED AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS ARE USED, THE DOOR LEAF HAVING THE AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS SHALL HAVE NO DOORKNOB OR SURFACE MTD HARDWARE. THE UNLATCHING OF ANY LEAF SHALL NOT REQUIRE MORE THAN ONE OPERATION. 7. ALL HOLLOW METAL DOORS TO BE FLUSH TYPE WITH 18 GA. FACE SHEETS WITH FOLDED INTERLOCKED SEAM ON VERTICAL EDGES. TOP AND BOTTOM EDGES TO BE CLOSED 8. ALL HOLLOW METAL FRAMES TO BE 16 GA. WRAP AROUND TYPE AND WELDED TYPE AT FIRE -RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION. 9. G.C. TO PROVIDE SECURITY 180 DEGREE SECURITY EYE LENS AT ALL EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND DOORS THAT LEAD TO EXTERIOR, MOUNTED AT 5' -0" AF -F 10. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A KICK PLATE ON THE PUSH SIDE OF THE REAR EXIT DOOR. 11. ALL HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE DOORS MUST BE MINIMUM 3' -0" W X 6' -8" H. 12. ALL DOOR APPROACHES SHALL MEET A.D.A. CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS 13. OVERHEAD CLOSERS: (AS APPLICABLE) FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR. DOOR CLOSERS TO BE MOUNTED ON ROOM SIDE OF DOORS. DOOR CLOSERS TO HAVE A MAXIMUM OPENING FORCE OF 5 LBF (INTERIOR HINGED DOORS). THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES. THE DOOR SHALL TAKE AT LEASE 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 3 IN. 14. ALL EXTERIOR HINGES TO HAVE NON - REMOVEABLE PINS. 15. TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE ALL EXISTING DOORS TO REMAIN TO BE IN GOOD OPERATING ORDER AND TO MEET CURRENT BUILDING CODES AND A.D.A. REQUIREMENTS. TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO RESTORE DOORS AND HARDWARE TO "LIKE NEW° CONDITION. 16_ GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT TYPEWRITTEN SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT LITERATURE FOR ALL ALTERNATE SPECIFICATIONS TO DOORS AND HARDWARE SPECIFIED, PREPARED BY A LICENSED CERTIFIED CONSULTANT. IT G.C. TO PROVIDE A.D.A. MEN'S AND WOMEN'S TOILET ROOM SIGNS - REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS & DETAIL 2/A700. 18. G.C. TO USE KNOCK -DOWN STYLE METAL DOOR FRAMES FOR NON -RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES. DOOR RATING CLASSIFICATIONS CLASS A: CLASSIFICATION GENERALLY APPLIES TO 1 -1/2 HOUR DOORS INTENDED FOR USE IN TWO -HOUR PARTITIONS. [i.e. FIRE SEPARATION WALLS; WALLS THAT DIVIDE A SINGLE BUILDING INTO FIRE AREAS]. COMMONLY REFERRED TO AS "A" LABEL DOORS. CLASS B: CLASSIFICATION GENERALLY APPLIES TO 3/4 HOUR DOORS INTENDED FOR USE IN ONE -HOUR PARTITIONS. [i.e. FIRE SERRATION WALLS, 2 -HOUR PARTITION PROVIDING HORIZONTAL FIRE SEPARATION]. COMMONLY REFERRED TO AS °B" LABEL DOORS. CLASS C: CLASSIFICATION GENERALLY APPLIES TO 20- MINUTE DOORS INTENDED FOR USE IN NOMINALLY RATED PARTITIONS [i.e. OPENINGS IN WALLS OR PARTITIONS BETWEEN ROOMS AND CORRIDORS HAVING A FIRE - RESISTANCE RATING OF 1 -HOUR OR LESS]. COMMONLY REFERRED TO AS "C° LABEL DOORS. DOOR CLOSER PULL FORCE ALL DOORS EQUIPPED WITH AUTOMATIC DOOR CLOSERS SHALL HAVE THE PULL FORCE REQUIRED TO OPEN THE EQUIPPED DOOR TO A MAXIMUM PULL FORCE OF 5 LBS. ALL DOORS EQUIPPED WITH AUTOMATIC DOOR CLOSERS SHALL HAVE THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER TO BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM THE OPEN POSITION OF 70° THE DOOR WILL TAKE AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 3" FROM THE LATCH MEASURED TO THE LANDING EDGE OF THE DOOR. DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE - CLARKS GROUP 1: ENTRANCE FUNCTION 1 EACH ENTRANCE LOCKSET 1.5 PAR 1 EACH 3 EACH GROUP 2: STOREROOM FUNCTION 1 EACH 1.5 PAIR 1 EACH 3 EACH GROUP 3: PRIVACY FUNCTION 1 EACH PRIVACY LOCKSET 1.5 PAIR HINGES 1 EACH FLOOR STOP 3 EACH SILENCERS GROUP 4: PASSAGE FUNCTION 1 EACH PASSAGE LOCKSET 1.5 PAIR HINGES 1 EACH FLOOR STOP 3 EACH SILENCERS GROUP 5: SALES TO DOH 1 EACH PUSH PLATE 1 EACH PULL PLATE & PULL 1.5 PAIR 1 EACH 1 EACH 3 EACH GROUP 6: ALARMED EXIT 1 EACH ALARMED EXIT DEVICE 1 EACH 1 EACH EXTERIOR PULL 1.5 PAIR 1 EACH 1 EACH 1 EACH 3 EACH 1 EACH 1 EACH 1 EACH 1 EACH 1 PAIR 2 PAIR 1 EACH 1 EACH 4 PAIR 1 EACH 1 EACH 1 EACH 1 PAIR 1 EACH HINGES FLOOR STOP SILENCERS STOREROOM LOCKSET HINGES FLOOR STOP SILENCERS HINGES CLOSER FLOOR STOP SILENCERS KEYED CYLINDER - EXTERIOR HINGES DOOR VIEWER PROTECTION PLATE CLOSER SILENCERS SET SEAL, HEAD /.IAMB DOOR SWEEP THRESHOLD ADA RAINDRIP GROUP 7A: STOREFRONT 2 PAIR DOOR PUSH PULL AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS DUST PROOF STRIKE KEYED CYLINDER THUMBTURN CYLINDER HINGES CLOSER KICK PLATE Group 7B: STOREFRONT 2 PAIR DOOR PULL 1 EACH DOOR LOCK 1 EACH DOOR LOCK 1 SET KEYED CYLINDER 1 SET THUMBTURN CYLINDER 3 PAIR HINGES THRESHOLD ADA DUST PROOF STRIKE CLOSER BEST 73KC -7AB 14063 STD HAGER BB1279 (4 112 x 4 1/2) HAGER 242F TRIMCO 1229A (METAL FRAME) TRIMCO 1229B (WOOD FRAME) BEST 73KC -7D 14DS3 HAGER BB1279 (4 1/2 x 4 1/2) HAGER 242F TRIMCO 1229A (METAL FRAME) TRIMCO 1229B (WOOD FRAME) BEST 73KC -OL 14DS3 STD HAGER 551279 (4 1/2 x 4 1/2) HAGER 242F TRIMCO 1229A (METAL FRAME) TRIMCO 1229B (WOOD FRAME) BEST 73KC -ON 14053 STD HAGER BI31279 (4 1/2 x 4 1/2) HAGER 242F TRIMCO 1229A (METAL FRAME) TRIMCO 1229B (WOOD FRAME) DOOR HAGER 306 (3 1/2" x 15 ") HAGER 36N (3 1/2" x 15 ") HAGER B51279 (4 1/2 x 4 1/2) LCN 4041H DEL HAGER 242F TRIMCO 1229A (METAL FRAME) TRIMCO 1229B (WOOD FRAME) PANNEX #71210FO0OF BA I I tRY POWERED EXIT CONTROL DEVICE WITH #316B05A5C2 MORTISE CYLINDER - SEE NOTE 3. SECURITY SOLUTIONS U- CHANGE RE- KEYABLE LOCK SYSTEM #319RL5A542 WITH #K205FACTRY SECURITY KEY SEE NOTE 3, SECURITY SOLUTIONS #7O3PLTDIOF - SEE NOTE 3. HAGER BB1279 (4 1/2 x 4 1/2) NRP HAGER 1756 HAGER 190S (12" HIGH) LCN 4041H DEL TRIMCO 1229A (METAL FRAME) PEMKO 18041 CNB PEMKO 18137CNB PEMKO 171A PEMKO 346C 4" ODW ENTRY DOORS (WOOD) CRAFTSMAN HARDWARE #C347PL - 12X PULL & #C350 4" X 13" PUSH PLATE HAGER #291D HAGER #280X SECURITY SOLUTIONS U- CHANGE RE- KEYABLE LOCK SYSTEM #31AK25A5D2 WITH #K205FACTRY SECURITY KEY- SEE NOTE 3. SECURITY SOLUTIONS #4L41300022 - SEE NOTE 3. HAGER 551168 5X5 FWS NRP SARGENT #351 - CPSH -EB HAGER #190S 8" X 34" 1. PROVIDE LCN 4041 DEL CLOSER ON ALL FIRE AND SMOKE RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES. REFER TO REMARKS IN DOOR SCHEDULE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF RATED ASSEMBLIES, 2. PROVIDE PEMKO 388 SMOKE SEAL ON ALL FIRE AND SMOKE RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES. REFER TO REMARKS IN DOOR SCHEDULE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF RATED ASSEMBLES. 3. G.C. TO PURCHASE THIS ITEM FROM SECURITY SOLUTIONS PH: (405) 37& -8105 FINISH 626 US26D US26D 626 US26D US26D 626 US26D US26D 626 US26D US26D US26D US26D US26D AL US26D US26D US26D US32D AL US10B US10B US106 US106 US/013 US10B 106 ENTRY DOORS (ALUMINUM) KAWNEER #C0 -12 #40 ADAMS RITE #4085 THREE POINT LOCK ADAMS RITE #1850A DEADLOCK SECURITY SOLUTIONS U-- CHANGE RE- US10B KEYABLE LOCK SYSTEM #316A05A5D2 WITH #K205FACTRY SECURITY KEY- SEE NOTE 3. SECURITY SOLUTIONS #.4L41300022- SEE US10B NOTE 3. KAWNEER TOP, BOTTOM & #40 INTERMEDIATE BALL BEARING BUTT HINGES HAGER #431S HAGER #280X LCN #LCN 5031 CONCEALED OVERHEAD V+}/ 100 DEGREE HOLD OPEN ARM DBA US10B DARK BRONZE ENTRY (DOOR PAIR) TOILET ROOM STOCKROOM DOOR REAR EXIT MATERIAL STOCK ©D HM STOCK 3' -0" X 7' -0° X 1 3/4° 3' -0" X 7' -0" X 1 3/4" 3' -0" X 7' -0" X 1 3/4" INT. SALES INT. FINISH MATERIAL FINISH 1/A701 1/A701 1/A701 5 /A701 4/A701 3/A701 2/A701 NEW DOOR & ASSEMBLY BY G.C. 6 NEW FIRE RATED DOOR & ASSEMBLY BY G.C. REAR DOOR SIGNAGE: TENANT'S NAME AND SPACE NUMBER. / INSTALL 2" HIGH, DIE CUT, VANDAL PROOF, WHITE HELVETICA BLOCK STYLE LETTERS ON A RED BACKGROUND MOUNTED 5' -0" AFF, CENTERED ON DOOR DOOR SCHEDULE NO. LOCATION TYPE - D DOOR VIEWER � DOOR HARDWARE BY G.C. - REFER TO HARDWARE SCHEDULE HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME HOLLOW METAL DOOR TYPE - A LOCK SET DOOR 1 4" TEMPERED GLASS IN DARK BRONZE ANODIZED ALUMNIMUM DOOR PAIR SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED BY G.G. DOOR HARDWARE SY Cx.C. - REFER TO I- 4ARDWARE SCHEDULE REFER TO SCHEDULE (OUTSIDE OF STORE) HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME HOLLOW METAL DOOR DOOR VIEWER EXTERIOR Key CYLINDER it 7 FRAME 6' -0" EXTERIOR VIEW MANUFACTURER: DOOR TYPE REFER TO SCHEDULE TYPE - B COMPLIANCESIGNS.COM 56 SOUTH MAIN STREET CHADWICK, IL 61014 PH: (800) 578 -1245 FAX: (800) 578 -1246 http://www.compliancesigns.corn/CORP-DALEVY.shtml HEAD/ JAMB HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME 1- 4OLLOW METAL DOOR HARDWARE 15Y C.C. - REFER TO HARDWARE SCI-IEDULE ANEW 21/4" TH . WOOD DOOR PAIR W/ 1 /4" THK. CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS SUPPLIED 13Y OWNER 4 INSTALLED BY C.C. NOTE: ALL DOOR HARDWARE PROVIDED W/ DOOR PAIR, APPLIED BEFORE SHIPPING- REFER TO DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE TYPE - -E THRES. HDWR. GROUP 7A t t RESTROOM A700 SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" REMARKS NEW DOOR ASSEMBLY SUPPLIED BY OWNER & INSTALLED BY G.C. TYPE - C 6' -0" REFER TO SCHEDULE INTERIOR VIEW A700 SCALE: 3/8 " =1' -0" II COMPLIANCE SIGNS 4 1RRE -110 WHITE ON BLUE WITH BRAILLE = RESTROOM WHITE ON SLUE. SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED Sr G.C. EL.: 5' -0" APP. C/L OF SIGN 2 TOILET ROOM SIGNAGE HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME HOLLOW METAL DOOR DOOR HARDWARE SY G.C. - REFER TO HARDWARE SCHEDULE REVIEWED fOR C OOS COMP APPRO IL�I�� DID MAR -320 Of i1a City 1 DOOR TYPE e� & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON, OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT DRAWN BY: AKS ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : A 02 -13-08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS SHEET NO. : c A700 -AKS FEB 1 9 2003 SHEET TITLE : DOOR SCHEDULE / DETAILS / NOTES REFER TO SCHEDULE REFER TO SCHEDULE 1 DOOR SEE DOOR SCHEDULE 1 METAL STUDS 16" O.C. JAMBS- METAL TRACK W/ CRIPPLES g I- 1EAD -- HOLLOW METAL FRAME PAINTED NOTE: REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR DOOR SWING DIRECTION, REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR HARDWARE. REINFORCE FRAMES AS REQUIRED FOR HARDWARE STOCK ROOM ADA COMPLIANT 'MERCER' *146 VINYL UNIVERSAL REDUCER COLOR *101 BLACK BY G.C. VCT TILE FLOOR CID Q A Q T 3'-2" RD. — r A701 SCALE: 6"=1 - - =t — JJ 4 SALES AREA LOCATE TRANSITION BELOW DOOR IF A DOOR 15 REQUIRED WOOD FLOOR 4 v 4 4 a a ©D a 4 WOOD FLOOR ADHESIVE 1 HM FRAME - JAMB DETAIL EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB Q v 3 THRESHOLD WOOD TO VCT A701 SCALE: 6n=1 a a MALL CORRIDOR DOOR - SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR TYPE AND FINISH UNDERCUT DOOR 1 4" ABOVE THRESHOLD BY G.C. (16 4 a e INTERIOR ©D a 4 e Q e 4 ©D d WOOD FLOOR WOOD FLOOR ADHESIVE TOILET ROOM DOOR - SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR TYPE AND FINISH 4 a 4 d 4 a v 4 - 4 4 a A701 SCALE: 6 " =1' -0" ADA COMPLIANT 'MERCER' *146 VINYL UNIVERSAL REDUCER COLOR *101 BLACK BY G.C. VCT SHEET VINYL WITH 4" ROLL UP BASE OVER WATERPROOF MEMBRANE- LATICRETE *5231 4 4 v a ° a 4 ° 4 Q a 4 —I - - Q BURKE- MERCER VINYL TRANSITION gsEsswase—STRIP *133 "SMOKE" BY G.C. VCT T ©D a 4 T 4 v a v 4 a a 1 4 4 Q 4 d Q a 4 4 INTERIOR a v d 4 4 v 4 a 41, 4 4 a DO -08q 4y d a 4 4 a d EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB 2 THRESHOLD AT REAR EXIT DOOR HALL AREA LOCATE TRANSITION BELOW DOOR IF A DOOR 15 REQUIRED WOOD FLOOR WOOD FLOOR ADHESIVE 4 4 a 4 4 ©D EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB 4 THRESHOLD AT TOILET ROOM DOOR A701 SCALE: 6" =1' -0" MALL CONCOURSE SCHLUTER SCHIENE -E *E -125 TRANSITION STRIP BY G.C. EXISTING MALL TILE ©D irPn4r, 47 4 v 4 EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB 5 THRESHOLD AT STOREFRONT A701 SCALE: 6"=1 v 4 4 & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON, 01-110 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 9$188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: AKS ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : 1 02 -13 -08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS SHEET NO. : SHEET TITLE : DOOR JAMB / FLOOR TRANSITION DETAILS A701 FEB 1 9 20C3 -AKS _ :� n S2 S2 S2 r S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 82 S2 S2 S2 S2 n S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 62 S2 S2 J S2 S2 S2 S2 n S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 n S3 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S3 n S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2. S2 n S3 S2 S2 S2 11 W2 1 2 W3 OUTRIGGERS W/ MIRROR S3 S2 S2 S2 LABEL DESCRIPTION QTY. W1 4' -0" OUTRIGGERS W/ SHELVES 11 W2 3' -0" OUTRIGGERS W/ SHELVES 2 W3 OUTRIGGERS W/ MIRROR 2 W4 2' -0" OUTRIGGERS W/ HANGBARS 2 W5 3' -0" OUTRIGGERS W/ HANGBARS 2 W6 4' -O" OUTRIGGERS W/ HANGBARS 1 W7 4' -O" OUTRIGGERS W/ LEFT CHILDRENS FIXTURE 1 W8 3' -0" OUTRIGGERS W/ CENTER CHILDRENS FIXTURE 1 W9 4' -0" OUTRIGGERS W/ RIGHT CHILDRENS FIXTURE 1 W10 CLEARSTORY WINDOW 16 W11 FOCAL WINDOW 1 C1 CASHWRAP (ADA) 1 M1 CENTER DISPLAY TABLE 1 M2 3' -6" DISPLAY CABINET 13 M3 LARGE NESTING TABLE 7 M4 SMALL NESTING TABLE 9 M5 LARGE TOWER UNIT 2 M6 MEDIUM TOWER UNIT 1 M7 SMALL TOWER UNIT 1 M8 OTTOMAN 10 M9 SMALL CHILDRENS OTTOMAN 2 M10 LARGE CHILDRENS OTTOMAN 1 M11 SIGN HOLDER 3 LABEL DESCRIPTION QTY. Si 2' -0" W. X 10' -0" H. METAL STOCKROOM SHELVING 0 S2 3' -0" W. X 10' -0" H. METAL STOCKROOM SHELVING 75 53 4' -0" W. X 10' -0" H. METAL STOCKROOM SHELVING 25 S4 STOCKROOM DESK 1 FIXTURE SCHEDULE - SALES AREA FIXTURE SCHEDULE - STOCK AREA S3 S2 82 S2 S2 S2 S2 S3 3 S3 m S3 S3 tt 83 METAL STOCKROOM SHELVING METAL STOCKROOM SHELVING 2'-0" 10'-0" 10' -0" 1'-0" 1' -0" 6 6 70 80 STOCK ROOM SH. i ACITY CALCULATIONS OPTION DESCRIPTION QUANTITY I IDTH HEIGHT DEPTH SHELVES PR/U Si S2 S3 FIXTURE PLAN NOTES: 1. ALL FIXTURES IN SALES AREA ARE PROVIDED BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY G.C. 2. ALL FIXTURES IN THE STOCK ROOM ARE INSTALLED BY THE G.C. 3. F.C. TO VERIFY FIXTURE QUANTITIES AGAINST ARCHITECTS COUNTS 4. G.C. TO PROVIDE WALL BACKING FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES PER MFG. SPECIFICATIONS. � 7os oe9 4' -0 " 4' -0 W6 METAL STOCKROOM SHELVING W1 M2 M5 ■EM ■EM ■EM M6 SI2 ■.. 1l• M8 M8 4' -0i" 4'_0Jj" 4' -0 M7 M2 W1 W1 M2 c1 W3 24' -11i" co M4 M4 M2 W1 W1 M2 • 11 M3 M8 1 • r M3 2' -6" M5 M8 W3 %"""""7 M4 • M4 NNE NNE ■M■ M8 W2 2' -6" 4' -0i" 3' - / 4' 4' -0" 4' -0 M8 _ _ _ 11 W1 M2 M8 M2 W1 10' -0" 1' -0" 6 90 M4 M8 M4 4 W1 M2 ■EE ■.■ MEM M2 WI 11 5iII J'J' W5 M11 4' - 0" _7 " 4, M11 y M11 W2 11 1 FIXTURE PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=V-0" e0 f NCB APPIto MpR _� z �oa Oty Of 1\0' W G 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: AKS ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : SHEET NO. : A800 - I1 � 1 o l & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 02 -13 -08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS -AKS ,-„ FEB 1 c 2<<? e..e e a a SHEET TITLE : FIXTURE PLAN i i 1 UNISRUT SPANNING STRUCTURE vm //// r+ir 2X6 WOOD BLOCKING BY G.G. NOTE: CEILING BEAMS, BEAM HANGER & MENDING PLATES PROVIDED BY F.C. & INSTALLED BY G.C. 343 Ill' ALL- THREAD TO STRUCTURE ABOVE 3 ". ALUMINUM TUBE - PAINTED BLACK COLUMN ALIGNMENT PLATE EL.: 10'- 101/4" APP. TOP OF BEAM WOOD BEAM ASSEMBLY WOOD BLOCKING / MEND INCs PLATE STEEL BEAM MENDING PLATE 3 DETAIL- CEILING BEAM HANGER A801 SCALE 3 " =1' -0" EL.: 3' - A.F.F. CAST -IWRAP TOP EL.: 2' -10" AFF. ADA TOP NOTE: PLASTIC MESH REQUIRED WHEN FIXTURES ARE BACK TO BACK PROVIDED BY OWNER- INSTALLED BY G.C. o d i 3'4, 1/2 AFF CASHWRAP TOP o d i EL.: 2' -10" AFF. ADA TOP FRONT SIDE 1X3 FIRE RATED WOOD BRACE TO ANOTHER SHELF OR WALL 1 CASHWRAP ELEVATIONS A801 SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -0" Doi -oee? ALL STEEL UPRIGHTS AND SHELVES 2 EXCALIBUR ALL STEEL SHELVING A801 SCALE: 1/2"= 1 & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN' BY: AKS ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : SHEET TITLE : FIXTURE DETAILS SHEET NO. : A801 FEB 1 9 2003 If iri shed A802 SCALE: 3 " =1'-0" 0 z Y to in 5 /$" GYP. D. 3 4" F.RT. PLYWOOD SACKER IX6 WOOD TRIM 21/2" X 16 GAUGE FINISH NAILS OUTRIGGER FIXTURE 5/4 X 6 WOOD TRIM 2 X 1/4" LAG SCREWS WITH FLAT WASHERS 16" 0_C_ - PRE -DRILL II0" HOLES WALL RAIL FIXTURE EL.: 7 8 APP. s tt WALL RAIL 6" X 3 4" LAG SCREWS WITH 9 16" O.C. - PRE -DRILL 3/16" HOLE 3 DETAIL- FIXTURE / TRIM WDI IWDI 5 I IWDI 5 I IWDI 5 1 IWDI 5 I 1X8 FIR WALL BOARD BY F.C.- INSTALLED BY G.G. 1X6 FIR WALL BOARD 13Y F.C.- INSTALLED BY G.G. IX6 FIR WALL SDARD BY F.C.- INSTALLED SY G.C. 5/4X6 FIR WALL BOARD BY F.C.- INSTALLED BY G.G. 5/4X6 FIR WALL BOARD BY F.G.- INSTALLED BY IWDI 1 1 1 1_ 4 " 6" X 3 4" LAG SCREWS WITH 6 16" O.G. - PRE -DRILL 3/16" HOLES WALL RAIL FIXTURE 21/2" X 1/4" LAG SCREWS WITH FLAT WASHERS a 8" O.C. - PRE -DRILL %" HOLES 5/4 X 6 WOOD TRIM WD 4 A802 DETAIL- FIXTURE / TRIM A802 SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" 8X6 FIR BEAM BY F.C. - INSTALLED BY GC. 4S -1/2" D.G. a 4' SHELVES 42" D.C. c MIRRORS 36 -1/2" O.C. 9 3' SHELVES 24 -1/2" 0_C_ a 2' HANCBARS WALL RAIL FIXTURE BY F.C.- INSTALLED BY G.C. 2 ELEVATION - DETAIL- OUTRIGGER / WALL RAIL A802 SCALE: . 1"=1 . -0" G.G. TO PROVIDE 4 INSTALL WALL BACKING CLEARSTORY WINDOW FRAME FIXTURE BY F.C.- INSTALLED BY G.C. G.C. TO PROVIDE 4 INSTALL WALL BACKING OUTRIGGER FIXTURE BY F.C.- INSTALLED BY G.C. G.C. TO PROVIDE 4 INSTALL WALL BACKING - r in -n t e WALL SACKING SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED $Y G.G. 6X8 FIR BEAM SUPPLIED E3Y F.C. 4 INSTALLED 5Y G.C. EL.: 10 1 - 10 APP. TOP OF SEAM / TRIM EL.: 10' -7" AFF. et OF WALL BACKING 1X8 FIR SUPPLIED BY F.C. 4 INSTALLED SY G.G. CLEARSTORY WINDOW FRAME FIXTURE SUPPLIED BY F.C_ 4 INSTALLED SY G.G. G.G. TO PAINT GYP. 5D. BEHIND WINDOW FIXTURE 1x6 FIR SUPPLIED 13Y F.G. 4 INSTALLED BY G.C. WALL BACKING SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED SY G.G. 1X6 FIR SUPPLIED BY F.G. 4 INSTALLED 15Y G.C. EL.: 5' -5" AFF. TOP OF WOOD TRIM WALL RAIL FIXTURE SUPPLIED SY F.C. 4 INSTALLED 5Y G.G. 5/4X6 FIR SUPPLIED 5Y F.C. 4 INSTALLED BY ac. 5 ie" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. OUTRIGGER MOUNTED FIXTURES VARY - REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN FOR CONFIGURATION- SUPPLIED Si F.C. 4 INSTALLED BY G.C. OUTRIGGER FIXTURE SUPPLIED BY F.C. 4 INSTALLED BY G.C. SALES AREA METAL STUDS IN 4 ACCORDANCE WITH U.L. DESIGNATION- REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR WALL DESIGNATION. 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 :: -oar ELF 1'- 10 APP. TOP OF WOOD TRIM ELF 1'-l" APP. Et OF WALL BACKING 5/4X6 FIR SUPPLIED BY F.C. 4 INSTALLED SY G.G. D I 1 IwD 12 ©© WD 5 IWDI 5 I IWDI 3 RD CQ Mp1SP PRPFLO MaR a 3 '.aa$ IWDI 3 1 SECTION AT OUTRIGGER / WALL RAIL A802 SCALE: 1- 1/2 " =1' -0" 1 IJNI1IM & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: AKS ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : l - I.-■k "In! SHEET NO. : A8O2 FEB 1 9 2003 SHEET TITLE : FIXTURE DETAILS ELr 10'- 10/4" AFF TOP OF BEAM / TRIM EL: 9' -1" AFF. ROUGH OPENING di EL.: 3' -3" APP. ROUGH OPENING S 54 3" WATER RESISTANT GYP. BD. BRICK VENEER CID 3/A803 11 1 I_OIt ROUGH 8' -2" 8'_10" R.O. FOCAL WINDOW FIXTURE SUPPLIED SY F.C. 4 INSTALLED BY G.C. 1 ROUGH h 3 PLAN - DETAIL- FOCAL WINDOW A803 SCALE: 1"=1'-0" 2 ELEVATION - DETAIL- FOCAL WINDOW A803 SCALE: 1"=1'-0" METAL STUDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL. DESIGNATION- REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR WALL DESIGNATION. 20 GA. 6" METAL STUDS TILE CEILING 1X8 WOOD TRIM BY F.C. - INSTALLED BY G.C. FULL S" BRICK VENEER SOLDIER COURSE RUNNING BOND BRICK VENEER -ALIGN COURSES FROM BOTTOM OF TOP SOLDIER BRICK COURSE 34 3" MORTAR JOINT (HOLD)- TYPICAL- FILL JOINTS WITH STANDARD GROUT POLYBLEND *9 NATURAL GREY FOCAL WINDOW FIXTURE WITH PRE -WIRED FLUORESCENT LIGHTING SUPPLIED BY F.G. 4 INSTALLED BY - FIXTURE TO BE PRE -WIRED TO SINGLE J -SOX FOR SINGLE POINT CONNECTION_ D DD IWDI 2 ©D in METAL STUDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH U.L. DESIGNATION- REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR WALL DESIGNATION. EL. 10 101/4" A.F.F . TOP OF BRICK WALL BRICK VENEER 5 /8" WATER RESISTANT GYP. SD. 20 GA. 6" METAL STUDS g 16" D.C. EL.: 9' -1" APP. ROUGH OPENING 1 4" F.R WOOD SHIMS FOCAL WINDOW FIXTURE WITH PRE - W1RED FLUORESCENT LIGHTING SUPPLIED BY EC_ 4 INSTALLED 5Y G.C. - FIXTURE TO BE PRE -WIRED TO SINGLE J -BOX FOR SINGLE POINT CONNECTION_ SALES ARF-A F,R,T, 2X4 4 1 /2" PLYWOOD BLOCKING BY G.C. Uoe ceo9 11 F. . WOOD SWIMS COI Orr ukWila si0 - eU1XD : ° EL: 3' -3" AFF. ROUGH OPENING 20 GA. 6" METAL STUDS w 16" o.C. 5 /8" WATER RESISTANT GYP. BD. BRICK VENEER ©D GIB 3 48" MORTAR JOINT (HOLD)- TYPICAL- FILL JOINTS WITH STANDARD GROUT POLYSLEND *9 NATURAL GREY CONTINOUS 22 GA. METAL BOTTOM TRACK - RAMSET TO SUBFLOOR 6 24" O.C.- WALL ATTACHMENT TO 13E IN ACCORDANCE W/ IBGO *1639 FIR 3 4"R QUARTER ROUND SHOE MOULDING 1 SECTION AT FOCAL WINDOW A803 SCALE: 1- 1/2 " =1' -0" IWD I 4 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON, OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: AKS ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 1IYNI1 Ua��'1 & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development REVISION : PPP 1 078 1 & mo o.. rt • 1 '.....ergvh SHEET TITLE : FIXTURE DETAILS SHEET NO. : A803 s' -Si" (HOLD) f FINISHED OPENING J J 1 C 7 lffl 1 fr I H- - ---H÷1 — E 1 — — - a 1 C I 1 C C_ 1 C r E 1 2 1 L I �r JC 1 JC_ L_ 1 1 17 1 1 E 1 1 ii. 1 1 1 1 1f 1 1 1 1 1 E L 1 C 7 1 L 1 1 ELr 10'- 10/4" AFF TOP OF BEAM / TRIM EL: 9' -1" AFF. ROUGH OPENING di EL.: 3' -3" APP. ROUGH OPENING S 54 3" WATER RESISTANT GYP. BD. BRICK VENEER CID 3/A803 11 1 I_OIt ROUGH 8' -2" 8'_10" R.O. FOCAL WINDOW FIXTURE SUPPLIED SY F.C. 4 INSTALLED BY G.C. 1 ROUGH h 3 PLAN - DETAIL- FOCAL WINDOW A803 SCALE: 1"=1'-0" 2 ELEVATION - DETAIL- FOCAL WINDOW A803 SCALE: 1"=1'-0" METAL STUDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL. DESIGNATION- REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR WALL DESIGNATION. 20 GA. 6" METAL STUDS TILE CEILING 1X8 WOOD TRIM BY F.C. - INSTALLED BY G.C. FULL S" BRICK VENEER SOLDIER COURSE RUNNING BOND BRICK VENEER -ALIGN COURSES FROM BOTTOM OF TOP SOLDIER BRICK COURSE 34 3" MORTAR JOINT (HOLD)- TYPICAL- FILL JOINTS WITH STANDARD GROUT POLYBLEND *9 NATURAL GREY FOCAL WINDOW FIXTURE WITH PRE -WIRED FLUORESCENT LIGHTING SUPPLIED BY F.G. 4 INSTALLED BY - FIXTURE TO BE PRE -WIRED TO SINGLE J -SOX FOR SINGLE POINT CONNECTION_ D DD IWDI 2 ©D in METAL STUDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH U.L. DESIGNATION- REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR WALL DESIGNATION. EL. 10 101/4" A.F.F . TOP OF BRICK WALL BRICK VENEER 5 /8" WATER RESISTANT GYP. SD. 20 GA. 6" METAL STUDS g 16" D.C. EL.: 9' -1" APP. ROUGH OPENING 1 4" F.R WOOD SHIMS FOCAL WINDOW FIXTURE WITH PRE - W1RED FLUORESCENT LIGHTING SUPPLIED BY EC_ 4 INSTALLED 5Y G.C. - FIXTURE TO BE PRE -WIRED TO SINGLE J -BOX FOR SINGLE POINT CONNECTION_ SALES ARF-A F,R,T, 2X4 4 1 /2" PLYWOOD BLOCKING BY G.C. Uoe ceo9 11 F. . WOOD SWIMS COI Orr ukWila si0 - eU1XD : ° EL: 3' -3" AFF. ROUGH OPENING 20 GA. 6" METAL STUDS w 16" o.C. 5 /8" WATER RESISTANT GYP. BD. BRICK VENEER ©D GIB 3 48" MORTAR JOINT (HOLD)- TYPICAL- FILL JOINTS WITH STANDARD GROUT POLYSLEND *9 NATURAL GREY CONTINOUS 22 GA. METAL BOTTOM TRACK - RAMSET TO SUBFLOOR 6 24" O.C.- WALL ATTACHMENT TO 13E IN ACCORDANCE W/ IBGO *1639 FIR 3 4"R QUARTER ROUND SHOE MOULDING 1 SECTION AT FOCAL WINDOW A803 SCALE: 1- 1/2 " =1' -0" IWD I 4 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON, OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: AKS ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 1IYNI1 Ua��'1 & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development REVISION : PPP 1 078 1 & mo o.. rt • 1 '.....ergvh SHEET TITLE : FIXTURE DETAILS SHEET NO. : A803 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS BIDDING REQUIREMENTS THE BID SHALL BE MADE ON THE FORM OF PROPOSAL FURNISHED BY THE ARCHITECT OR OWNER. IF A BID FORM 1S NOT PROVIDED BIDS SHALL BE SUBMITTED ON CONTRACTOR'S FORM OF PROPOSAL SUBMIT BIOS VIA FAX CLEARLY MARKED WITH STORE NAME, MALL NAME AND CITY AND STATE. BID PROPOSALS SHALL BE FAXED TO THE OWNER. THE FAX NUMBER IS USTED ON THE COVER SHEET OF THIS DRAWING PACKAGE. THE PROPOSAL SHALL BE SUBMITTED ON A STIPULATED SUM BASIS, PRESENTED BY ASSIGNING TO PREDETERMINED DIVISIONS USTED ON THE BID FORM SHEET; SUMMATING TO THE STIPULATED SUM. THE BIDDER IS REQUIRED TO BID ON THE BASE BID ALL ALTERNATES. EACH ALTERNATE PRICE SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT, AND SALES TAX. BEFORE SUBMITTING PROPOSALS FOR THIS WORK. EACH BIDDER WILL BE HELD TO HAVE EXAMINED THE PREMISES AND SATISFIED HIMSELF /HERSELF AS TO THE EXISTING CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH HE /SHE WILL BE OBUGED TO OPERATE IN PERFORMING THE WORK, OR THAT WILL. IN ANY MANNER AFFECT THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. THE BASE BID SHALL REFLECT MODIFICATIONS TO SYSTEMS AND DEVICES AS REQUIRED BY STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND MALL REQUIREMENTS WHETHER INDICATED OR NOT ON PROJECT DOCUMENTS. THE SUBMISSIONS OF A BID WILL BE EVIDENCE THAT SUCH AN EXAMINATION AND COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES /REQUIREMENTS HAS BEEN MADE. LATER CLAIMS FOR LABOR, EQUIPMENT, OR MATERIALS REQUIRED, OR FOR DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN FORESEEN HAD AN EXAMINATION AND CODE /REQUIREMENTS REVIEW BEEN MADE, WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. QUESTIONS REGARDING INTERPRETATIONS OR CLARIFICATIONS OF REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE DIRECTED TO DAVID A. LEVY & ASSOCIATES, 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE, AKRON, OHIO 44333 -8364 (330) 666 -6767, (FAX) 666 -8334. THE CONTRACT WILL BE AWARDED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE TO THE SELECTED BIDDER, AS DETERMINED BY THE OWNER AND AT HIS /HER SOLE DISCRETION. THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO WAIVE ANY INFORMALITY IN BIDS RECEIVED WHEN SUCH WAIVER IS IN THE INTEREST OF THE OWNER. EXTRA WORK OR CHANGES IN THE WORK NOT CALLED FOR IN THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS ISSUED BY THE OWNER, WILL BE PERFORMED ON A WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION FROM THE OWNER. NO CLAIM FOR EXTRA WORK WILL BE ALLOWED UNLESS A PRICE HAS BEEN AGREED UPON BEFOREHAND ON A CHANGE ORDER PREPARED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND AUTHORIZED BY THE OWNER. THE PRICE FOR EXTRAS SHALL BE CALCULATED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S COST PLUS OVERHEAD AND PROFIT AT THE PERCENTAGE UMITED BY THE OWNER. SUBSTITUTIONS WHENEVER POSSIBLE THROUGHOUT THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE QUALITY OF WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS HAS BEEN DEFINED EITHER BY MANUFACTURER'S NAME AND CATALOG NUMBER OR BY REFERENCE TO RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY STANDARDS. UNLESS THE PRECISE COLOR AND PATTERN 15 SPECIFICALLY DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, WHENEVER A CHOICE OF COLOR OR PAI ftRN IS AVAILABLE IN A SPECIFIED PRODUCT, SUBMIT ACCURATE COLOR CHARTS AND PATTERN CHARTS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR HIS REVIEW AND SELECTION. VERIFY PRIOR TO BIDDING, THAT ALL SPECIFIED FfEMS WILL BE AVAILABLE IN TIME FOR INSTALLATION DURING ORDERLY AND TIMELY PROGRESS OF THE WORK. IN THE EVENT THAT A SPECIFIED ITEM WILL NOT BE AVAILABLE, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. THE ARCHITECT WILL CONSIDER PROPOSALS FOR SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS. EQUIPMENT AND METHODS ONLY WHEN SUCH SPECIFIED MATERIALS ARE UNAVAILABLE OR METHODS ARE INAPPROPRIATE AS SPECIFIED. DO NOT SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT, UNLESS SUCH SUBSTITUTION HAS BEEN SPECIFICALLY APPROVED FOR THIS WORK BY THE ARCHITECT. SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE CONTRACTORS REQUESTING SUBSTITUTES OR "EQUALS" TO ITEMS ON PLANS OR IN SPECIFICATIONS MUST FOLLOW THE PROCEDURES SET FORTH BELOW: REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. SUBCONTRACTORS ARE NOT TO SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT DIRECTLY. THE REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED EQUIPMENT SUCH AS CUT SHEETS OR SAMPLES TO ENABLE THE ARCHITECT TO MAKE A THOROUGH COMPARISON WITH THE SPECIFIED ITEM. ARCHITECT WILL UPON SUCH REQUEST, EVALUATE THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION ON THE BASIS OF ADVERTISED TECHNICAL PERFORMANCE, SUITABILITY, SIZE OR OTHER CONSIDERATIONS AND INFORM OWNER/TENANT OF THE RECOMMENDED ACTION. IN ORDER TO FACILITATE THE EVALUATION PROCESS, GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHOULD SUBMIT DOCUMENTATION TO SUPPORT THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION ON THE BASIS OF WARRANTIES, COST DIFFERENCES AND EXPECTED SERVICE LIFE AS COMPARED TO THE SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT. PROCUREMENT TIME WILL NOT NORMALLY BE CONSIDERED AS JUSTIFICATION FOR SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS. IN THE EVENT OF PROCUREMENT TIME BONG THE FACTOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ARCHITECT WITH THE SPECIFIC INFORMATION ALLOWING ARCHITECT TO EXPLORE THE DELAY AND TO ATTEMPT TO RESOLVE THE PROBLEM WITH A SUBSTITUTION. ONLY AFTER ARCHITECT ACCEPTS AND PROVIDES WRITTEN APPROVAL, WILL GENERAL CONTRACTOR ASSUME THE AUTHORITY TO PROCEED WITH THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION. GENERAL CONDITIONS DEFINITIONS OWNER OR TENANT -- AS USED HEREIN SHALL MEAN STORE OWNER. DEVELOPER -- AS USED HEREIN SHALL MEAN MALL OWNER. ARCHITECT -- AS USED HEREIN SHALL MEAN DAVID A. LEVY & ASSOCIATES. CONTRACTOR -.-- AS USED HEREIN SHALL MEAN TENANT'S (OWNER'S) GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND /OR ANY SUBCONTRACTORS. AGREEMENT THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND OTHER DOCUMENTS PREPARED BY THE ARCHITECT ARE INSTRUMENTS OF THE ARCHITECT'S SERVICE THROUGH WHICH THE WORK TO BE EXECUTED BY THE CONTRACTOR IS DESCRIBED. NEITHER THE CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, SUB— SUBCONTRACTOR, MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT SUPPUER SHALL OWN OR CLAIM A COPYRIGHT IN THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND OTHER DOCUMENTS PREPARED BY THE ARCHITECT UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE DEEMED THE AUTHOR OF THEM AND WILL RETAIN ALL COMMON LAW, STATUTORY, AND OTHER RESERVED RIGHTS. IN ADDMON TO THE COPYRIGHT. THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND OTHER DOCUMENTS PREPARED BY THE ARCHITECT, AND COPIES THEREOF FURNISHED TO THE CONTRACTOR ARE FOR USE SOLELY WITH RESPECT TO THIS PROJECT. SHOULD THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS BE CONTRADICTORY, OR SHOULD THERE BE ERRORS IN EITHER, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER THE MATTER TO THE ARCHITECT FOR EXPLANATION AND SHALL ABIDE BY THEIR DECISION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS. VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS, AND SHALL CAREFULLY COMPARE SUCH FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND CONDITIONS AND OTHER INFORMATION KNOWN TO THE CONTRACTOR WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS BEFORE COMMENCING ACTIVITIES. ERRORS, INCONSISTENCIES OR OMISSIONS DISCOVERED SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT AT ONCE. PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES UNLESS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE AND PAY FOR THE BUILDING PERMIT AND OTHER PERMITS AND GOVERNMENTAL FEES. UCENSES AND INSPECTIONS NECESSARY FOR PROPER EXECUTION AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK WHICH ARE CUSTOMARILY SECURED AFTER EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT AND WHICH ARE LEGALLY ACQUIRED WHEN BIDS ARE RECEIVED OR NEGOTIATIONS CONCLUDED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH AND GIVE NOTICE AS REQUIRED BY LAWS, ORDINANCES, RULES, REGULATIONS, AND LAWFUL ORDERS OF PUBLIC AUTHORITIES BEARING ON PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. WARRANTY THE CONTRACTOR WARRANTS TO THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT THAT MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER THE CONTRACT WILL BE OF GOOD QUALITY AND NEW UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED OR PERMITTED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THAT THE WORK WILL BE FREE FROM DEFECTS NOT INHERENT IN THE QUALITY REQUIRED OR PERMITTED, AND THAT THE WORK WILL CONFORM WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. WORK NOT CONFORMING TO THESE REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING SUBSTIMIONS NOT PROPERLY APPROVED AND AUTHORIZED MAY BE CONSIDERED DEFECTIVE. WARRANT( SHALL COMMENCE UPON PROVIDING USE AND OCCUPANCY PERMITS TO THE OWNER AND SHALL BE IN EFFECT FOR THE PERIOD DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT BUT NO LESS THAN ONE YEAR. INSURANCE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PURCHASE AND MAINTAIN: SUCH KINDS OF INSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY FEDERAL LAWS, AND BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OR STATES IN WHICH THE WORK 15 TO BE PERFORMED, OR BY ANY SPECIAL NATURE OF THE WORK WHICH WOULD INCLUDE WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAW AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT LAWS. CERTIFICATES EVIDENCING COVERAGE UNDER WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAWS SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE OWNER FOR APPROVAL OF FORM AND ADEQUACY UPON REQUEST. CONTRACTOR'S COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE, INCLUDING CONTRACTUAL AND CONTRACTOR'S PROTECTIVE INSURANCE, SUCH AS INSURANCE TO COVER CLAIMS FOR BODILY INJURY AND BROAD FORM PROPERTY DAMAGE FOR COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY (INCLUDING PROTECTIVE) AND FOR COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY, INCLUDING OWNED, RENTED, HIRED, AND NON —OWNED AUTOMOBILES. UMBRELLA LIABILITY WITH COMBINATION SINGLE LIMIT, BODILY INJURY, PERSONAL INJURY, AND PROPERTY DAMAGE. AGREEMENT TO SAVE OTHERS HARMLESS OR TO ASSUME THE LIABILITY OF OTHERS MUST BE INSURED UNDER THE PROVISION FOR CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY BY ENDORSEMENT ON THE GENERAL LIABILITY POUCY. POLICIES SHALL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF OWNER AND DEVELOPER FOR FORM AND ADEQUACY OF PROTECTION. POLICY OMITS SHALL BE ESTABLISHED BY OWNER OR DEVELOPER. DMSION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SCOPE WORK INCLUDES, BUT 15 NOT UMITED TO: CONSTRUCT A TEMPORARY ENCLOSURE AT THE STORE FRONT. REMOVING AND STORING OR DISPOSING OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT AS DIRECTED BY THE PLANS AND /OR THE OWNER, DEMOLISHING EXISTING STORE TO ORIGINAL DEMISING WALLS AND NEUTRAL ONES OF STOREFRONT(UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE), CONSTRUCTING A NEW STORE BASED UPON THE WORK DESCRIBED IN THESE DOCUMENTS. REINSTALUNG ORIGINAL AND NEW EQUIPMENT AND COMPLETE PROJECT CLOSEOUT, REMOVE TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES. PRIOR TO MAKING ANY VARIATIONS FROM THE DRAWINGS AND /OR SPECIFICATIONS THAT MAY BE DEEMED NECESSARY, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GIVE THE ARCHITECT WRITTEN NOTICE SPECIFYING THE VARIATION PROPOSED AND REQUESTING APPROVAL. CHANGES IN THE WORK MAY BE ACCOMPLISHED AFTER EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT, AND WITHOUT INVALIDATING THE CONTRACT, BY CHANGE ORDER, CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE OR ORDER FOR A MINOR CHANGE IN THE WORK. EACH CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR ITEMS AFFECTING HIS PORTION OF THE WORK. HE SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS PROPOSAL ANY AND ALL LABOR OR MATERIAL AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE COMPLETE PROJECT. WORK BY OWNER AT THE OWNER'S REQUEST, SOME OR ALL OF THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT OR FIXTURES MAY BE SAVED FOR REUSE AT THIS OR OTHER LOCATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO FURNISH A SECURE STORAGE FACILITY. TRANSPORT ITEMS TO BE STORED TO THE STORAGE FACILITY, AND RETURN FOR REUSE THE ITEMS THE OWNER DESIGNATES. THE SECURED STORAGE FACILITY FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR MAY BE LOCATED IN THE DEVELOPER'S MALL IN A SITE TRAILER WITH DEVELOPER'S PERMISSION, OR IN AN OFF— SITE STORAGE FACILITY UNTIL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. THE OWNER SHALL REMOVE ANY RDAS NOT REUSED OR INSTRUCT THE CONTRACTOR TO DISPOSE. WORK BY OWNER (CONT'D.) CONTRACTOR AGREES TO ACCEPT ALL OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS AT THE JOB SITE AND UNLOAD AND TRANSPORT THESE ITEMS FROM THE TRUCK BED OF DELIVERY CARRIER TO THE STORE OR STORAGE SPACE. MANY TIMES THE OWNER'S PURCHASE ORDER REQULSIS TAILGATE DELIVERY OF ITEMS. ICC REGULATIONS ARE STRUCTURED SO THAT THIS CANNOT BE ENFORCED. THE CONTRACTOR, THEREFORE, MUST ASSUME THAT ALL ITEMS WILL BE DELIVERED TO THE SITE ON A TRUCK BED ONLY. ONCE RECEIVED, THE CONTRACTOR ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ITEM. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW WITH THE OWNER ALL ITEMS TO BE REUSED FROM EXISTING STORE AND /OR SUPPUED BY OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INSTALL OR REINSTALL SAME. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW DOCUMENTS TO DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF TEEMS SUPPUED BY THE OWNER. TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION ENCLOSURES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ERECT AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES (BARRICADES, SHROUDS, MSQUENE, ETC.) OVER OPENINGS SURROUNDING THE DEMISED TENANT SPACE. TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES SHALL BE DUSTPROOF PAR iiiiONS AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT SPREAD OF DUST, FUMES, AND SMOKE TO OTHER PARTS OF THE BUILDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MEET WITH THE DEVELOPER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF THE TEMPORARY ENCLOSURE. COSTS FOR SUCH TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES, MATERIAL AND /OR LABOR SHALL BE PAID BY THE CONTRACTOR. IF LANDLORD PROVIDES CONSTRUCTION OF THE BARRICADE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER ON HIS BID. IF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FAILS TO INFORM THE OWNER IN WRITING THEN THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HELD TO HAVE INCLUDED THE BARRICADE IN HIS BID. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK AND FOLLOWING OWNERS AND DEVELOPERS APPROVAL, THE DISMANTLE TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES AND DISPOSE OF SAME AS REQUIRED. PATCH AND ADJACENT MATERIALS) WHICH WERE DAMAGED BY TEMPORARY ENCLOSURE. TEMPORARY FACILITIES ELECTRIC, WATER, TOILET, TELEPHONE, HEAT, AND ANY OTHER SERVICE REQUIRED IN THE CONTRACT SHALL BE FURNISHED AND PAID FOR BY THE CONTRACTOR UNLESS INDICATED CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAINT AREAS (MATCHING PERFORMANCE OF THE OTHERWISE BY THE OWNER. CLEANING THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD OF THEIR ON—SITE ACTMTY, EACH CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR SHARES THE RESPONSIBILITY TO MAINTAIN THE BUILDING AND SITE IN AN ORDERLY AND CLEAN CONDITION. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL PICK UP AND REMOVE ALL DEBRIS RESULTING FROM HIS /HER WORK AND SHALL SWEEP AND CLEAN HIS SHARE OF THE GENERAL DUST AND DIRT CREATED BY WORKMEN AND GENERAL ACTIVITY. TRASH AND CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE CONSTRUCTION SITE ON A DAILY BASIS IN A MANNER APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE PROVISIONS OR COORDINATE WITH TENANT'S LANDLORD TO PROVIDE ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE STORAGE AND REMOVAL OF CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS AND SHALL PAY COSTS AS ARISE FOR SUCH PROVISION. SCHEDULE FINAL CLEANING TO ENABLE THE OWNER TO ACCEPT A COMPLETELY CLEAN PROJECT. "CLEAN." FOR THE PURPOSE OF THIS ARTICLE, AND EXCEPT AS MAY BE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED OTHERWISE. SHALL BE INTERPRETED MEANING THE LEVEL OF CLEANLINESS GENERALLY PROVIDED BY SKILLED CLEANERS USING COMMERCIAL QUALITY BUILDING MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEANING ALL INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SURFACES OF THE FIXTURES INCLUDING THE GLASS. DO NOT USE ANY SOLVENT OR ABRASIVES OF ANY TYPE TO CLEAN FIXTURES, PANELING, MOULDINGS OR TRIM WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING APPROVAL OF FIXTURE CONTRACTOR. USE NO SCENTED CLEANING AGENTS. VISUALLY INSPECT INTERIOR SURFACES AND REMOVE ALL TRACES OF SOIL WASTE MATERIALS, SMUDGES, AND OTHER FOREIGN MATTER. REMOVE ALL TRACES OF SPLASHED MATERIAL FROM ADJACENT SURFACES. REMOVE PAINT DROPPINGS, SPOTS, STAINS, AND DIRT FROM FINISHED SURFACES. CLEAN GLASS INSIDE AND OUTSIDE. TO SURFACES REQUIRING ROUTINE APPLICATION OF BUFFED POUSH, APPLY THE POUSH RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE MATERIAL BEING POLISHED. PROJECT CLOSEOUT COMPLY WITH PROCEDURES STATED IN THE AGREEMENT FOR ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A PUNCH UST SHALL BE COMPLETED BY THE ARCHITECT OR OWNER AND PRESENTED TO THE CONTRACTOR AS NECESSARY. UPON RECEIPT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE FIFTEEN (15) DAYS TO ACT UPON THE UST. BEYOND THAT PERIOD. THE OWNER MAY AT ITS SOLE DISCRETION AND UPON PRIOR NOTIFICATION OF CONTRACTOR BY OWNER PROCEED TO CORRECT OR CAUSE TO BE CORRECTED ALL DEFICIENCIES THEREIN SHALL BE PAID FOR WITH MONIES CONTAINED IN BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE TEN PERCENT (10%) RETENTION HELD BY THE OWNER. THE PUNCH UST IN NO WAY UMFFS THE WARRANTY. SHOULD STATUS OF COMPLETION OF WORK REQUIRE REINSPECTION BY OWNER DUE TO FAILURE OF WORK TO COMPLY WITH CONTRACTOR'S CLAIMS ON INITIAL INSPECTION, OWNER WILL DEDUCT THE AMOUNT OF THE DIRECT COSTS FOR REINSPECTION SERVICES FROM FINAL PAYMENT TO CONTRACTOR. IN ADDITION TO SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY THE CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, PROVIDE SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORZES, AND SUBMIT A FINAL STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTING GMNG TOTAL ADJUSTED CONTRACT SUM, PREVIOUS PAYMENTS AND SUM REMAINING DUE. UNLESS SPECIFIED OR DIRECTED OTHERWISE, MAKE SUBMITTALS TO OWNER WITH LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL CONTAINING DATE, PROJECT TITLE, CONTRACTOR'S NAME AND ADDRESS, AND LIST OF DOCUMENTS. RECORD LOCATIONS OF CONCEALED UTILITIES AND APPURTENANCES, MODIFICATIONS. FIELD CHANGES. AND DETAILS ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. KEEP DOCUMENTS CURRENT. DO NOT PERMANENTLY CONCEAL ANY WORK UNTIL REQUIRED INFORMATION HAS BEEN RECORDED. STORE DOCUMENTS SEPARATE FROM THOSE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION_ SUBMIT REQUIRED DOCUMENTS WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS AFTER DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND PRIOR TO FINAL APPUCATION FOR PAYMENT. SUBMIT WARRANTIES AND BONDS AS REQUIRED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION. HAVE WARRANTIES AND BONDS EXECUTED BY RESPONSIBLE SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPUERS, AND MANUFACTURERS. CO— EXECUTE SUBMITTALS WHEN REQUIRED. DIVISION 2 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION REFER TO DIVISION 1 REGARDING STORAGE OF OWNER'S EXISTING ITEMS. REFER TO DMSION 1 REGARDING SCOPE OF WORK. REFER TO DMSION 1 REGARDING TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION ENCLOSURES. REFER TO DMSION 1 REGARDING CLEANING. DO NOT INTERFERE WITH USE OF ADJACENT AREAS. MAINTAIN FREE AND SAFE PASSAGE TO AND FROM. CARRY OUT DEMOLITION WORK TO CAUSE AS LITTLE INCONVENIENCE TO ADJACENT OCCUPIED BUILDING AREAS AS POSSIBLE. CEASE OPERATIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT /ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY IF SAFETY OF STRUCTURE APPEARS TO BE ENDANGERED. TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PROPERLY SUPPORT STRUCTURE. DO NOT RESUME OPERATIONS UNTIL SAFETY IS RESTORED. PROVIDE, ERECT, AND MAINTAIN BARRICADES, UGHTING, GUARDRAILS, AND WARNING SIGNS AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE REGULATORY ADVISOR TO PROTECT OCCUPANTS OF BUILDINGS AND WORKERS. PLACE MARKERS TO INDICATE LOCATION OF DISCONNECTED SERVICES. IDENTIFY SERVICE ONES AND CAPPING LOCATIONS ON PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. REMOVE SALVAGE AND DEBRIS FROM THE DEMISED SPACE AS IT ACCUMULATES. DO NOT SELL, BURN, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSE OF SALVAGE AND DEBRIS ON THE SITE UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE BY OWNER. MAINTAIN EXITING REQUIREMENTS AT ALL TIMES. MAINTAIN SECURITY OF EXISTING BUILDINGS WITH TEMPORARY DOORS, CLOSERS. AND LOCKSETS. WHERE AN OPENING I5 MADE IN A RATED WALL, PROVIDE TEMPORARY DOOR, FRAME, AND HARDWARE WITH APPROPRIATE RATING FOR WALL CONSTRUCTION. EXECUTE DEMOLITION WORK TO ENSURE SAFETY OF PERSONS. AND ADJACENT PROPERTY AGAINST DAMAGE BY SETTLEMENT, FALLING DEBRIS OR OTHER CAUSES IN CONNECTION WITH THIS WORK. DEMOUSH CONCRETE AND MASONRY IN SMALL SECTIONS. REPAIR ALL DEMOLITION PERFORMED IN EXCESS OF THAT REQUIRED. REMOVE DEMOUSH ED MATERIALS, TOOLS, AND EQUIPMENT FROM SITE UPON COMPLETION OF WORK. LEAVE SITE IN AN ACCEPTABLE CONDITION. DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE PERFORM CAST —IN —PLACE CONCRETE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 301 -84 (REVISED 1987) -- SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FOR BUILDINGS AND ACI 302.1R-80 GUIDE FOR CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB CONSTRUCTION. ALL CONCRETE SHALL BE PROPORTIONED TO DEVELOP 3,000 PSI AT 28 DAYS AND HAVE A MAXIMUM SLUMP OF 4 -1/2 INCHES UNLESS REQUIRED OTHERWISE BY MALL DEVELOPER. ADMIXTURES POSSILITH OR EQUAL. AS MANUFACTURED BY MASTER BUILDERS COMPANY. WELDED STEEL WIRE FABRIC SHALL BE MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A -185. SMOOTH TYPE. ALL CONCRETE SLABS SHALL BE REINFORCED WITH WELDED WIRE FABRIC, 6 X 6 — #10 X 10. LAPPED 6" AT END AND SIDE LAPS. A 4" COMPACTED LAYER OF POROUS ALL SHALL BE PLACED UNDER THE CONCRETE SLAB OR AS REQUIRED BY DEVELOPER CRITERIA SUBGRADE SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE SPECIFIED LEVEL. COMPACTED AND FINISHED SMOOTH. COORDINATE WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS AND COOPERATE WITH TRADE INVOLVED IN FORMING AND SETTING OPENINGS, SLOTS, RECESSES, CHASES, SLEEVES. BOLTS, ANCHORS, AND OTHER INSERTS. INSTALL CAST —IN —PLACE CONCRETE SLABS LEVEL WITH ADJACENT CONCRETE SURFACES UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE. ALL CONCRETE SLABS SHALL BE PLANE WITH A MAXIMUM TOLERANCE OF 1/8" IN 10" AND SHALL NOT VARY AT ANY POINT MORE THAN 1/8" ABOVE OR BELOW THE PLANE SURFACE. DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE (CONT'D). PROTECT FRESHLY DEPOSITED CONCRETE FROM PREMATURE DRYING AND EXCESSIVELY HOT OR COLD TEMPERATURES AND MAINTAIN WITH MINIMAL MOISTURE LOSS AT A RELATIVELY CONSTANT TEMPERATURE FOR A PERIOD OF TIME NECESSARY FOR THE EARLY HYDRATION OF THE CEMENT AND PROPER HARDENING OF THE CONCRETE. CURE ALL EXPOSED SURFACES OF CONCRETE DIRECTLY AFTER FINISHING OPERATIONS. ACCOMPUSH CURING BY USING THE FOLLOWING METHOD: UQUID MEMBRANES CONSISTING OF PLACING AN APPROVED WATERPROOF COMPOUND ON ALL EXPOSED SURFACES USING A STYRENE BUTADIENE TYPE COMPOUND, CONFORMING TO ASTM C 309, 30 PERCENT SOLIDS CONTENT MINIMUM, WITH A MAXIMUM MOISTURE LOSS OF 0.030 GRAMS PER SQUARE CENTIMETER WHEN APPLIED AT A COVERAGE RATE OF 300 SQUARE FEET PER GALLON. SLABS TO RECEIVE A GROUT BED FINISH SHALL BE WATER —CURED FOR 7 DAYS WITHOUT USE OF CURING COMPOUNDS. CONCRETE WORK SHALL NOT BE DONE WHEN TEMPERATURE I5 400 OR LESS AND FAWNG. AT THE COMPLETION OF WORK, ALL SLABS WHICH ARE SHOWN TO BE EXPOSED CONCRETE SHALL BE CLEANED THOROUGHLY. AFTER CLEANING, THE EXPOSED CONCRETE SHALL BE GIVEN A SECOND COAT OF THE CURING /HARDENING COMPOUND SPECIFIED ABOVE. MODIFY OR REPLACE CONCRETE NOT CONFORMING TO REQUIRED LINES, DETAIL AND ELEVATIONS. REPAIR OR REPLACE CONCRETE NOT PROPERLY PLACED RESULTING IN EXCESSIVE HONEYCOMBING AND OTHER DEFECTS. DO NOT PATCH, REPAIR OR REPLACE EXPOSED ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE EXCEPT UPON EXPRESS DIRECTION OR ARCHITECT /ENGINEER. DIVISION 5 - METALS STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A36. BOLTS, NUTS, AND WASHERS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM 307. WELDING MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO AWS D1.1; TYPE REQUIRED FOR MATERIALS BEING WELDED. SHOP PRIME ALL MATERIAL CONFORMING TO FED. SPEC TT —P -31 RED, INCLUDING FIELD TOUCH UP. VERIFY DIMENSIONS ON SITE PRIOR TO SHOP FABRICATION. GRIND EXPOSED WELDS FLUSH AND SMOOTH WITH ADJACENT FINISHED SURFACES. EASE EXPOSED EDGES TO SMALL UNIFORM RADIUS. EXPOSED MECHANICAL FASTENINGS: FLUSH COUNTERSUNK SCREWS OR BOLTS, UNOBTRUSIVELY LOCATED, CONSISTENT WITH DESIGN OF STRUCTURE, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. MAKE EXPOSED JOINTS BUTT TIGHT. FLUSH, AND HAIRLINE. SUPPLY COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR ANCHORAGE OF METAL FABRICATIONS. FABRICATE ANCHORAGE AND RELATED COMPONENTS OF SAME MATERIAL AND FINISH AS METAL FABRICATION, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. CLEAN SURFACES OF RUST, SCALE, GREASE, AND FOREIGN MATTER PRIOR TO FINISHING. DO NOT PRIME SURFACES IN DIRECT CONTACT BOND WITH CONCRETE OR WHERE FIELD WELDING IS REQUIRED. PRIME PAINT ITEMS SCHEDULED WITH TWO COATS. INSTALL ITEMS PLUMB AND LEVEL, ACCURATELY FITTED, FREE FROM DISTORTION OR DEFECTS. AFTER INSTALLATION, TOUCH —UP FIELD WELDS, SCRATCHED, OR DAMAGED SURFACES WITH PRIMER. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ITEMS USTED IN SCHEDULE AND SHOWN ON DRAWINGS WITH ANCHORAGE AND ATTACHMENTS NECESSARY FOR INSTALLATION. ALUMINUM EXTRUSIONS AS INDICATED SHALL BE BY STYLEMARK, INC., SHAPES, COMPONENTS. ASSEMBLES AND FINISHES SHALL BE INDICATED OR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. ASSEMBUES MUST BE SHIPPED COMPLETE FOR PROPER INSTALLATION. DIVISION 6 - WOODS AND PLASTICS ROUGH CARPENTRY DIMENSION LUMBER FOR BLOCKING, BACKING, AND MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING SHALL BE ANY COMMERCIAL SOFTWOOD SPECIES, CONSTRUCTION GRADE WITH A MINIMUM ALLOWABLE BENDING STRESS OF 1 00 FE OR MORE AS CONTAINED IN THE NFPA TABLES OF DESIGN VALUES FOR VISUALLY GRADED STRUCTURAL LUMBER. DIMENSION LUMBER FOR STUDS SHALL BE ANY COMMERCIAL SOFTWOOD SPECIES, STUD GRADE WITH A MINIMUM ALLOWABLE BENDING STRESS OF 600 FB OR MORE. BOARDS, ONE INCH THICK AND UNDER WHERE EXPOSED, SHALL BE NO. 1 COMMON DOUGLAS FIR, WHITE FIR, WHITE SPRUCE, OR PONDEROSA PINE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. MOISTURE CONTENT SHALL NOT EXCEED 19 PERCENT. BOARDS, ONE INCH THICK AND UNDER WHERE CONCEALED BY PERMANENT CONSTRUCTION. SHALL BE NO. 2 OR BETTER. INTERIOR PLYWOOD WHERE COMPLETELY CONCEALED BY PERMANENT CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE C —D PLUGGED INT —APA. EXTERIOR PLYWOOD WHERE CONCEALED OR USED FOR BACKING FOR OTHER MATERIALS SHALL BE C —D EXT —APA. NAILS, SPIKES, AND STAPLES SHALL BE GALVANIZED FOR EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. HIGH HUMIDITY LOCATIONS, AND TREATED WOOD; PLAIN FINISH FOR OTHER INTERIOR LOCATIONS. USE SIZES AND TYPES TO SUIT APPLICATION. BOLTS, NUTS, WASHERS, LAGS, AND SCREWS SHALL BE MEDIUM CARBON STEEL. USE SIZE AND TYPE TO SUITE APPLICATION, GALVANIZED FOR EXTERIOR LOCATIONS, HIGH HUMIDITY LOCATIONS, AND TREATED WOOD; PLAIN FINISH FOR OTHER INTERIOR LOCATIONS. PROVIDE TOGGLE BOLTS OR TAPCON FASTENERS FOR ANCHORAGE TO HOLLOW MASONRY. PROVIDE EXPANSION SHIELD AND LAG BOLT FOR ANCHORAGE TO SOLID MASONRY OR CONCRETE. PROVIDE BOLTS OR POWER ACTIVATED FASTENERS FOR ANCHORAGE TO STEEL ALL PLYWOOD, FRAMING, BLOCKING, ETC. ON THE INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR I5 REQUIRED TO BE FIRE— RETARDANT — TREATED AND SHALL BE BY PRESSURE TREATMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPB STANDARD C -20 FOR LUMBER AND C -27 FOR PLYWOOD. TREATED MATERIAL SHALL BE LABELED TO INDICATE PRESSURE TREATMENT. TREATMENT SHALL BE FOR CLASS "A" FLAME SPREAD RATING. ALL FRAMING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH GENERALLY ACCEPTED FRAMING PRACTICES. BUCKS, WHERE REQUIRED FOR FRAMES, SHALL BE NOMINAL 2 INCH THICK MATERIAL AND OF WIDTH REQUIRED BY CONDITIONS. ANCHOR INTO CONCRETE OR MASONRY WALLS LAG BOLTS AND SHIELDS. BLOCKING SHALL BE FURNISHED WHERE REQUIRED FOR ATTACHMENT OF OTHER MATERIALS. THEY SHALL BE PLUMB, LEVEL, STRAIGHT AND SET TO UNE. ALL GROUNDS SHALL BE SOUD. GROUNDS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT ALL OPENINGS IN WALLS REQUIRING WOOD TRIM OR WHERE GRILLES ARE BEING INSTALLED. CUT ALL MEMBERS SQUARE ON BEARINGS. CLOSELY FITTED, ACCURATELY CUT TO REQUIRED LINES AND LEVELS AND RIGIDLY SECURED IN PLACE. WHERE INDICATED, INTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF 2 X 4'S SET AT 16 INCHES 0.C. WITH SINGLE FLOOR PLATE AND DOUBLE HEAD PLATE UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE. INSTALL MISCELLANEOUS BLOCKING, NAILING STRIPS, FRAMING, SHEATHING, AND BACKING AS REQUIRED FOR ATTACHING FASTENERS, ACCESSORIES FOR WALL ITEMS,AND ETC. INSTALL MEMBERS TRUE, PLUMB, AND LEVEL. SECURE IN PLACE SPACE MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND FURRING AT 16 INCHES ON CENTER. CONSTRUCT MEMBERS OF CONTINUOUS PIECES OF LONGEST POSSIBLE LENGTHS. FINISH CARPENTRY THIS SECTION INCLUDES FINISH CARPENTRY AND FABRICATED PLASTIC ITEMS, OTHER THAN SHOP FABRICATED WORK, WITH ATTACHMENT ACCESSORIES. STORE INDOORS IN VENTILATED AREAS WITH CONSTANT 60 DEGREE FAHRENHEIT TEMPERATURE AND 55 PERCENT MAXIMUM RELATIVE HUMIDITY. SOFTWOOD LUMBER: P5 20; CUSTOM GRADE IN ACCORDANCE \WET AWI; MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF 5 TO 10 PERCENT FOR INTERIOR WORK AND 15 PERCENT FOR EXTERIOR WORK. HARDWOOD LUMBER: PS 58 OR FED. SPEC MM —L -736; CUSTOM GRADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI; MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF 5 TO 10 PERCENT. WOOD PARTICLE BOARD: MEDIUM DENSITY PARTICLEBOARD (45 LBS.). WOOD FIBER BOARD: MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD (37 TO 50 LBS. PER CUBIC FOOT). SOFTWOOD PLYWOOD: APA A —B. HARDBOARD: PRESSED WOOD FIBER; STANDARD TEMPERED SERVICE GRADE. FRAME CONSTRUCTION: HARDWOOD AS INDICATED IN THE SCHEDULE, SOLID WOOD JAMBS AND HEAD ACCURATELY HOUSED TOGETHER AND SECURED WITH NAILS AND GLUE AS REQUIRED. APPLY STOPS OF SAME SPECIES AS FRAME. NAILS: SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION. BOLTS, NUTS, WASHERS, LAGS, AND SCREWS: SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION; NON — CORROSIVE FOR HIGH HUMIDITY, PLAIN FINISH AT OTHER INTERIOR LOCATIONS. VERIFY THAT MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND BUILDING ITEMS AFFECTING THIS SECTION ARE PLACED AND READY TO RECEIVE FINISH CARPENTRY ITEMS. SET AND SECURE MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS IN PLACE, PLUMB, AND LEVEL FIT EXPOSED EDGES OF PLYWOOD AND PARTICLEBOARD SHELVING AND SITE MADE CASEWORK WITH HARDWOOD EDGING. INSTALL HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. APPLY PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISHES WHERE INDICATED. ADHERE WITH SPECIFIED ADHESIVE OVER ENTIRE SURFACE. MAKE JOINTS AND CORNERS HAIRLINE. MATCH PATTERNS. SLIGHTLY BEVEL EDGES. CAP EXPOSED EDGES WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE BACKING ON REVERSE SIDE OF PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISHED SURFACES. SAND WORK SMOOTH AND SET EXPOSED NAILS AND SCREWS. APPLY WOOD FILLER IN EXPOSED NAIL AND SCREW INDENTATIONS. INTERIOR WOOD DOOR FRAMES: AWI CUSTOM — SLICED RED OAK UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. DIVISION 8 - DOORS, FRAME AND HARDWARE ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONT PROVIDE ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, AS SPECIFIED HEREIN, AND AS NEEDED FOR A COMPLETE AND PROPER INSTALLATION. USE ADEQUATE NUMBER OF SKILLED WORKMEN WHO ARE THOROUGHLY TRAINED AND EXPERIENCED IN THE NECESSARY CRAFTS AND WHO ARE COMPLETELY FAMILIAR WITH THE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS AND THE METHODS NEEDED FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION. UPON COMPLETION OF THIS PORTION OF THE WORK, AND AS A CONDITION OF ITS ACCEPTANCE, DELIVER TO THE ARCHITECT COPIES OF A WRITTEN WARRANTY AGREEING TO REPLACE WORK OF THIS SECTION WHICH FAILS DUE TO DEFECTIVE MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AS THAT DATE 15 DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GENERAL CONDITIONS. FAILURE DUE TO DEFECTIVE MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP 15 DEEMED TO INCLUDE. BUT NOT TO BE LIMITED TO: 1. FAILURES IN OPERATION OF OPERATING COMPONENT OR COMPONENTS. 2. LEAKAGE OR Al R INFILTRATION IN EXCESS OF THE SPECIFIED STANDARD. 3. DETERIORATION OF FINISH TO AN EXTENT VISIBLE TO THE UNAIDED EYE. 4. DEFECTS WHICH CONTRIBUTE TO UNSIGHTLY APPEARANCE, POTENTIAL SAFETY HAZARD, OR POTENTIAL UNTIMELY FAILURE OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION OR THE WORK AS A WHOLE. PROVIDE ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS IN THE DIMENSIONS AND ARRANGEMENTS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. 1. ENTRANCE SYSTEM: FRAMING— KAWNEER, TRIFAB— VG451 —T SERIES. PREPARE FOR, RECEIVE. AND INSTALL THE FINISH HARDWARE FURNISHED UNDER THESE SPECIFICATIONS UNLESS NOTED IN THE HARDWARE SCHEDULE TO BE PROVIDED BY THE ALUMINUM DOOR / FRAME MANUFACTURER. PROCEDURES: PERFORM ALL FITTING OF FINISH HARDWARE TO DOORS AND FRAMES AT THE FACTORY; EXCEPT DO NOT DRILL OR TAP FOR SURFACE MOUNTED ITEMS UNTIL TIME OF INSTALLATION AT THE SITE. COMPLY WITH FINISH HARDWARE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND TEMPLATE REQUIREMENTS. USE CONCEALED FASTENERS TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PRACTICABLE. FABRICATE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND SHOP DRAWINGS AS APPROVED, PREFABRICATING IN THE SHOP TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PRACTICABLE. PROVIDE HAIRLINE FIT AT JOINTS, WITH SMOOTH CONTINUITY OF UNE AND ACCURATE RELATION OF PLANES AND ANGLES. SECURELY FASTEN. EXAMINE THE AREAS AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH WORK OF THIS SECTION WILL BE PERFORMED. CORRECT CONDTITONS DETRIMENTAL TO TIMELY AND PROPER COMPLETION OF THE WORK. DO NOT PROCEED UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE CORRECTED. COORDINATE AS REQUIRED WITH OTHER TRADES TO ASSURE PROPER AND ADEQUATE PROVISION IN THE WORK OF THOSE TRADES FOR INTERFACE WITH THE WORK OF THIS SECTION. MAKE MEASUREMENTS AS REQUIRED IN THE FIELD TO ASSURE PROPER FIT. INSTALL THE WORK OF THIS SECTION IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE ORIGINAL DESIGN, THE APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS, PERTINENT REQUIREMENTS OF GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AND THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION PROCEDURES AS APPROVED. ANCHORING ALL COMPONENTS FIRMLY INTO POSITION FOR LONG UFE. REMOVE PROTECTIVE COATING COMPLETELY FROM EXPOSED SURFACES AS SOON AS PROGRESS OF THE WORK WILL PERMIT WITH SAFETY. ACCORDANCE WITH PERTINENT PROVISIONS OF SECTION 08800 OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. METAL FRAMES PROVIDE LABELED OR NON — LABELED FRAMES IN THE DIMENSIONS AND TYPE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS IN 18 GAUGE FOR INTERIOR FRAMES AND 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED FOR EXTERIOR FRAMES. PROVIDE REINFORCING IN FRAMES FOR SPECIFIED HARDWARE. FRAMES SHALL BE FACTORY SHOP PRIMED. SET FRAMES ACCURATELY INTO POSITION, PLUMBED, ALIGNED AND BRACED UNTIL PERMANENT ANCHORS ARE SET. AFTER WALL CONSTRUCTION REMOVE TEMPORARY BRACING. AT IN —PLACE CONSTRUCTION SET FRAMES AND SECURE WITH SUITABLE ANCHORAGE DEVICES. FABRICATE STANDARD TYPE SOUD CORE DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF AWI QUALITY STANDARDS. BEVEL STRIKE EDGE OF SINGLE ACTING DOORS 1/8 INCH IN 2 INCHES. PREPARE DOORS TO RECEIVE HARDWARE. REFER TO HARDWARE SCHEDULE FOR HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL WOOD DOORS PLUMB AND SQUARE, AND WITH MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORTION OF 1/16 INCH. INSTALL HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WFEH REQUIREMENTS STATED IN HARDWARE SCHEDULE. WOOD DOORS AWI QUALITY STANDARDS OF ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE. FLUSH INTERIOR DOORS SHALL BE 1 -3/4 INCH THICK PREMIUM GRADE BIRCH FACE VENEER DOOR. REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE FOR LOCATION OF SOLID OR HOLLOW CORE DOOR. FABRICATE STANDARD TYPE HOLLOW CORE AND SOLID CORE DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF AWI QUALITY STANDARDS. BEVEL STRIKE EDGE OF SINGLE ACTING DOORS 1/8 INCH IN 2 INCHES. PREPARE DOORS TO RECEIVE HARDWARE. REFER TO HARDWARE SCHEDULE FOR HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL. WOOD DOORS PLUMB AND SQUARE, AND WITH MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORTION OF 1/16 INCH. INSTALL HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS STATED IN HARDWARE SCHEDULE. HARDWARE PROVIDE ITEMS AS LISTED IN HARDWARE SCHEDULE SHEET T007, COMPLETE TO FUNCTION AS INDICATED. INSTALL HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS, USING PROPER TEMPLATES. ACCURATELY AND PROPERLY FIT HARDWARE TO DOORS AND FRAMES. REMOVE EXPOSED PARTS UNTIL AFTER PAINT FINISHING 15 COMPLETED. RE— INSTALL AFTER FINISHING 15 COMPLETED. FIT FIXED PARTS SNUG AND FLUSH. ADJUST OPERATING PARTS TO MOVE FREELY AND SMOOTHLY WITHOUT BINDING, STICKING, OR WITH EXCESSIVE CLEARANCE. AFTER THE WORK HAS BEEN OTHERWISE COMPLETED, EXAMINE HARDWARE IN PLACE FOR COMPLETE AND PROPER INSTALLATION. LUBRICATE BEARING SURFACES OF MOVING PARTS. ADJUST LATCHING AND HOLDING DEVICES FOR PROPER FUNCTION. ADJUST DOOR CONTROL DEVICES TO PROPER SPEED AND POWER. CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES AND CHECK FOR SURFACE DAMAGE. DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE LEVER — TYPE, CENTERED BETWEEN 30' -44" OFF THE FLOOR AND OPERABLE 51b. MAX. FORCE. NO DOORS ARE TO REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST TO OPERATE. HARDWARE SCHEDULE PROVIDE HARDWARE, IF REQUIRED AS LISTED ON SHEET T007. GLASS PROVIDE GLAZING AND GLAZING ACCESSORIES WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, AS SPECIFIED HEREIN, AND AS NEEDED FOR A COMPLETE AND PROPER INSTALLATION. USE TYPE AND THICKNESS OF GLASS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. TEMPERED GLASS PROVIDE TEMPERED GLASS WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. FOR TEMPERED PLATE GLASS USE TYPE I, CLASS ONE (1). QUALITY 93. PRIOR TO TEMPERING CUT GLASS TO REQUIRED SIZES AS DETERMINED BY ACCURATE FIELD DIMENSIONS. PROCESS ALL EDGES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS OR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ALL EXPOSED EDGES SHALL BE GROUND AND POLISHED; NO EXCEPTIONS. PRIOR TO TEMPERING. DO NOT CUT OR TREAT EDGES IN THE FIELD. LAMINATED GLASS PROVIDE LAMINATED SAFETY GLASS, CLEAR. AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. CONSISTING OF AN INNER FACE AND AN OUTER FACE OF FLOAT GLASS LAMINATED UNDER HEAT AND PRESSURE TO A CLEAR PLASTIC CORE. USE 1/4 INCH THICKNESS FOR MAXIMUM SIZES OF 60 INCHES X 120 INCHES AND USE 3/8 INCH THICKNESS FOR LARGER SIZES UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE OTHER MATERIALS, NOT SPECIFICALLY DESCRIBED BUT REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND PROPER INSTALLATION, AS SELECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT. INSPECT EACH PIECE OF GLASS IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO START OF INSTALLATION. DO NOT INSTALL ITEMS WHICH ARE IMPROPERLY SIZED, HAVE DAMAGED EDGES, OR ARE SCRATCHED, ABRADED, OR DAMAGED IN ANY OTHER MANNER. LOCATE SETTING BLOCKS AT SILLS OF PROPER SIZE TO SUPPORT THE GLASS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. METER —CUT AND SEAL THE JOINTS OF GLAZING GASKETS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURE'S RECOMMENDATIONS, TO PROVIDE WATERTIGHT AND AIRTIGHT SEAL AT CORNERS AND OTHER LOCATIONS WHERE JOINTS ARE REQUIRED. 04b4059 REVI CODE A F Mt Cit BUILC & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: EWED FOR .OMPLIANCF D ROVED R - 3 2008 Of Tukwila ING DIVISION DRAWN BY: AKS ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : FEB 1 G 2003 L.. ....6 9 Lr..-6 V 6 at SHEET TITLE : ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NO. : ASIOO ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS (CONT'D.) DIVISION #9 - FINISHES ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS ASTM C 636 - STANDARD PRACTICE FOR INSTALLATION OF METAL CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTIC TILE AND LAY -IN PANELS. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM(S) IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND ASTM C 636 TO PRODUCE FINISHED CEILING TRUE TO UNES AND LEVELS AND FREE FROM WARPED, SOILED, OR DAMAGED GRID OR LAY -IN PANELS. INSTALL CEIUNG SYSTEM(S) IN A MANNER CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING ALL SUPERIMPOSED LOADS, WITH MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE DEFLECTION OF 1/360 OF SPAN AND MAXIMUM SURFACE DEVIATION OF 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET (1/960). INSTALL AFTER MAJOR ABOVE - CEIUNG WORK 15 COMPLETE. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF HANGERS WITH OTHER WORK. ENSURE THE LAYOUT OF HANGERS AND CARRYING CHANNELS ARE LOCATED TO ACCOMMODATE FTTTINGS AND UNITS OF EQUIPMENT WHICH ARE TO BE PLACED AFTER THE INSTALLATION OF CEIUNG GRID SYSTEM(5). WHERE DUCTS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT PREVENT THE REGULAR SPACING OF HANGERS, REINFORCE THE NEAREST ADJACENT HANGERS AND RELATED CARRYING CHANNELS AS REQUIRED TO SPAN THE REQUIRED DISTANCE. HANG INDEPENDENTLY OF WALLS, COLUMNS, DUCTS, PIPES, AND CONDUIT. WHERE CARRYING MEMBERS ARE SPLICED, AVOID VISIBLE DISPLACEMENT OF THE LONGITUDINAL AXIS OR FACE PLANE OF ADJACENT MEMBERS. DO NOT SUPPORT FIXTURES FROM OR ON MAIN RUNNERS OR CROSS RUNNERS IF WEIGHT OF THE FIXTURE CAUSES THE TOTAL DEAD LOAD TO EXCEED THE DEFLECTION CAPABILITY. IN SUCH CASES, SUPPORT FIXTURE LOADS BY SUPPLEMENTARY HANGERS LOCATED WITHIN 6 INCHES OF EACH CORNER, OR SUPPORT THE FIXTURES INDEPENDENTLY. INSTALL. EDGE MOLDINGS AT INTERSECTION OF CEIUNG AND VERTICAL SURFACES USING MAXIMUM LENGTHS, STRAIGHT, TRUE TO UNE, AND LEVEL MITER CORNERS. PROVIDE EDGE MOLDINGS AT JUNCTIONS WITH OTHER CEIUNG FINISHES. WHERE BULLNOSE CONCRETE BLOCK CORNERS OCCUR, PROVIDE PREFORMED CLOSERS TO MATCH EDGE MOLDING. FIT ACOUSTIC LAY -IN PANELS IN PLACE, FREE FROM DAMAGED EDGES OR OTHER DEFECTS DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE AND FUNCTION. FTT BORDER UNITS NEATLY AGAINST ABUTTING SURFACES. INSTALL PANELS IN ANY UNBROKEN AREA OF CEIUNG FROM THE SAME PRODUCT LOT AS INDICATED BY LOT NUMBER ON EACH CARTON. INSTALL LAY -IN PANELS LEVEL IN UNIFORM PLANE AND FREE FROM TWIST, WARP, AND DENTS. CERAMIC TILE CONFORM TO ANSI - AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR CERAMIC TILE AND INSTALLATION - TCA 137.1. AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATION. TILE SHALL BE QUALITY CERTIFIED BY THE TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA, EQUAL TO OR EXCEEDING THE RECOMMENDED STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR CERAMIC TILE ANSI 137.1. EACH COLOR TO BE FROM A SINGLE RUN. DELIVER TILE TO THE SITE IN UNOPENED CONTAINERS WITH EACH CONTAINER BEARING THE TCA CERTIFICATION MARK. CERAMIC WALL AND FLOOR TILE AND MARBLE SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN THE FINISH SCHEDULE. BASE: SANITARY COVED TYPE WITH MATCHING CORNER PIECES. PROVIDE ALL SPECIAL SHAPES REQUIRED INCLUDING BULLNOSED TILE. INSIDE CORNERS TO BE SQUARE. COLORS AND PATTERNS WILL BE SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE UNLESS SPECIFIED HEREIN. WATERPROOFING (IF REQUIRED) SHALL BE HYDROMENT ULTRA -SET, LATICRETE 9235, OR MAPEI PRP -315. WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE SHALL BE A ONE PART ELASTOMERIC AND SEAMLESS MEMBRANE OF AT LEAST 30 MILS OR 1/32 ". PROVIDING A POSITIVE BARRIER TO MOISTURE/WATER MIGRATION OR PENETRATION. WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE SHALL MEET ASTM C836 -84, ANSI A136.1 -1985, CTI- 136.1 -1985 AND CTI- 64.2 -2. SETTING SYSTEM SHALL BE HYDROMENT, LATICRETE OR MAPEI THIN SET MORTAR. FOLLOW MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS FOR TYPE TO USE, DEPENDING ON WATERPROOFING SYSTEM USED. GROUT SHALL BE HYDROMENT, LATICRETE OR MAPEI CERAMIC TILE GROUT AND SHALL MEET CRD -C- 621 -82 AND ANSI A 118.6 A BLENDED MIXTURE OF PORTLAND CEMENT, COLORFAST PIGMENT, HIGH STRENGTH AGGREGATES AND OTHER SELECTED INGREDIENTS TO INSURE PROPER CURRING. COLOR SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE FINISH SCHEDULE. INSTALL CERAMIC TILE OR MARBLE FLOOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI A 108.5 AND TCA METHOD F 113. INSTALL CERAMIC WALL TILE AND BASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI A 108.5 AND TCA METHOD W 202 AT MASONRY WALLS AND W 244 AT TILE BACKER BOARD OVER METAL STUDS. CUT AND FIT TILE OR MARBLE TIGHT TO PROTRUSIONS AND VERTICAL OR PERPENDICULAR INTERRUPTIONS. FORM CORNERS AND BASES NEATLY. FORM INTERNAL ANGLES SQUARE AND EXTERNAL CORNERS BULLNOSED. WORK TILE OR MARBLE JOINTS UNIFORM IN WIDTH, SUBJECT TO VARIANCE IN TOLERANCE ALLOWED IN TILE SIZE. JOINTS SHALL BE WATERTIGHT, WITHOUT VOIDS, CRACKS, EXCESSIVE MORTAR, OR GROUT. SOUND TILE OR MARBLE AFTER SETTING. REPLACE HOLLOW SOUNDING UNITS. ALLOW TILE OR MARBLE TO SET FOR A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS PRIOR TO GROUTING. PROHIBIT TRAFFIC FROM FLOOR FINISH AND ACTIVITIES NEAR WALL FINISH FOR 48 HOURS AFTER INSTALLATION. RESIUENT FLOORING FED. SPEC. 5S -T -3128 - TILE. FLOOR: ASPHALT, RUBBER, VINYL, VINYL COMPOSmON. FED. SPEC. SS- -W -40A - WALL BASE: RUBBER AND VINYL PLASTIC. VINYL COMPOSmON TILE 12 INCH BY 12 INCH BY 1/8 INCH THICK; CONFORMING TO FED. SPEC. SS- T- 312(B), TYPE N, COMPOSmON 1; MARBLEIZED PATTERN. MANUFACTURER AND COLOR SHALL BE AS INDICATED IN THE FINISH SCHEDULE. BASE: 4 INCH HIGH BY .125 INCH THICK RUBBER OF VINYL BASE CONFORMING TO FED. SPEC. SS- W -40A, TYPE I OR II WITH COVE BOTTOM EXCEPT WHERE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH CARPET OR AS INDICATED. MANUFACTURER AND COLOR SHALL BE AS INDICATED IN THE FINISH SCHEDULE. EDGE STRIPS SHALL BE RUBBER OR VINYL. TAPERED AND 1 INCH IN WIDTH. SUB -FLOOR FILLER SHALL BE WHITE PREMIX LATEX, MIX WITH WATER TO PRODUCE CEMENTm0US PASTE. PRIMERS AND ADHESIVES SHALL BE WATERPROOF OF TYPES RECOMMENDED BY RESIDENT FLOORING MANUFACTURER FOR SPECIFIC MATERIAL SEALER AND WAX SHALL BE TYPE RECOMMENDED BY RESIDENT FLOORING MATERIAL MANUFACTURER FOR MATERIAL TYPE AND LOCATION. ENSURE FLOOR SURFACES ARE SMOOTH AND FLOAT WITH MAXIMUM VARIATION OF 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET ( 1/960). ENSURE CONCRETE FLOORS ARE DRY (MAXIMUM 7 PERCENT MOISTURE CONTENT) AND EXHIBIT NEGATIVE ALKALINITY, CARBONIZATION, OR DUSTING. MAINTAIN MINIMUM 70T. (21'C.) AIR TEMPERATURE AT FLOORING INSTALLATION AREA FOR 3 DAYS PRIOR TO, DURING, AND FOR 24 HOURS AFTER INSTALLATION. STORE FLOORING MATERIALS IN AREA OF APPUCATION. ALLOW 3 DAYS FOR MATERIAL TO REACH EQUAL TEMPERATURE AS AREA. REMOVE SUB -FLOOR RIDGES AND BUMPS. FILL LOW SPOTS, CRACKS, JOINTS, HOLES, AND OTHER DEFECTS WITH SUB -FLOOR FILTER. CLEAN FLOOR AND APPLY TROWEL AND FLOAT FILLER TO LEAVE SMOOTH, FLAT, HARD SURFACE. PROHIBIT TRAFFIC UNTIL FILLER 15 CURED. OPEN FLOOR TILE CARTONS, ENOUGH TO COVER EACH AREA, AND MIX TILE TO ENSURE SHADE VARIATIONS DO NOT OCCUR WITHIN ANY ONE AREA. CLEAN SUBSTRATE. SPREAD CEMENT EVENLY IN QUANTITY RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER TO ENSURE ADHESION OVER ENTIRE AREA OF INSTALLATION. SPREAD ONLY ENOUGH ADHESIVE TO PERMIT INSTALLATION OF FLOORING BEFORE INITIAL SET. SET FLOORING IN PLACE, PRESS WITH HEAVY ROLLER TO ENSURE FULL ADHESION. PLACE TILE TO THAT FIELDS OR PATTERNS CENTER ON AREA. NO TILE SHALL BE LESS THAN ONE HALF IN SIZE. ALL TILE SHALL BE LAID WITH VEINING RUNNING IN SAME DIRECTION. LAY TRUE, LEVEL, AND EVEN WITH TIGHT AUGNED JOINTS. TERMINATE RESIDENT FLOORING AT CENTERLINE OF DOOR OPENING(S) WHERE ADJACENT FLOOR FINISH 15 DISSIMILAR. INSTALL EDGE STRIPS AT UNPROTECTED OR EXPOSED EDGES WHERE FLOORING TERMINATES. SCRIBE FLOORING TO WALLS, COLUMNS, CABINETS, FLOOR OUTLETS, AND OTHER APPURTENANCES TO PRODUCE TIGHT JOINTS. FIT JOINTS TIGHT AND VERTICAL MAINTAIN MINIMUM MEASUREMENT OF 18 INCHES BETWEEN JOINTS. MITER INTERNAL CORNERS. USE PREMOLDED SECTIONS FOR EXTERNAL CORNERS AND EXPOSED ENDS. INSTALL BASE ON SOLID BACKING. ADHERE TIGHTLY TO WALL AND FLOOR SURFACES. SCRIBE AND FIT TO DOOR FRAMES AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS. PROHIBIT TRAFFIC FROM FLOOR FINISH FOR 24 HOURS AFTER INSTALLATION. REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE FROM FLOOR, BASE, AND WALL SURFACES WITHOUT DAMAGING. CLEAN, SEAL AND WAX FLOOR AND BASE SURFACES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. PAINT N FINISH THE EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR EXPOSED SURFACES USTED ON THE PAINTING SCHEDULE IN PART 3 OF THIS SECTION, AS SPECIFIED HEREIN, AND AS NEEDED FOR A COMPLETE AND PROPER INSTALLATION. "PAINT." AS USED HEREIN, MEANS COATING SYSTEMS MATERIALS INCLUDING PRIMERS, EMULSIONS, EPDXY, ENAMELS, SEALERS, FILLER, AND OTHER APPUED MATERIALS WHETHER USED AS PRIME, INTERMEDIATE, OR FINISH COATS. USE ADEQUATE NUMBERS OF SKILLED WORKMEN WHO ARE THOROUGHLY TRAINED AND EXPERIENCED IN THE NECESSARY CRAFTS AND WHO ARE COMPLETELY FAMILIAR WITH THE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS AND THE METHODS NEEDED FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION. PROVIDE FINISH COATS WHICH ARE COMPATIBLE WITH THE PRIME COATS ACTUALLY USED. REVIEW OTHER SECTIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS AS REQUIRED, VERIFYING THE PRIME COATS TO BE USED AND ASSURING COMPATIBILITY OF THE TOTAL COATING SYSTEM FOR THE VARIOUS SUBSTRATA. UPON REQUEST, FURNISH INFORMATION ON THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SPECIFIC FINISH MATERALS TO ASSURE THAT COMPATIBLE PRIME COATS ARE USED. PROVIDE BARRIER COATS OVER NON - COMPATIBLE PRIMERS, OR REMOVE THE PRIMER AND REPRIME AS REQUIRED. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT /ENGINEER IN WRITING OF ANTICIPATED PROBLEMS IN USING THE SPECIFIED COATING SYSTEMS OVER PRIME - COATINGS SUPPLIED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS. ALL PAINTS AND COATINGS SHALL BE PREMIXED AND DELIVERED TO THE JOB SITE IN MANUFACTURER'S SEALED CONTAINERS. EACH CONTAINER SHALL BE LABELED BY THE MANUFACTURER SHOWING PAINT BRAND, COLOR DESIGNATION AND MANUFACTURER'S NAME. ALL EMPTY CONTAINERS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE AT THE COMPLETION OF EACH DAYS WORK. PAINT MATERIAL SHALL BE STORED AND MIXED IN A CENTRAL LOCATION APPROVED BY THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT. DO NOT APPLY SOLVENT- THINNED PAINTS WHEN THE TEMPERATURE OF SURFACES TO BE PAINTED AND THE SURROUNDING AIR TEMPERATURES ARE BELOW 45 DEGREES F, UNLESS OTHERWISE PERMITTED BY THE MANUFACTURERS' PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS AS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT /ENGINEER. DO NOT APPLY PAINT IN SNOW, RAIN, FOG, OR MIST; OR WHEN THE RELATIVE HUMIDITY EXCEEDS 85 %; OR TO DAMP OR WET SURFACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE PERMITTED BY THE MANUFACTURERS' PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS AS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. APPUCATIONS MAY BE CONTINUED DURING INCLEMENT WEATHER ONLY WITHIN THE TEMPERATURE LIMITS SPECIFIED BY THE PAINT MANUFACTURER AS BEING SUITABLE FOR USE DURING APPUCATION AND DRYING PERIODS. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION, DELIVER TO THE OWNER AN EXTRA STOCK EQUALING 10% OF EACH COLOR, TYPE, AND GLOSS OF PAINT USED IN THE WORK, TIGHTLY SEALING EACH CONTAINER, AND CLEARLY LABEUNG WITH CONTENTS AND LOCATION WHERE USED. UNDERCOATS AND THINNERS: PROVIDE UNDERCOAT PAINT PRODUCED BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE FINISH COAT. USE ONLY THE THINNERS RECOMMENDED BY THE PAINT MANUFACTURER, AND USE ONLY TO THE RECOMMENDED OMITS. INSOFAR AS PRACTICABLE, USE UNDERCOAT, FINISH COAT, AND THINNER MATERIAL AS PARTS OF A UNIFIED SYSTEM OF PAINT FINISH. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: BENJAMIN MOORE -- NO SUBSTITUTIONS GYPSUM WALL BOARD: EGGSHELL FINISH LATEX ALL WAI 1 S, NEW 1ST COAT - USG SHEETROCK BRAND FIRST COAT 2ND COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE REGAL AQUAVELVET (319) 3RD COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE REGAL AQUAVELVET (319) GYPSUM WALL BOARD: EGGSHELL FINISH LATEX ALL WALLS, REPAINT 1ST COAT - REMOVE ANY PEEUNG OR SCALING PAINT AND SAND THESE AREAS TO FEATHER EDGES SMOOTH WITH ADJACENT SURFACES. FILL ALL NAIL HOLES, CRACKS & OTHER SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS. REMOVE SURFACE CONTAMINANTS FROM WALLS WITH A STRONG DETERGENT SOLUTION. PRIME WITH BENJAMIN MOORE FRESH START LATEX PRIMER (023) 2ND COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE REGAL AQUAVELVET (319) 3RD COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE REGAL AQUAVELVET (319) GYPSUM WALL BOARD: FLAT FINISH LATEX SALES AREA DRYWALL CEILINGS, NEW 1ST COAT - USG SHEETROCK BRAND FIRST COAT 2ND COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE REGAL WALLSATIN (215) 3RD COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE REGAL WA! I SATIN (215) GYPSUM WALL BOARD: FLAT FINISH LATEX SALES AREA DRYWALL CEIUNGS, REPAINT 1ST COAT - REMOVE ANY PEELING OR SCAUNG PAINT AND SAND THESE AREAS TO FEATHER EDGES SMOOTH WITH ADJACENT SURFACES. FILL ALL NAIL HOLES, CRACKS & OTHER SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS. REMOVE SURFACE CONTAMINANTS FROM WALLS WITH A STRONG DETERGENT SOLUTION. PRIME WITH BENJAMIN MOORE FRESH START LATEX PRIMER (023) 2ND COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE REGAL WALLSATIN (215) 3RD COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE REGAL WALLSATIN (215) WOOD DOORS, JAMBS, CASINGS, TOUCH-UP ON OWNERS FIXTURES & MISC. TRIM: HIGH GLOSS 1ST COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE IRONCLAD ALKYD LOW LUSTRE METAL AND WOOD ENAMEL (163) 2ND COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE IMPERVO ALKYD HIGH GLOSS METAL AND WOOD ENAMEL (133) 3RD COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE IMPERVO ALKYD HIGH GLOSS METAL AND WOOD ENAMEL (133) METAL DOORS AND FRAMES: HIGH-GLOSS 1ST COAT - PRIMER 15 NOT REQUIRED ON FACTORY PRIMED DOORS AND FRAMES. BENJAMIN IRONCLAD ALKYD LOW LUSTRE METAL AND WOOD ENAMEL (163) 2ND COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE IMPERVO ALKYD HIGH GLOSS METAL AND WOOD ENAMEL (133) 3RD COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE IMPERVO ALKYD HIGH GLOSS METAL AND WOOD ENAMEL (133) EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL, ROOF BAR JOISTS AND METAL DECK; ALUMINIZED METAUC 1ST COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE IRONCLAD LOW LUSTRE METAL AND WOOD ENAMEL (163 -71) 2ND COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE - WEATHERPROOF ALUMINUM PAINT (164 -71) 3RD COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE - WEATHERPROOF ALUMINUM PAINT (164 -71) MOORE CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS: SEMI -GLOSS FINISH LATEX 15T COAT - MOORCRAFT SUPER CRAFT LATEX BLOCK, FILLER (285) 2ND COAT - MOORCRAFT SUPER SPEC LATEX SEMI - GLOSS, ENAMEL (276) 3RD COAT - MOORCRAFT SUPER SPEC LATEX SEMI - GLOSS, ENAMEL (276) CONCRETE FLOOR: SATIN FINISH /EPDXY - MODIFIED ACRYUC LATEX (BACK ROOM) 1ST COAT - MOORE'S LATEX FLOOR & PATIO, ENAMEL (122) THINNED PER LABEL DIRECTIONS 2ND COAT - MOORE'S LATEX FLOOR & PATIO, ENAMEL (122) 3RD COAT - MOORE'S LATEX FLOOR & PATIO, ENAMEL (122) ALUMINUM /GALVANIZED METAL STAIN FINISH 1ST COAT - PRIMER 15 NOT REQUIRED ON FACTORY PRIMED SURFACES OR REPAINT. 2ND COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE SATIN IMPERVO (235) 3RD COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE SATIN IMPERVO (235) BENJAMIN MOORE IRON CLAD ALKYD LOW LUSTRE METAL AND WOOD ENAMEL (163) GALVANIZED METAL, M29 D.T.M. (DIRECT TO METAL) ACRYLIC SEMI -GLOSS (METAL AWNING) 1ST COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE - M29 D.T.M. ACRYLIC SEMI - -GLOSS 2ND COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE - M29 D.T.M. ACRYLIC SEMI -GLOSS METAL CLEAR COAT, VINYL LATEX CLEAR SEALER (METAL AWNING DECK, RODS & TURNBUCKLES) 1ST COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE -- VINYL LATEX CLEAR SEALER (06600) 2ND COAT - BENJAMIN MOORE -- VINYL LATEX CLEAR SEALER (06600) SURFACE PREPARATION: 1. PERFORM PREPARATION AND CLEANING PROCEDURES IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE PAINT MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS AS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT /ENGINEER. 2. REMOVE REMOVABLE ITEMS WHICH ARE IN PLACE AND ARE NOT SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE PAINT FINISH; OR PROVIDE SURFACE - APPLIED PROTECTION PRIOR TO SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING OPERATIONS. 3. FOLLOWING COMPLETION OF PAINTING IN EACH SPACE OR AREA, REINSTALL THE REMOVED ITEMS BY USING WORKMEN WHO ARE SKILLED IN THE NECESSARY TRADES. 4. CLEAN EACH SURFACE TO BE PAINTED PRIOR TO APPLYING PAINT OR SURFACE TREATMENT. 5. REMOVE OIL AND GREASE WITH CLEAN CLOTHS AND CLEANING SOLVENT OF LOW TOXICITY AND FLASH POINT IN EXCESS OF 200 DEGREES F. PRIOR TO START OF MECHANICAL CLEANING. 6. SCHEDULE THE CLEANING AND PAINTING SO THAT DUST AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS FROM THE CLEANING PROCESS WILL NOT FALL ONTO WET NEWLY PAINTED SURFACES. 7. PLASTER AND VENEER PLASTER MUST BE ALLOWED TO DRY THOROUGHLY FOR AT LEAST 30 DAYS BEFORE PAINTING. PREPARATION OF WOOD SURFACES: 1. CLEAN WOOD SURFACES UNTIL FREE FROM DIRT, OIL, AND OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCE. 2. SMOOTH FINISHED WOOD SURFACES EXPOSED TO VIEW, USING THE PROPER SANDPAPER. WHERE 50 REQUIRED, USE VARYING DEGREES OF COARSENESS IN SANDPAPER TO PRODUCE A UNIFORMLY SMOOTH AND UNMARRED WOOD SURFACE. 3. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT /ENGINEER, DO NOT PROCEED WITH PAINTING OF WOOD SURFACES UNTIL THE MOISTURE CONTENT OF THE WOOD I5 12% OR LESS AS MEASURED BY A MOISTURE METER APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT /ENGINEER. 4. WOOD DOORS: A. CAREFULLY SEAL ALL EDGES IMMEDIATELY AFTER FITTING INCLUDING AREAS ROUTED FOR CONCEALED CLOSERS AND OTHER HARDWARE. B. BEFORE FINISHING, THE FINISHER MUST DO A THOROUGH FINAL SANDING OVER ALL SURFACES USING 120 OR 150 GRIT SANDPAPER, DEPENDING ON THE SPECIES, AND IN CONJUNCTION WITH A HAND BLOCK OR BELT SANDER IN ORDER TO REMOVE ALL SCUFFS, HANDUNG MARKS, SCRATCHES, RAISED GRAIN, BURNISHES AND EFFECTS OR EXPOSURE TO MOISTURE THAT MAY OCCUR DURING HANDLING, UNLOADING AND STORAGE. C. IMMEDIATELY AFTER FITTING AND BEFORE HANGING, THE ENTIRE DOOR INCLUDING TOP AND BOTTOM EDGES MUST RECEIVE TWO COATS OF A GOOD QUALITY PAINT, VARNISH OR LACQUER. EXTERIOR FINISHES SHOULD BE USED ON THE EXTERIOR FACES AND ALL EDGES OF EXTERIOR DOORS. D. SOME WOODS, PARTICULARLY OAK, CONTAIN CHEMICALS WHICH REACT WITH IRON OR SOME FINISHING MATERIALS. DO NOT USE STEEL WOOL ON OAK DOORS. PREPARATION OF METAL SURFACES: 1. THOROUGHLY CLEAN SURFACES UNTIL FREE FROM DIRT, OIL, AND GREASE. 2. ON GALVANIZED SURFACES, USE SOLVENT FOR THE INmAL CLEANING. AND THEN TREAT THESURFACE THOROUGHLY WITH PHOSPHORIC ACID ETCH. REMOVE ETCHING SOLUTION COMPLETELY BEFORE PROCEEDING. 3. ALLOW TO DRY THOROUGHLY BEFORE APPLICATION OF PAINT. PAINT APPUCATION: 1. TOUCH -UP SHOP - APPUED PRIME COATS WHICH HAVE BEEN DAMAGED, AND TOUCH -UP BARE AREAS PRIOR TO START OF FINISH COATS APPUCATION. 2. SUGHTLY VARY THE COLOR OF SUCCEEDING COATS. A. DO NOT APPLY ADDmONAL COATS UNTIL THE COMPLETED COAT HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND APPROVED. B. ONLY THE INSPECTED AND APPROVED COATS OF PAINT WILL BE CONSIDERED IN DETERMINING THE NUMBER OF COATS APPUED. 3. SAND AND DUST BETWEEN COATS TO REMOVE DEFECTS VISIBLE TO THE UNAIDED EYE FROM A DISTANCE OF FIVE FEEL 4. ON REMOVABLE PANELS AND HINGED PANELS, PAINT THE BACK SIDES TO MATCH THE EXPOSED SIDES. DRYING: 1. ALLOW SUFFICIENT DRYING TIME BETWEEN COATS, MODIFYING THE PERIOD AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MATERIAL MANUFACTURER TO SUIT ADVERSE WEATHER CONDmONS. 2. CONSIDER OIL -BASE AND OLEO - RESINOUS SOLVENT -TYPE PAINT AS DRY FOR RECOATING WHEN THE PAINT FEELS FIRM, DOES NOT DEFORM OR FEEL STICKY UNDER MODERATE PRESSURE OF THE THUMB, AND WHEN THE APPUCATION OF ANOTHER COAT OF PAINT DOES NOT CAUSE LIFTING OR LOSS OF ADHESION OF THE UNDERCOAT. BRUSH APPUCATIONS: 1. BRUSH OUT AND WORK THE BRUSH COATS ONTO THE SURFACE IN AN EVEN FILM. 2. CLOUDINESS, SPOTTING, HOUDAYS, LAPS, BRUSH MARKS, RUNS, SAGS, ROPINESS, AND OTHER SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. SPRAY APPUCATION: 1. EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT /ENGINEER, CONFINE SPRAY APPLICATION TO AC GRILLES. SPEAKERS. LIGHT TRIM RINGS, METAL FRAMEWORK AND SIMILAR SURFACES WHERE HAND BRUSH WORK WOULD BE INFERIOR. 2. WHERE SPRAY APPLICATION 15 USED, APPLY EACH COAT TO PROVIDE THE HIDING EQUIVALENT OF BRUSH COATS. 3. DO NOT DOUBLE BACK WITH SPRAY EQUIPMENT TO BUILD UP FILM THICKNESS OF TWO COATS IN ONE PASS. PAINTING CONT'D_ FOR COMPLETED WORK, MATCH THE APPROVED SAMPLES AS TO TEXTURE, COLOR AND COVERAGE. REMOVE, REFINISH, OR REPAINT WORK NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. MISCELLANEOUS SURFACES AND PROCEDURES: 1. EXPOSED MECHANICAL ITEMS: A. FINISH ELECTRIC PANELS, ACCESS DOORS. CONDUITS, PIPES, DUCTS, GRILLES, REGISTERS. VENTS, AND ITEMS OF SIMILAR NATURE TO MATCH THE ADJACENT WALL AND CEILING SURFACES, OR AS DIRECTED. 9. PAINT VISIBLE DUCT SURFACES BEHIND VENTS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES FLAT BLACK. C. WASH METAL WITH SOLVENT. PRIME, AND APPLY TWO COATS OF ALKYD ENAMEL 2. EXPOSED PIPE AND DUCT INSULATION: A. APPLY ONE COAT OF LATEX PAINT ON INSULATION WHICH HAS BEEN SIZED OR PRIMED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS; APPLY TWO COATS ON SUCH SURFACES WHEN UNPREPARED. B. MATCH COLOR OF ADJACENT SURFACES. C. REMOVE BAND BEFORE PAINTING, AND REPLACE AFTER PAINTING. 3. HARDWARE: A. PAINT PRIME COATED HARDWARE TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. B. PAINT METAL PORTIONS OF HEAD SEALS, JAMB SEALS, AND ASTRAGAL SEALS TO MATCH THE COLOR OF THE DOOR FRAME UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. 4. WET AREAS: A. IN TOILET ROOMS AND CONTIGUOUS AREAS. ADD AN APPROVED FUNGICIDE TO PAINTS. B. FOR OIL BASE PAINTS, USE 1% PHENOLMERCURIC OR 4% TETRACHLOROPHENOL C. FOR WATER EMULSION AND GLUE SIZE SURFACES, USE 4% SODIUM TETRACHLOROPHENATE. 5. INTERIOR: USE "STIPPLE" FINISH WHERE ENAMEL 15 SPECIFIED. 6. EXPOSED VENTS: APPLY TWO COATS OF HEAT - RESISTANT PAINT APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEM PERFORM GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEMS WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF ASTM C754 AND GA216 UNI Fss OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. GA 216 - RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD. ASTM C 754 - INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS TO RECEIVE SCREW- ATTACHED GYPSUM WALLBOARD. BACKING BOARD, OR WATER - RESISTANT BACKING BOARD. PROVIDE METAL FRAMING MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH GA 216. STUDS: SCREW -TYPE CEE- SHAPED MINIMUM 20 GAUGE. RUNNERS: MATCH STUDS. FURRING MEMBERS: SCREW -TYPE HAT- SHAPED 20 GAUGE. PROVIDE CHANNELS AND HANGER WIRE IN ACCORDANCE WITH GA 216. FASTENERS AND ANCHORAGES IN ACCORDANCE WITH GA 216. PROVIDE GYPSUM WALLBOARD MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF GA 216. STANDARD GYPSUM BOARDS SHALL BE 5/8 INCH THICK USING MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LENGTH(S_ ENDS SQUARE CUT, TAPERED EDGES. F1RE-RATED GYPSUM BOARDS SHALL BE UL RATED, 5/8 INCH THICK USING MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LENGTH(S) MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE 5/8 INCH THICK USING MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LENGTH(S) ENDS SQUARE CUT TAPERED EDGES. TO BE USED IN ALL WET AREAS INCLUDING BUT NOT UM FED TO: RESTROOMS AND MOP SINK LOCATIONS AGGREGATE PORTLAND CEMENT BOARD, 1/2 INCH THICK, WITH POLYMER - COATED, WOVEN -GLASS MESH IN BACK AND FRONT SURFACES. PROVIDE GYPSUM WALLBOARD ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH GA 216. CORNER BEADS SHALL BE METAL. PROVIDE REINFORCING TAPE, JOINT COMPOUND, ADHESIVE, WATER FASTENERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH GA 216. INSTALL MEMBERS TRUE TO ONES AND LEVELS TO PROVIDE SURFACE FLATNESS WITH MAXIMUM VARIATION OF "fbf'Le 010 FEET (1/960) IN ANY DIRECTION. METAL STUDS SHALL BE 16 INCHES ON CENTER UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. PARTITION HEIGHTS SHALL BE FULL HEIGHT FROM FLOOR TO ROOF CONSTRUCTION ABOVE AS /OR INDICATED ON INSTALL DOUBLE STUDS AT DOOR FRAME JAMBS. INSTALL RUNNERS ON EACH SIDE OF OPENING AT FRAME HEAD HEIGHT BETWEEN JAMB STUDS AND ADJACENT STUDS. INSTALL BLOCKING BEHIND DRYWALL FOR SUPPORT OF PLUMBING FIXTURES, TOILET PARTITIONS, WALL CABINETS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, HARDWARE AND ELSEWHERE AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF BUCKS, ANCHORS, BLOCKING, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL WORK WHICH IS TO BE PLACED IN OR BEHIND PARTITION FRAMING. ALLOW SUCH ITEMS TO BE INSTALLED AFTER FRAMING IS COMPLETE. ERECT WALL FURRING DIRECTLY ATTACHED TO CONCRETE BLOCK AND CONCRETE WALLS. SPACE FURRING CHANNELS MAXIMUM 16 INCHES ON CENTER, NOT MORE THAN 4 INCHES FROM FLOOR AND CEIUNG BEARING. ERECT SINGLE LAYER STANDARD GYPSUM BOARD IN DIRECTION MOST PRACTICAL AND ECONOMICAL, WITH ENDS AND EDGES OCCURRING OVER FIRM BEARING. ERECT SINGLE LAYER F1RE-RATED GYPSUM BOARD VERTICALLY, WITH EDGES AND ENDS OCCURRING OVER FIRM USE SCREWS WHEN FASTENING GYPSUM BOARD TO METAL FURRING OR FRAMING. PLACE CORNER BEADS AT EXTERNAL CORNERS. USE LONGEST PRACTICAL LENGTHS. PLACE EDGE TRIM WHERE GYPSUM BOARD ABUTS DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. TAPE, FILL, AND SAND EXPOSED JOINTS, EDGES, CORNERS, OPENINGS, AND FIXTURES, TO PRODUCE SURFACE READY TO RECEIVE SURFACE FINISHES. FEATHER COATS ONTO ADJOINING SURFACES 50 THAT CAMBER IS MAXIMUM 1/32 INCH. FINISHING OF TAPING IS NOT REQUIRED ABOVE CEIUNG LINE. REMOVE AND RE -DO DEFECTIVE WORK. WOOD FLOOR SYSTEM REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION ON MATERIALS AND MANUFACTURERS. ATTENTION - INSTALLER /OWNER RESPONSIBILITY INSPECT ALL MATERIALS CAREFULLY BEFORE INSTALLATION. WOOD 15 A NATURAL PRODUCT CONTAINING NATURAL CHARACTERISTICS SUCH AS NATURAL VARIATIONS IN COLOR, TONE AND GRAINING. SOME VARIATION IN COLOR 15 TO BE EXPECTED IN A NATURAL WOOD FLOOR. EVEN THOUGH OUR PRODUCT GOES THROUGH MANY INSPECTIONS BEFORE IT LEAVES THE PLANT, IT 15 THE CUSTOMER AND INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINAL INSPECTION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. MOHAWK FLOORING WARRANTIES DO NOT COVER MATERIALS WITH VISIBLE DEFECTS ONCE THEY ARE INSTALLED. TOOLS BASIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES: BROOM OR VACUUM, CHALK UNE, TAPPING BLOCK, PROFESSIONAL CHOICE CLEANER, HAND OR ELECTRIC JAM SAW, MITER SAW. MOISTURE METER, SAFETY GLASSES, STRAIGHT EDGE, TABLE SAW, TAPE MEASURE. 3M BLUE TAPE, SQUARE, UTILITY KNIFE, PRY BAR. USE URETHANE WOOD FLOORING ADHESIVE, TOWELS AND TROWEL IF GLUING OR- A BOSTITCH 50C POWER NAILER FOR NAILING WITH A 1 -1/2' POWER CLEAT. (NOTE YOU MUST USE A 3/8" OR 1/2" ADAPTER AS APPROPRIATE). CAUTION: IMPROPER USE OF A POWER NAILER CAN MARK THE SURFACE OF THE FLOORING JOBSTTE CONDITIONS IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE INSTALLERS /OWNER TO DETERMINE IF THE JOB SITE SUB -FLOOR AND JOB SITE CONDmONS ARE ENVIRONMENTALLY AND STRUCTURALLY ACCEPTABLE FOR WOOD FLOOR INSTALLATION. SUB -FLOOR PREPARATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ALL INSTALLATIONS CONCRETE SUB- FLOORS NEW CONCRETE SLABS REQUIRE A MINIMUM OF 60 DAYS DRYING TIME BEFORE COVERING THEM WITH A WOOD FLOOR. LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE UGHTWEIGFT CONCRETE THAT HAS A DRY DENSITY OF 100 POUNDS OR LESS PER CUBIC FOOT I5 NOT SUITABLE FOR MOHAWK WOOD FLOORS. MANY PRODUCTS HAVE BEEN DEVELOPED AS SELF - LEVEUNG TOPPINGS OR FLOOR UNDERLAYMENTS. THESE INCLUDE CELLULAR CONCRETE, RESIN - REINFORCED CEMENTTIOUS UNDERLAYMENTS, AND GYPSUM -BASED MATERIALS. ALTHOUGH SOME OF THESE PRODUCTS MAY HAVE THE NECESSARY QUALIFICATIONS OF UNDERLAYMENT FOR WOOD FLOORING INSTALLATIONS, OTHERS DO NOT. TO TEST FOR LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE, SCRAPE A COIN OR KEY ACROSS THE SURFACE OF THE SUBFLOOR. IF THE SURFACE POWDERS EASILY OR HAS A DRY DENSITY OF L00 POUNDS OR LESS PER CUBIC FOOT, DO NOT INSTALL MOHAWK WOOD FLOORING. CONCRETE SUB - FLOORS MUST BE DRY, SMOOTH (LEVEL WITH 3/16" IN A 10 FOOT. RADIUS - 1/8" IN 6 FT.) AND FREE OF STRUCTURAL DEFECTS. HAND SCRAPE OR SAND WITH A 20 -GRIT #3 -1/2 OPEN FACE PAPER TO REMOVE LOOSE, FLAKY CONCRETE. GRIND HIGH SPOTS IN CONCRETE AND FILL LOW SPOTS WITH A PORTLAND BASED LEVELING COMPOUND (MIN. 3,000 P.S.I.) CONCRETE MUST BE FREE OF PAINT, OIL, EXISTING ADHESIVES, WAX GREASE, DIRT AND CURING COMPOUNDS. THESE MAY BE REMOVED MECHANICALLY BUT DO NOT USE SOLVENT -BASED STRIPPERS UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES. THE USE OF RESIDUAL SOLVENTS CAN PROHIBIT THE SATISFACTORY BOND OF FLOORING ADHESIVES. IT IS IMPORTANT TO ENSURE A PROPER BOND BETWEEN THE ADHESIVE AND THE CONCRETE. AND PLANKS OR STRIPS. MOHAWK ENGINEERED HARDWOOD FLOORING MAY BE INSTALLED ON- GRADE, ABOVE GRADE, AS WELL AS BELOW GRADE WHERE MOISTURE CONDITIONS DO NOT EXIST. TO ENSURE A LONG LASTING BOND, MAKE SURE THAT THE PERIMETER OF THE FOUNDATION HAS ADEQUATE DRAINAGE AND VAPOR BARRIER. WOOD SUB - FLOORS WOOD SUB- FLOORS NEED TO BE WELL NAILED OR SECURED WITH SCREWS. NAILS SHOULD BE RING SHANKS AND SCREWS NEED TO BE COUNTER SUNK. THE WOOD SUB -FLOOR NEEDS TO BE STRUCTURALLY SOUND AND DRY. THEY SHOULD NOT EXCEED 14% MOISTURE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. IF THE SUB -FLOOR IS SINGLE LAYER, LESS THAN 3/4" THICK, ADD A SINGLE CROSS LAYER FOR STRENGTH AND STABILITY (MINIMUM 5/16" THICK FOR A TOTAL 3/4" THICKNESS). THIS 15 TO REDUCE THE POSSIBILITY OF SQUEAKING. WOOD SUB - FLOORS MUST BE FREE OF PAINT, OIL EXISTING ADHESIVES. WAX, GREASE, DIRT AND URETHANE, VARNISH ETC. UNDERLAYMENT GRADE OSB (NOT THE WAX SIDE) IS ALSO SUITABLE SUB- FLOORS. PARTICLEBOARD 15 NOT AN ACCEPTABLE SUB- FLOOR. INSTALL AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE EXISTING FLOOR. SUB -FLOOR MOISTURE CHECK FLOORING ADHESIVE MAY BE USED FOR ABOVE, ON, AND BELOW GRADE APPUCATIONS AND ON ALL COMMON SUBSTRATES. ON AND BELOW GRADE APPUCATIONS ARE SUSCEPTIBLE TO MOISTURE AND SHOULD BE TESTED FOR MOISTURE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION IN SEVERAL LOCATIONS WITHIN THE INSTALLATION AREA. ACCEPTABLE CONDITIONS FOR ABOVE ON AND BELOW GRADE APPUCATIONS ARE <LESS THAN 31115./1000 5Q. FT. /24 HRS. ON A CALCIUM CHLORIDE TEST. LESS THAN A READING OF 5.0 ON A TRAMEX CONCRETE MOISTURE ENCOUNTER (MOISTURE METER). WOOD SUBSTRATES MUST HAVE A MOISTURE READING OF LESS THAN 14% WHEN USING A TRAMEX OR DELMHORST OR EQUIVALENT MOISTURE METER. TO CORRECT ANY SUB -FLOOR PROBLEMS CONCERNING MOISTURE, EITHER WAIT UNTIL THE SUB -FLOOR DRIES TO MEET SPECIFICATIONS OR USE AN APPROPRIATE MOISTURE BARRIER. SUB -- FLOORS OTHER TFJN WOOD OR CONCRETE NOTE: PERIMETER GLUED RESIUENT VINYL AND RUBBER TILES ARE UNACCEPTABLE UNDERLAYMENTS AND MUST BE REMOVED. WARNING: DO NOT SAND EXISTING RESILIENT TILE, SHEET FLOORING, BACKING. OR FELT UNINGS. THESE PRODUCTS MAY CONTAIN ASBESTOS FIBERS THAT ARE NOT READILY IDENTIFIABLE. INHALATION OF ASBESTOS DUST CAN CAUSE ASBESTOSIS OR OTHER SERIOUS BODILY HARM. CHECK WITH LOCAL STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS FOR HANDLING HAZARDOUS MATERIAL BEFORE ATTEMPTING THE REMOVAL OF THESE FLOORS. CAUTION: THE SLAB SURFACE MUST NEVER EXCEED 850 F. IN TEMPERATURE. PREPARATION REMOVE ALL MOLDINGS AND WALL -BASE AND UNDERCUT ALL DOOR CASINGS WITH A HAND OR POWER JAM SAW USING A SCRAP PIECE OF FLOORING AS A GUIDE. NOTE WHEN INSTALLING A PRE - FINISHED WOOD FLOOR BE SURE TO BLEND THE WOOD FROM SEVERAL CARTONS TO ENSURE A GOOD GRAIN AND SHADING MIXTURE THROUGH OUT THE INSTALLATION. GLUE DOWN AND ILL INSTALLATION GUIDELINES CAUTION: FOLLOW ALL GUIDELINES FOUND ON THE ADHESIVE CONTAINER. BY NOT ADHERING TO THE GUIDELINES YOU CAN VOID YOUR FLOORING WARRANTIES. STEP 1 (WET LAY AND NAIUNG METHOD) SELECT A STARTER WALL IT IS RECOMMENDED TO START THE INSTALLATION ALONG AN EXTERIOR WALL; IT'S MORE LIKELY TO BE STRAIGHT AND SQUARE WITH THE ROOM. MEASURE OUT FROM THE WALL THE WIDTH OF TWO PLANKS AND MARK EACH END OF THE ROOM AND SNAP YOUR CHALK UNE. STEP 2 SPREAD PROFESSIONAL CHOICE FLOORING ADHESIVE FROM THE CHALK LINE TO THE STARTER WALL USING THE RECOMMENDED TROWEL (3/16" X 1/4" X 1/2" V NOTCH). IT 15 IMPORTANT TO USE THE CORRECT TROWEL AT A 45 DEGREE ANGLE TO GET THE PROPER SPREAD OF ADHESIVE APPLIED TO THE SUB - FLOOR, WHICH WILL PRODUCE A PROPER AND PERMANENT BOND. IMPROPER BONDING CAN CAUSE LOOSE OR HOLLOW SPOTS. NOTE: CHANGE THE TROWEL EVERY 2000 TO 3000 SQUARE FEET DUE TO WEAR DOWN OF THE NOTCHES. THIS ASSURES YOU ALWAYS GET THE PROPER SPREAD OF ADHESIVE. STFP 3 INSTALL THE FIRST ROW OF STARTER PLANKS WITH THE TONGUE FACING THE STARTER WALL AND SECURE INTO POSITION. ALIGNMENT I5 CRITICAL AND CAN BE ACHIEVED BY SECURING A STRAIGHT EDGE ALONG THE CHALK LINE (2"X 4"5 WORK WELL), OR BY TOP NAILING THE FIRST ROW WITH FINISHING NAILS (WOOD SUB - FLOOR), THIS PREVENTS SLIPPAGE OF THE PLANKS THAT CAN CAUSE MISALIGNMENT. NOTE THE PLANKS ALONG THE WALL MAY HAVE TO BE CUT TO FIT SINCE MOST WALLS ARE NOT STRAIGHT, AND LEAVING AN EXPANSION SPACE. YOU MUST NAIL 1" - 2" FROM THE ENDS AND EVERY 4" - 6" ALONG THE EDGES. THIS WILL HELP INSURE A SATISFACTORY INSTALLATION. IT I5 BEST TO SET THE COMPRESSOR PSI AT 80 - 85LB5. TO KEEP THE STAPLES FROM GOING THROUGH OR BREAKING THE TONGUES. IMPROPER STAPUNG TECHNIQUES CAN CAUSE SQUEAKS IN THE FLOOR. ADJUSTMENTS MAY BE NECESSARY TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE PENETRATION OF THE NAIL INTO THE NAIL BED. YOU WANT IT FLUSH IN THE NAIL POCKET. USE A SCRAP PIECE OF FLOORING MATERIAL TO SET TOOLS PROPERLY BEFORE INSTALLATION. STEP 4 ONCE THE STARTER ROWS ARE SECURE SPREAD 2 -1/2 TO 3 FEET OF ADHESIVE THE LENGTH OF THE ROOM. (NEVER LAY MORE ADHESIVE THAN CAN BE COVERED IN APPROXIMATELY 2 HRS.) PLACE PLANK AND PRESS FIRMLY INTO ADHESIVE NEVER SUDE PLANKS OR STRIPS THROUGH ADHESIVE. USE A TAPPING BLOCK TO FIT PLANKS SNUG TOGETHER AT SIDE AND BUTT -ENDS. TEST FOR PROPER BOND BY OCCASIONALLY UFTING A BOARD AND LOOKING FOR GOOD COVERAGE (90 %), THEN REPLACE IT INTO THE ADHESIVE. CLEAN ANY ADHESIVE OFF THE SURFACE BEFORE IT CURES USING CLEAN TERRY CLOTH TOWELS AND URETHANE REMOVER. USE 3M BLUE MASK TAPE TO HOLD PLANKS SECURELY IN PLACE AS YOU ARE INSTALUNG AND CONTINUE THE PROCESS THROUGH OUT THE INSTALLATION. USE CAUTION WHEN USING A RUBBER MALLET TO BUTT MATERIAL TOGETHER, IT CAN BURN THE FINISH AND CAUSE MARRING. NOTE: NEVER WORK ON TOP OF THE FLOORING WHEN INSTALLING WITH THE WET LAY METHOD. CLEAN UP USE CLEAN WHITE TERRY CLOTH TOWELS TO CLEAN AS YOU GO, ALONG WITH FLOORING CLEANER. ADHESIVE THAT HAS CURED ON THE SURFACE OF THE FLOORING CAN BE DIFFICULT TO REMOVE AND WILL REQUIRE THE USE OF URETHANE REMOVER. ONCE THE FLOOR 15 COMPLETED CLEAN THE FLOORING WITH FLOORING CLEANER. UGHT FOOT TRAFFIC 15 ALLOWED AFTER 12 HOURS BUT WAIT 24 HOURS AFTER INSTALLATION TO REMOVE THE 3M BLUE MASKING TAPE. ONCE THE TAPE IS REMOVED CLEAN ANY ADHESIVE RESIDUE LEFT FROM THE TAPE WITH PROFESSIONAL'S CHOICE FLOORING CLEANER. RECOMMENDED NAILERS BOSTITCH POWER NAILER 50C NAILER USING A 11/2" POWER CLEAT. YOU MUST USE THE 3/8" OR 1/2" ADAPTER AS APPROPRIATE. INSTALUNG 6 MIL POLYETHYLENE FOR SLAB ON GRADE APPLICATIONS. INSTALL THE POLYETHYLENE (UNDER SUBFLOOR) PARALLEL TO THE DIRECTION OF THE FLOORING AND ALLOW A 3" OVERHANG. AT THE PERIMETER. MAKE SURE EACH RUN OF POLYETHYLENE OVERLAPS THE PREVIOUS RUN BY 6" OR MORE. JAYOUT THE JOB MEASURE OUT FROM THE ENDS OF YOUR STARTING WALL, 2 3/4" WHEN INSTALLING 2 1/4" STRIP FLOORING OR 3 1/2 WHEN INSTALLING 3" PLANKS AND MARK BOTH ENDS. WHERE POSSIBLE LAY THE FLOORING AT 900 ANGLES TO THE FLOOR JOISTS. MAKE A CHALK LINE ALONG THE STARTING WALL USING THE MARKS YOU MADE. BEGINNING INSTALLATION. PLACE THE PLANKS ALONG YOUR CHALK UNE. USE BRADS OR SMALL FINISHING NAILS TO SECURE THE FIRST STARTER ROW ALONG THE WALL EDGE 1" - 2" FROM THE ENDS AND EVERY 4" - 6" ALONG THE SIDE. COUNTER SINK THE NAILS AND FILL WITH THE MATCHING WOOD COLOR PUTTY THAT BLENDS WITH THE FLOORING INSTALLED. PLACE THE NAILS IN A DARK GRAIN SPOT IN THE BOARD. THE BASE OR SHOE MOLDING WILL COVER THE NAILS WHEN INSTALLED AFTER COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION. BOND NAIL AT A 45- DEGREE ANGLE THROUGH EDGE FACE. IT WILL BE EASIER IF YOU PRE -DRILL THE HOLES. NAIL 1" - 2" FROM THE ENDS AND EVERY 4" - 6" ALONG THE SIDES. IT WILL BE NECESSARY TO BUND NAIL THE NEXT 2 ROWS. A STANLEY BT35 BRAD NAILER Wmi 1 "- 1 -3/B" BRADS CAN ALSO BE USED TO BUND NAIL AND NO PRE-DRILLING IS NEEDED. FINAL TOUCHES INSTALL THE PROPER TRIM MOLDING AT THE DOORWAYS TO ACHIEVE THE TRANSmON AND ALONG THE WALLS TO COVER THE EDGES OF ANY GAPS ALONG THE WALL DUE TO IRREGULARITY. COMPLETE THE JOB BY USING PROFESSIONAL CHOICE FLOORING FILLER THAT BLENDS WITH THE INSTALLED FLOORING TO FILL ANY GAPPING ALONG THE JOINTS AND CLEAN THE FINISHED FLOOR WITH PROFESSIONAL CHOICE FLOORING CLEANER. 205 - U05 9 & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: AKS ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : SHEET TITLE : ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NO. : AS101 rr•r 5 ., 1 L.LJ L LULU ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS (CONT'D.) DECORATIVE PLASTER FINISH SECTION INCLUDES: SLAKED UME -BASED DECORATIVE PLASTER FINISH. COORDINATE RELATED SECTIONS TO ASSURE SATISFACTORY PREPARATION OF SUBSTRATES. PLASTER BROWN COAT: APPLY BROWN COAT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C926 - APPLICATION OF PORTLAND CEMENT -BASED PLASTER AND PORTLAND CEMENT ASSOCIATION'S PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO) MANUAL PAY PARTICULAR ATTENTION TO MOIST CURING REQUIREMENTS TO MINIMIZE SHRINKAGE CRACKING; CURE AT LEAST SEVEN DAYS (21 DAYS RECOMMENDED) PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF FINISH COATING. FOR ADDITIONAL RESISTANCE TO CRACKING, A FIBER MESH CAN BE IMBEDDED INTO BROWN COAT. EIFS BASE COAT: COMPLY WITH EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. GYPSUM DRYWALL (INTERIORS ONLY): DRYWALL SHALL BE TAPED AND THEN SANDED OR FLOATED PROVIDE LEVEL FOUR OR BETTER SURFACE IN ACCORDANCE WITH GYPSUM ASSOCIATION'S GA -214 - RECOMMENDED LEVELS OF GYPSUM BOARD FINISH TO ASSURE THAT SUBSTRATE DEFECTS ARE NOT VISIBLE THROUGH PLASTER. SPECIFY EXPANSION AND CONTROL JOINTS, CORNER BEADS, FLASHINGS AND REQUIRED TRIM. REQUIRE CORROSION RESISTANT TRIM AND FASTENERS IN EXTERIOR AND WET AREAS. ANTIC() CAN ALSO BE USED OVER EXISTING SURFACES, CONCRETE, MASONRY, WOOD, AND OTHER SUBSTRATES. CONTACT TEXSTON FOR SUBSTRATE PREPARATION RECOMMENDATIONS. REFERENCES: 150 9002 - QUALITY SYSTEMS -- MODEL FOR QUALITY ASSURANCE IN PRODUCTION, INSTALLATION AND SERVICING. QUALITY ASSURANCE: MANUFACTURER QUAUFICA11ON5: FINISH SHALL BE PRODUCED IN ISO 9002 CERTIFIED FACILITY. MANUFACTURER SHALL BE COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM FOUR YEARS EXPERIENCE. INSTALLER: 1. THE INSTALLATION OF THIS MATERIAL REQUIRES SPECIALIZED AND PRACTICED SKILLS. SPECIAUZED TRAINING 15 REQUIRED FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF THIS MATERIAL 2. QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY WHICH HAS COMPLETED AT LEAST FIVE INSTALLATIONS OF FINISHES SIMILAR TO TYPE INCLUDED IN SECTION AND WHICH HAS BEEN TRAINED AND CERTIFIED BY MANUFACTURER. CERTIFICATION: SUBMIT, BEFORE CONTRACT AWARD [AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS], WRITTEN DOCUMENTATION THAT INSTALLER IS TRAINED AND CERTIFIED BY MANUFACTURER TO INSTALL FINISH. APPLICATOR SHALL ARRANGE AND PAY FOR A FACTORY TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE TO BE PRESENT AT THE START OF THE WORK AND TO OBSERVE THE WORK IN PROGRESS FOR 6 HOURS. RETAIN EITHER PERFORMANCE CRITERIA ABOVE AND /OR SUBMIT UST OF CONTRACTORS. CONTACT TEXSTON OR YOUR TEXSTON DISTRIBUTOR FOR NAMES OF QUALIFIED CONTRACTORS. DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLING: A. DELIVERY AND STORAGE: PROTECT MATERIALS FROM DIRECT SUN IN SHIPMENT, STORAGE, AND HANDUNG. DELIVER MATERIALS IN MANUFACTURER'S UNOPENED PACKAGES, AND STORE IN DARK AND DRY PLACE AT BETWEEN 45 AND 95 DEGREES F. WARRANTY: MANUFACTURER'S UMITED WARRANTY: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S FIVE -YEARS UMTTED WARRANTY AGAINST PRODUCTS DEFECTS, BATEEEL A. ABLE PRODUCT: TEXSTON ANTIC 0 AS MANUFACTURED BY TEXSTON, CANOGA PARK, CA; PHONE 800- 788 -7113, FAX 818 - 227 -4852, WWW.TEXSTON.COM. B. SUBSTTMIONS: SUBMIT PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BIDS. COMPLY WITH [INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS] [SECTION 01630 - PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES] [AND] FOLLOWING: 1. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA AND TEST REPORTS DOCUMENTING THAT PROPOSED PRODUCTS MEET SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. 2. SUBMIT NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF INSTALLERS AVAILABLE TO APPLY FINISHES. 3. SUBMIT SAMPLES SPECIFIED IN "SUBMITTALS'_ POWDERED DOLOMITE AND AGED SLAKED UME GIVE ANTIC° ITS UNIQUE APPEARANCE. ADMIXTURES ARE USED TO MAKE IT EASIER TO APPLY AND TO IMPROVE PERFORMANCE. C. COMPOSMON: WHITE, PREMIXED PASTE CONTAINING FINELY GROUND DOLOMITE LESS THAN 300 MICRONS IN DIAMETER, SLAKED UME WHICH HAS BEEN AGED TWELVE MONTHS, ACRYLIC POLYMERS, RHEOLOGICAL ADDITIVES, AND MILDEWICIDAL AND FUNGICIDAL ADMIXTURES. COLORING: COLORANTS: HIGH - QUALITY, WATER - BASED, FADE - RESISTANT, PAINT -GRADE UNIVERSAL COLORANTS. USE COLORS SPECIFIED IN THE FINISH SCHEDULE. MIXING: MIX MATERIALS TO ASSURE COLORANTS ARE UNIFORMLY DISPERSED. IF NECESSARY, DILUTE WITH SMALL AMOUNT OF CLEAN, POTABLE WATER. MIX WITH CLEAN TOOLS AND PROTECT AGAINST ENTRY OF DUST AND DEBRIS INTO CONTAINER. ACCESSORIES: A. LEVELING COAT: AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, USE: 1. THOROSEAL PLASTER MIXED WITH THREE PARTS WATER TO ONE PART ACRYL -60 OR AN APPROVED SUBSTITUTION CONSISTING OF FACTORY- BAGGED PLASTER MIX AND LIQUID ACRYLIC. 2. FIELD BLEND ONE PART PORTLAND CEMENT WITH 2 TO 2 IA PARTS WASHED AND BAGGED SAND AND MIX AT RATE OF THREE PARTS WATER TO ONE PART ACRYL -60. PRIMER IS REQUIRED OVER GYPSUM BOARD, WOOD, AND OTHER SUBSTRATES WITH UNEVEN SUCTION OR MOISTURE ABSORPTION, AND TO IMPROVE EASE OF APPUCATION TO SMOOTH SUBSTRATES LIKE METAL B. PRIMER: PROVIDE TEXSTON TEXCONNECT PRIMER OF TYPE COMPATIBLE WITH SUBSTRATE. SEALER PROVIDES ADDED PROTECTION FOR WET INTERIOR LOCATIONS WHICH ARE NOT WAXED AND FOR EXTERIOR SURFACES. NAMED PRODUCT I5 COMPATIBLE WITH ANTIC() AND I5 AVAILABLE THROUGH TEXSTON; CONSULT SEALER MANUFACTURER OR CONDUCT TESTS BEFORE USING OTHER PRODUCTS. PERIODIC RE- APPLICATION 15 SUGGESTED ACCORDING TO BUILDING MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS. SEALER: PROVIDE HIGH - QUALITY, PENETRATING, NON - YELLOWING, WATER - REPELLENT SEALER RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR CONDITIONS OF USE. PROVIDE GLAZE 'N SEAL "NATURAL LOOK" PENETRATING SEALER [OR APPROVED SUBSTITUTION]. TOOLS: A. USE STAINLESS STEEL TROWELS OF TYPES RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER TO PRODUCE INTENDED RESULTS. PREPARATION• INSPECT SUBSTRATES AND CONDITIONS AFFECTING WORK OF SECTION. DO NOT PROCEED UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. A. MASK AND PROTECT ADJACENT SURFACES NOT SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE PRODUCTS OF SECTION_ B. SUBSTRATE PREPARATION: 1. EXISTING SUBSTRATES: A. REMOVE DETERIORATED SUBSTRATES AND PATCH IN ACCEPTABLE MANNER. B. OILY OR GLOSSY SURFACES AND OIL -BASED PAINTS: LIGHTLY SAND PRIOR TO WASHING C. WASH WITH TRISODIUM PHOSPHATE MIXED AT RATE OF INDICATED ON PRODUCT LABEL. RINSE, NEUTRAUZE, AND WIPE DRY. 2. SUBSTRATES SHALL BE CLEAN AND FREE OF CONTAMINATION. C. LEVELING: REMOVE PROJECTIONS AND FILL DEPRESSIONS, IF REQUIRED, WITH LEVELING COAT. D. BROWN COAT: DAMPEN WITH WATER IMMEDIATELY BEFORE APPLYING FINISH. E. PRIME 1. PRIME GYPSUM BOARD AND SUBSTRATES WITH UNEVEN MOISTURE ABSORPTION CHARACTERISTICS TO CREATE UNIFORM SUCTION. 2. PRIME METAL AND SMOOTH OR NON - POROUS SUBSTRATES TO IMPROVE SPREADABILITY OF PLASTER. 3. ALLOW PRIMER TO DRY BEFORE PLASTER APPLICATION. APPUCATION; A. GENERAL.: 1. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 2. APPLY WHEN TEMPERATURE 15 BETWEEN 45 TO 95 DEGREES F. 3. DO NOT BRIDGE EXPANSION OR CONTROL JOINTS. 4. CONTINUOUSLY APPLY EACH LAYER IN ONE GENERAL DIRECTION WITHOUT ALLOWING COATING TO DRY AT EDGES. WORK SHALL BE FREE FROM COLD JOINTS, SCAFFOLD UNES, AND OTHER DEFICIENCIES DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE AND PERFORMANCE. IF FULL WIDTH OF WALL CANNOT BE COVERED AT ONE TIME, TERMINATE APPUCATIONS AT NATURAL DIVISIONS OF SURFACE SUCH AS CONTROL JOINTS OR CORNERS. B. APPUCATION: 1. FIRST COAT: APPLY TO EVENLY COVER SURFACE; THICKNESS OF COAT SHALL BE DETERMINED BY SIZE OF AGGREGATE. 2. ALLOW TO SET, THEN SMOOTH CHATTERS, RIDGES, AN OTHER IRREGULARITIES. 3. SECOND COAT: APPLY IN SAME MANNER AS FIRST COAT. KEEP TROWEL CLEAN. C. TEXTURE: MATTE - ALLOW TO SET, THEN TROWEL USING PRESSURE UNTIL SMOOTH. PROVIDE UNIFORM SURFACE TEXTURE WITH OPEN PORES. DO NOT OVER - TROWEL D. TOLERANCES: SLIGHT MOTTLING AND VARIATIONS IN COLORS WHICH ARE RANDOM YET CONSISTENT IN OVERALL EFFECT ARE NORMAL AND ACCEPTABLE FEATURES OF PLASTER. OVERCOATS: A. COLOR WASH: 1. ALLOW PLASTER TO DRY 24 HOURS. 2. APPLY COLOR WASH WITH SPONGE OR RAG, THEN PROMPTLY WIPE WITH RAGS TO CREATE COLOR HIGHUGHTS. B. WAX: ALLOW 24 HOURS DRYING TIME PRIOR TO WAXING. APPLY GENEROUS LAYER OF WAX AND WORK INTO SURFACE REMOVING EXCESS WAX, AND BUFF SURFACE TO UNIFORM SHEEN. SEAUNG: A. ALLOW 72 HOURS FOR PLASTER SUBSTRATE TO DRY BEFORE APPLYING SEALER. B. APPLY ACCORDING TO SEALER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. PROTECT AGAINST OVERSPRAY. EXCESS SEALER CAN FORM A WHITE RESIDUE IF NOT REMOVED PROMPTLY. C. APPLY TWO COATS. ALLOW FIRST COAT TO DRY BEFORE APPLYING SECOND COAT. PROMPTLY AFTER APPLICATION OF SECOND COAT, WIPE SURFACE TO REMOVE EXCESS SEALER. CLEANING: A. REMOVE MASKING. B. ADJACENT SURFACES: REMOVE PLASTER SPLATTERS USING METHODS WHICH WILL NOT DAMAGE SURFACES. PROTECTION: A. PROTECT FROM RAIN FOR 48 HOURS AFTER APPLICATION. B. PROTECT FINISHES AS REQUIRED TO ASSURE THAT THEY WILL BE WITHOUT DAMAGE AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. MOST DAMAGE TO TEXSTON SURFACES CAN BE READILY REPAIRED BY EXPERIENCED APPLICATORS. MORE EXTENSIVE DAMAGE MAY REQUIRE REPLACEMENT OF AN ENTIRE SECTION OF FINISHED SURFACE. C. REPAIR DAMAGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND TO SATISFACTION OF ARCHITECT. DIVISION #10 - SPECIALTIES TOILET ACCESSORIES SEE ROUGH CARPENTRY: WOOD ANCHOR REINFORCEMENT. PROTECT ADJACENT OR ADJOINING FINISHED SURFACES AND WORK FROM DAMAGE DURING INSTALLATION OF WORK OF THIS SECTION. PROVIDE STEEL ANCHOR PLATES AND ANCHOR COMPONENTS FOR INSTALLATION ON BUILDING INSTALL FIXTURES, ACCESSORIES, AND ITEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS_ INSTALL TRUE, PLUMB, AND LEVEL, SECURELY AND RIGIDLY ANCHORED TO SUBSTRATE. REFER TO ENLARGED TOILET ROOM PLAN FOR ACCESSORIES AND LOCATIONS. CULTURED BRICK (THIN BRICK VENEER): MANUFACTURER: OWENS CORNING DETERMINE THE AMOUNT OF CULTURED BRICK ®THIN BRICK VENEER PRODUCTS NEEDED BY MEASURING THE AREA TO BE COVERED. MEASURE THE LENGTH TIMES THE HEIGHT TO ARRIVE AT THE SQUARE FOOTAGE OF FLAT BRICK NEEDED. SUBTRACT SQUARE FOOTAGE FOR WINDOW AND DOOR OPENINGS. MEASURE THE UNEAR FEET OF OUTSIDE CORNERS TO DETERMINE THE AMOUNT OF CORNER PIECES NEEDED. ONE UNEAR FOOT OF CORNER PIECES COVERS APPROXIMATELY 1 SQUARE FOOT OF FLAT AREA. SUBTRACT THE FLAT AREA COVERED BY THE LINEAR FEET OF CORNER PIECES FROM THE SQUARE FOOTAGE OF FLAT BRICK REQUIRED. OBTAIN EXTRA BRICK TO ALLOW FOR CUTTING AND TRIMMING. ONE CARTON OF CULTURED BRICK® THIN BRICK VENEER FLAT COVERS 10 SQUARE FEET USING A 3/8" MORTAR SPACE (JOINT) BETWEEN BRICKS. ONE CARTON OF CULTURED BRICK® THIN BRICK VENEER CORNER PIECES COVERS 7 LINEAR FEET OF OUTSIDE CORNER USING A 3/8" MORTAR SPACE (JOINT) BETWEEN BRICKS. CULTURED BRICK ®THIN BRICK VENEER PRODUCTS ARE NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON ANY AREA SUBJECT TO FOOT TRAFFIC. MORTAR /GROUT: USING PRE -MIXED TYPE N MORTAR OR COMPONENTS, MIX TO A FIRM, MOIST CONSISTENCY. MORTAR THAT 15 TOO DRY AND CRUMBLY WILL NOT PROVIDE PROPER BOND. MORTAR THAT 15 TOO WET WILL BE WEAK AND MESSY. MORTAR COLOR: STANDARD GROUT - POLYBLEND #9 NATURAL GREY TINTING MORTAR COMPLEMENTS THE COLOR OF THE BRICK BEING INSTALLED REGULAR MORTARS CAN BE TINTED TO COMPLEMENT CULTURED BRICK® THIN BRICK VENEER PRODUCTS USING IRON OXIDE PIGMENTS AVAILABLE FROM YOUR DEALER. WEATHER - RESISTANT BARRIER: DEPENDING ON LOCAL BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS, BARRIER SHALL BE EQUAL TO U.B.C. STANDARD NO. 14 -1 FOR KRAFT WATER -PROOF BUILDING PAPER OR ASPHALT SATURATED RAG FELT OR ASTM D 226, TYPE 1, NO. 15 FELT. NOTE: WEATHER - RESISTANT BARRIER MUST BE USED ON ALL EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR MORTAR APPLICATIONS EXCEPT FOR THOSE OVER MASONRY, CONCRETE OR STUCCO. METAL LATH: 1. MINIMUM 2.5 -LB. EXPANDED METAL LATH (DIAMOND MESH) GALVANIZED. BLACK METAL LATH (RUST INHIBITIVE) MAY BE USED ON INTERIOR APPLICATIONS. 2. OR 18 -GAUGE GALVANIZED WOVEN WIRE MESH. 3. FOR METAL BUILDINGS AND OPEN STUD CONSTRUCTION MINIMUM 3.4 -LB. 3'8" RIB EXPANDED GALVANIZED METAL LATH. 4. OR OTHER CODE ACCEPTED MESH OR LATH. FASTENERS: 1. GALVANIZED NAILS, STAPLES, CONCRETE NAILS. 2. USG COMPANY'S 11" TYPE 5 -12 PANCAKE HEAD SUPERTITE SCREWS. (USED FOR INSTALLATION TO METAL SURFACES.) MASONRY SEALER: 1. SILANE -BASED BREATHER -TYPE SEALER (IF REQUIRED). SURFACE PREPARATION FOR MORTAR INSTALLATIONS: 1. RIGID BACKWALL, WALLBOARD, PLYWOOD, PANELING, WALL SHEATHING, CONCRETE BOARD, POLYSTYRENE INSULATION BOARD, INSTALLED OVER A RIGID BACKWALL: COVER SHEATHING WITH A BREATHER -TYPE WEATHER - RESISTANT BARRIER, LAP JOINTS 4" SHINGLE FASHION. THEN, IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL BUILDING CODE, LAP AND INSTALL LATH OR MESH USING GALVANIZED NAILS OR STAPLES 6" ON CENTER VERTICALLY, PENETRATING STUDS A MINIMUM OF 1". CONTINUOUSLY WRAP WEATHER -- RESISTANT BARRIER AND METAL LATH A MINIMUM OF 16" AROUND ALL OUTSIDE AND INSIDE CORNERS. 2. CLEAN & UNTREATED CONCRETE, MASONRY, STUCCO: NO PREPARATION NEEDED. EXAMINE NEWLY POURED CONCRETE CLOSELY TO ENSURE THAT IT'S FINISHED SURFACE CONTAINS NO RELEASE AGENTS (FORM OIL). IF IT DOES CONTAIN FORM OIL, ETCH SURFACE WITH MURIATIC ACID, RINSE THOROUGHLY AND /OR SCORE WITH A WIRE BRUSH. 3. DIRTY, PAINTED OR SEALED CONCRETE, MASONRY OR STUCCO: SANDBLAST OR WATER BLAST TO ORIGINAL SURFACE (REMOVE SAND BLASTING DUST BY WASHING) OR SECURELY ATTACH LATH. 4. METAL BUILDINGS: LAP AND INSTALL PAPER - BACKED g" RIB EXPANDED METAL LATH TO METAL CLADDING SUPPORTS OF 20 GA. TO 12 GA. USING USG COMPANY'S 11' TYPE 5 -12 PANCAKE HEAD SUPER TITE SCREWS. SCREWS MUST PENETRATE r BEYOND THE INSIDE FACE OF METAL SURFACE. SCREWS ARE TO BE INSTALLED ON CENTERS EQUAL TO 1 SCREW /SQ. FT. AND SHALL NOT EXCEED 6' ON CENTER IN ONE DIRECTION. APPLY i" TO i" SCRATCH COAT AND ALLOW TO DRY 48 HOURS. 5. OPEN STUDS, POLYSTYRENE INSULATION BOARD, INSTALLED OVER OPEN STUDS: LAP AND INSTALL PAPER - BACKED METAL LATH TO STUDS USING NAILS WHICH PENEIRATE A MINIMUM OF 1" AT 4" ON CENTER. APPLY 1/2" TO 3/4" SCRATCH COAT AND ALLOW TO DRY 48 HOURS. WORKING WITH MORTAR (EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR APPLICATIONS). 1. INSTALL A TEMPORARY STARTER STRIP (EXTERIOR APPUCATIONS ONLY) TO ENSURE A LEVEL INSTALLATION ON THE FIRST COURSE OF BRICKS. 2. CHOOSE THE TYPE OF WALL PATTERN DESIRED. ALLOWING FOR A MORTAR JOINT OF APPROXIMATELY 3/8", CALCULATE AND MARK OFF THE NUMBER OF COURSES REQUIRED. ADJUST JOINT SIZE TO MINIMIZE HORIZONTAL CUTTING. RUN A LEVEL GUIDE UNE TO ENSURE PROPER PLACEMENT OF BRICKS. 3. WETTING EXTERIOR WALLS: DAMPEN CONCRETE, MASONRY OR STUCCO WALL SURFACES WITH WATER PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION OF THE BRICK. 4. WETTING THE BRICK: THE BACK OF THE BRICK SHOULD BE COMPLETELY DAMP, BUT FREE FROM SURFACE WATER AT THE TIME OF APPUCATION. INSTALLATION METHODS: 1. APPLYING MORTAR TO WALL: A. USING A PLASTERER'S OR MASON'S TROWEL, APPLY MORTAR i" TO i" THICK TO PREPARED SURFACE AREA_ DO NOT SPREAD MORE THAN A WORKABLE AREA (5 TO 10 SQUARE FEE,I) SO THAT MORTAR WILL NOT "SET UP" BEFORE BRICKS ARE APPUED. B. SETTING THE BRICK: COMPLETELY COVER THE BACK OF THE BRICK WITH A i" THICK COATING OF MORTAR. PUSH THE BRICK ONTO THE MORTARED SURFACE UNTIL MORTAR OOZES OUT AROUND THE EDGES OF THE BRICK. 2. APPLYING NEAT CEMENT: A. A PASTE OF NEAT PORTLAND CEMENT SHALL BE BRUSHED ON THE WALL SURFACE AREA AND THE BACK OF THE BRICK. IN ADDITION, TYPE N MORTAR SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE WALL SURFACE AREA AND THE BACK OF THE BRICK. SUFFICIENT MORTAR SHOULD BE USED TO CREATE A SUGHT EXCESS TO BE EXTRUDED OUT AROUND THE EDGES OF THE BRICK. PRESS BRICK INTO PLACE TO ENSURE A FULL MORTAR BED BETWEEN THE BRICKS AND THE WALL SURFACE AREA. THE RESULTING THICKNESS OF MORTAR IN BACK OF THE BRICK SHOULD BE NO LESS THAN i" NOR MORE THAN 11 ". GROUTING AND FINISHING: WATT UNTIL MORTAR IS "THUMB PRINT" DRY AND CRUMBLY, THEN COMPACT AND SMOOTH MORTAR JOINTS WITH A JOINTING TOOL (SEE GROUTING AND FINISHING JOINTS.) WORKING WITH MASONRY ADHESIVE (INTERIOR ONLY): ON SOME INTERIOR PROJECTS, THE USE OF MASONRY ADHESIVE OFFERS A FAST AND EASY ALTERNATIVE TO MORTAR NOTE DO NOT WET BRICK WHEN INSTALLING WITH ADHESIVE. A. RECOMMENDED SURFACES: MASONRY ADHESIVE MAY BE APPLIED OVER MOST CLEAN AND STRUCTURALLY SOUND INTERIOR SURFACES SUCH AS PLYWOOD, DRYWALL, CONCRETE BLOCK AND CONCRETE. B. PREPARATION: WALLPAPER OR OTHER LOOSE SURFACE MATERIALS SHOULD BE REMOVED. SANDING MAY BE REQUIRED ON VERY SMOOTH SURFACES TO ACHIEVE A GOOD BONDING SURFACE. C. ALTERNATIVES: AS AN ALTERNATIVE, DRYWALL SHEATHING FASTENED TO THE WALL STUDS OVER EXISTING OR REMOVED SURFACE MATERIALS WILL PROVIDE AN INEXPENSIVE AND EFFECTIVE APPLICATION SUBSTRATE. DRYWALL JOINTS AND NAIL HOLES WILL NOT REQUIRE TAPING OR FILLING UNLESS REQUIRED BY BUILDING CODES. CULTURED BRICKtHINAB1CK VENEER) CONT'D: D. NON - RECOMMENDED SURFACES: MASONRY ADHESIVE 1S NOT RECOMMENDED FOR APPLICATION OVER SMOOTH TEXTURED TILE, METAL, WALLPAPER, SOME TYPES OF PAINT OR SURFACES THAT ARE CONTINUALLY DAMP. MASONRY ADHESIVE WITH GROUTED JOINT: SETTING BRICK WITH MASONRY ADHESIVE PLACE ADHESIVE AS PER ADHESIVE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ON THE BACK OF EACH BRICK. PRESS AND WIGGLE BRICKS INTO PLACE ON WALL, SURFACE UNTIL THEY BOTTOM OUT. SET BRICKS LEVEL AND PLUMB, COMPLETING ONE ROW AT A TIME. GROUT BETWEEN BRICKS USING A MORTAR BAG APPLYING CULTURED BRICK® THIN BRICK VENEER PRODUCTS: GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL METHODS OF INSTALLATION: A. TO ACHIEVE A PLEASING BLEND OF COLOR AND TEXTURE, USE BRICK FROM SEVERAL BOXES AT A TIME. B. IF YOUR APPUCATION REQUIRES CORNER PIECES, START EACH COURSE BY APPLYING CORNER PIECES FIRST. NOTICE THAT THE CORNER PIECES HAVE A LONG AND A SHORT LEG. ALTERNATE THESE IN OPPOSITE DIRECTIONS. C. INSIDE CORNERS: WHEN USING A RUNNING BOND, SET FULL BRICKS TO HALF BRICKS AT INSIDE CORNERS ALTERNATING LENGTHS IN EACH COURSE. D. START AT END OF WALL AND COMPLETE ONE HORIZONTAL COURSE OF BRICK. IF A RUNNING BOND 15 DESIRED, ALTERNATE FULL- AND HALF- LENGTH BRICKS IN RELATION TO THE COURSE BELOW. E. WORK ACROSS THE SURFACE AREA ONE ROW AT A TIME, ADJUST SPACING TO ELIMINATE UNNECESSARY TRIMMING. KEEP COURSES LEVEL AND PLUMB BY USING A CARPENTER'S LEVEL TO CHECK EACH COURSE AS IT 15 LAID. F. CUTTING AND TRIMMING: MAKE HALF BRICKS BY SCORING THE BACK SIDE WITH A HACKSAW AND SNAPPING THE BRICK IN HALF. GROUTING AND FINISHING JOINTS: GROUTING JOINTS WITH MORTAR: IF REQUIRED, USE A GROUT BAG TO FILL ANY UNMORTARED SPACES BETWEEN THE BRICKS. FINISHING JOINTS: WHEN THE MORTAR JOINTS HAVE BECOME FIRM "THUMB PRINT" DRY, THEY SHOULD BE POINTED UP WITH A METAL JOINTING TOOL RAKE OUT EXCESS MORTAR, COMPACT AND SEAL EDGES AROUND BRICKS. (SETTING TIME WILL VARY DEPENDING ON WALL SURFACEAND CLIMATIC CONDITIONS.) CLEANING FINISHED JOB: AT THE END OF THE WORK DAY, OR WHEN MORTAR IS SUFFICIENTLY SET UP, THE FINISHED JOB SHOULD BE BROOMED OR BRUSHED TO REMOVE LOOSE MORTAR AND TO CLEAN THE FACE OF THE BRICK. A WET BRUSH SHOULD NEVER BE USED TO TREAT THE MORTAR JOINTS AS THIS MAY CAUSE STAINING THAT WILL BE DIFFICULT, OR IMPOSSIBLE, TO REMOVE. DO NOT USE ACID OR ACID -BASED PRODUCTS TO REMOVE MORTAR. INCORPORATE GOOD BUILDING PRACTICES: MAKE SURE THAT THE APPLICATION OF CULTURED BRICK® THIN BRICK VENEER PRODUCTS AND THE STRUCTURE THEY ARE BEING APPUED TO INCORPORATE GOOD BUILDING PRACTICES. ON EXTERIOR APPUCATIONS, IMPROPER INSTALLATION OR ABSENCE OF FLASHING, CANT STRIPS, GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS MAY RESULT IN UNDESIRABLE DIVERSION OF WATER RUN -OFF ONTO FINISHED SURFACE AREAS. MASONRY AND OTHER BUILDING PRODUCTS SUBJECTED TO THESE CONDITIONS MAY DEVELOP STAINING. WHEN THIS IS COMBINED WITH SEVERE FREEZE -THAW CONDITIONS, IT MAY EVENTUALLY CAUSE DAMAGE. THE APPLICATION OF CULTURED BRICK® THIN BRICK VENEER PRODUCTS UNDER THESE CONDITIONS IS NOT RECOMMENDED. FOR CULTURED STONE® BRAND PRODUCTS AND SERVICES, VISIT WWW.CULTUREDSTONE_COM OR CALL 1 -800- 255 -1727. Dio5.0549 & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: AKS ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : SHEET NO. : c , FR 1 Q 7f lli_3 SHEET TITLE : ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS ASIO2 A A SYMBOL DESCRIPTION HW DOMESTIC HOT WATER CW DOMESTIC COLD WATER SAN SANITARY WASTE TP TRAP PRIMER FD _a. FLOOR DRAIN _ ..,_. a _._ FFD FUNNEL FLOOR DRAIN � Now- wwww WC w ��..E.P.wr WATER CLOSET LAV LAVATORY EWH ELECTRIC WATER HEATER CO CLEAN OUT AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR NTS NOT TO SCALE LL LANDLORD PC PLUMBING CONTRACTOR GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR 3" COLD WATER LINE 2 FFD HOT WATER LINE - - - SANITARY WASTE LINE • - - - -- V - - - -- SANITARY VENT LINE ITEM DESCRIPTION HW CW WASTE VENT F.U. WC WATER CLOSET - 1/2" 4" 2" 6 LAV LAVATORY 1/T 1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/T 2 EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER - 1/2" 1 -1/2" 1 -1/2" 1 FD FLOOR DRAIN - - 3" 1 - 1/2" 2 FFD FUNNEL FLOOR DRAIN - - 3" 1-1/T 2 PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL FIXTURES IN THIS SCHEDULE OR THEIR APPROVED EQUIVALENT: A 5 G D E F WATER CLOSET (WC) KOHLER NO. K -3493 "HIGHLINE" (PRESSURE LITE) ELONGATED TOILET, VITREOUS CHINA WITH SIPHON ACTION BOWL, CLOSED COUPLED TANK WITH 1.4 GPF LOW CONSUMPTION, SPEED CONNECT TANK/BOWL COUPLING SYSTEM, 17 -1/8" RIM HEIGHT, LUSTRA NO. 4650 WITH OPEN FRONT SEAT WITH COVER. MOUNT FLUSH LEVER OPPOSITE FROM WALL. LAVATORY (LAV) KOHLER "SOHO" NO K -2054 WALL HUNG CAST IRON LAV, FRONT OVERFLOW, NO. K- 7305 -K/K- 16010 -5 FAUCET COMPLETE WITH MODEL NO. K -13885 OFFSET GRID DRAIN, 1 -1/4" TAIL PIECE AND 4" WRIST HANDLES. FURNISH AND INSTALL CHROME SUPPLY WITH WHEEL STOPS. FAUCET SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AERATING WATER SAVERS. (0.5 GPM MAXIMUM FLOW), INSULATE WATER AND WASTE PIPING UNDER LAVATORY WITH TRUEBRO "LAV GUARD2" #102E -Z. ROUGH IN 34" AFF TO RIM. WATER HEATER (EWH) "CHRONOMITE LABORITORIES" TANKLESS ELECTRIC WATER HEATER MODEL SR -20L, 57 °F RISE AT .5 GPM, FLOW SWITCH ACTIVATED, 6 "x9 "x2 -1/2" SIZE, WALL MOUNTED, U.L. LISTED, 4160 WATTS, 208/1/60 POWER AND STAINLESS STEEL HEATING COILS. FLOOR DRAIN (FD) " JOSAM" MODEL NO. 30000 -E CAST IRON BODY, ADJUSTABLE SATIN NIKALOY ROUND STRAINER AND TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION. SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. FLOOR CLEANOUT (CO) "JOSAM" MODEL NO. 5600 CAST IRON CLEANOUT WITH ROUND ADJUSTABLE POLISHED BRONZE TOP, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. TRAP PRIMER (TP) "SMITH" MODEL NO. 2699, TO BE USED ON FLOOR DRAINS AS SHOWN ( *) ON SANITARY WASTE ISOMETRIC & SUPPLIED BY NEAREST SINK, LAV OR WATER CLOSET. ELECTRIC WATER COOLER (EWC) SHALL BE ELKAY MODEL NO. EZS-4, BARRIER FREE WALL HUNG STAINLESS STEEL RECEPTOR, PUSH -BAR OPERATED BUBBLER, STAINLESS STEEL CABINET, 4.0 GPH CAPACITY, 3.7 FLA, 325 RATED WATTS. NOTE: REQUIRE 4" HIGH WATER STREAM FOR USE WITH CUP DISPENSER. 1-1 FUNNEL FLOOR DRAIN (FFD) " JOSAM" MODEL NO. 30000 -E2 CAST IRON BODY, ADJUSTABLE SATIN NIKALOY ROUND STRAINER WITH ROUND FUNNEL AND TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION. SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. TIE NEW 2" VENT LINE INTO 1/2" CW TO INSTANT. WATER HEATER CEWI -I -C) WITH 1/2" I-1W TO LAV. 1/2„ 1/2' L AV -; n TIE NEW 3/4" CW LINE INTO LL PROVIDED CW STUB IN CEILING SPACE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. 2 WATER PIPING ISOMETRIC P 1 00 SCALE: NONE 1- 1/2'-N . - j-J -I/2" EWC I 13 I 1 -1/2" 1 -1/2" TIE NEW 4" SAN. INTO LL PROVIDED SAN. STUB BELOW FLOOR VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. 3/4' A 1 -1/2" 2' 1 -1/2" 1 -1/2" -)� \_ n 3/4" TRAP PRI1" IER -F W/ 1/2" CW TO FD. LL PROVIDED VENT STUB IN CEILING SPACE. VERIFY 2 � 1 -1/2 " 3 EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. 1 *3" FD 1 D 4 " *TRAP PRIMER 4" 3 SANITARY WASTE ISOMETRIC P100 SCALE: NONE 311 1 2" WG A CO A GENERAL NOTES: 1. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HELD TO HAVE REVIEWED ALL SHEETS OF THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PERFORMING ALL WORK INDICATED ON ANY SHEET. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING HIS WORK WITH THE WORK OF OTHERS. 2. REFER TO SHEET P200 FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES, NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS. 3. DO NOT ATTACH HANGERS TO DECK ABOVE. SUPPORT PIPING FROM STRUCTURAL FRAMING ONLY. 4. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS AT WATER CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURE GROUPS. 5. ALL PLUMBING WORK TO BE PERFORMED IN COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AND LANDLORD CRITERIA. 6. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO INSULATE ALL HOT & COLD WATER PIPING PER P200. 7. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL ALL PIPING WITHIN CHASE WALLS. NO PIPING IS PERMITTED WITHIN DEMISING WALLS. 8. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT RUN PIPING OVER ELECTRICAL PANELS. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO STARTING WORK 9. NO PLASTIC PIPING IS PERMITTED. 10. PROVIDE AND NECESSARY SAW CUTTING OF CONRETE FLOORS, EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS DIVISION. AFTER THE PIPE HAS BEEN INSTALLED, TESTED AND APPROVED, THE TRENCHES SHALL BE BACKFILLED AND WELL TAMPED TO GRADE WITH APPROVED MATERIAL. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL REPOUR THE FLOOR. 11. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO DRAWING M200 FOR MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 12. WATER METER: PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE INSTALLATION JOF CLARKS WATER METER AS SHOWN ON WESTFIELD'S DRAWINGS. 13. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL A REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER ON WATER SERVICE WITHIN TENANT SPACE PRIOR TO MAKING ANY OTHER CONNECTIONS TO THE WATER SERVICE PIPING. 14. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD ALL BELOW GRADE WORK PRIOR TO ANY SLAB DEMOLITION. PC SHALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD TO PROVIDE OPPORTUNITY FOR SPECIAL INSPECTION AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION BY LANDLORD OF BELOW GRADE WORK PRIOR TO THE COVERING UP OF SUCH WORK. PC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR RECONSTRUCTION AND PATCHING OF THE SLAB -ON -GRADE SYSTEM, INCLUDING GRAVEL LAYERS, VAPOR BARRIER, AND CONCRETE. 15. WATER PIPING SHALL BE "TYPE L" HARD COPPER TUBE ABOVE GRADE AND "TYPE K" SOFT COPPER TUBE BELOW GRADE. 16. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE CAST IRON WITH NO HUB" COUPLINGS. 17. A LANDLORD PROVIDED CAPPED SANITARY VENT CONNECTION I5 LOCATED WITHIN OR ADJACENT TO THE TENANT SPACE IN CEILING, VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO EXTEND FROM TENANT SPACE TO POINT OF CONNECTION AT TENANT EXPENSE. 3" FFD © � PC T COOK. EXACT LOCATION i ii OF NEW 3" FFD-1-1 WITH NEW 3 SPRINKLER SYSTEM TEST STATION. EXTEND 4 CONN. NEW 3" SAN. INTO NEW 4" SAN. LINE BELOW FLOG r~ 1/2 INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER (EWH -C) LAV n 1/2" CW LINE DOWN W/ 1/2" CW TO LAV -B. TIE NEW 2" VENT LINE INTO LL PROVIDED VENT STUB IN 2 „ CEILING SPACE. VERIFY 1 -1/2" EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD.��� TIE NEW 4" SAN. INTO LL PROVIDED SAN. STUB BELOW FLOOR VERIFY 4 " EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD.— TIE NEW 3/4" CW LINE INTO LL PROVIDED CW STUB IN CEILING SPACE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. P100 a 3 3/4"i 4" 3/4" CW DN IN WALL W/ 1/2" CW TO WC -A 4 1/2" CW TO TP -F. — n 3" SCALE: 1/2 " =1' - 0" 1 -1/2" FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE I l 3/4 " 3" FD Z 4" 1 PLUMBING SYMBOL LEGEND 3/4" 3 11 co n WC ,4 El 1 PARTIAL PLUMBING PLAN Dob osof 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 - 6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: POD & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : A 02 -13 -08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS SHEET NO. : P100 -AKS FEB 1 g 7nna I • L6 ..,.e a ° 7 SHEET TITLE : PARTIAL PLUMBING PLAN / DETAILS FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS L. POST SIGNS AT ANY DRAIN VALVE. A. EXISTING— SPRINKLER SYSTEM: SHALL BE MODIFIED FROM LANDLORD'S EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR THE PREMISES. SPRINKLER SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL BE UCENSED IN THIS AREA TO PERFORM WORK AND APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD. ALL WORK SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR ONE (1) YEAR AND CERTIFIED BY STATE FIRE MARSHALL. NOTE: ALL REWORK SHALL BE BY LANDLORD'S SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR AND BACK CHARGED TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR TO OWNER DIRECT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. B. FURNISH, INSTALL, EXTEND AS REQUIRED, TO PROVIDE A SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR THE NEW CEILING IN THE PREMISES TO INCLUDE ALL PIPING AND ACCESSORIES PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL APPLICABLE CODES, NFPA -13, NFPA -71, NFPA -72A, LANDLORD AND LANDLORD'S FIRE AND CASUALTY INSURER. C. ALL PIPING, ROD SIZES FOR ALL HANGERS, SHALL BE DESIGNED AND INSTALLED PER NFPA -13 ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP II SCHEDULE AND A HYDRAULICALLY DESIGNED SYSTEM 15 REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD. CRITERIA FOR SYSTEM DESIGN SHALL BE: DENSITY — SALES .18 GPM PER SQ.FT., STOCK .18 GPM PER SQ.FT. FIRE AREA — MOST REMOTE 2500 SQ.FT. CLASSIFICATION GROUP 11 ORDINARY HAZARD. OBTAIN FLOW AND PRESSURE SUPPLIED AT TENANT SPACE CONNECTION FROM LANDLORD. D. MAXIMUM SPACING OF SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE 130 SQ.FT. PER HEAD IN SALES AREA AND 100 SQ.FT. PER HEAD IN STORAGE AREAS. E. SALES AREA AND SHOWCASE SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE FULLY RECESSED (CONCEALED) PENDANT SPRINKLER HEADS, 165'F TEMPERATURE RATING, BY GRINNELL CORP., GEM #F946 OR EQUAL, CONVERT PLATES TO MATCH THE COLOR OF THE ADJACENT SURFACES, FACTORY TO PAINT HEAD COVERS TO ENSURE FM & UL RATINGS, COORDINATE COLOR WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR & ARCHITECT. F. SPRINKLER SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN FROM LANDLORD THE LANDLORD'S FIRE AND CASUALTY INSURER'S NAME, ADDRESS, AND PROJECT INDEX NUMBER. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FOUR (4) SETS OF PRINTS AND ONE SET OF SEPIA DRAWINGS OF SPRINKLER DESIGN INCLUDING HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS TO LANDLORD'S FIRE AND CASUALTY INSURER FOR APPROVAL. UPON APPROVAL AND BEFORE INSTALLATION, SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL FORWARD ONE (1) REPRODUCIBLE SEPIA OF THE APPROVED DESIGN AND THREE (3) BLUE LINE PRINTS, WHICH SHALL HAVE THE LANDLORD'S INSURER'S APPROVAL STAMP, TO THE LANDLORD FOR LANDLORD'S APPROVAL AND RECORDS. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN ALL OTHER APPROVALS FROM APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES AND SUBMIT APPROVED PRINTS TO LANDLORD FOR LANDLORD'S RECORDS. G. REIMBURSE LANDLORD FOR COSTS OF DRAINING AND REFILLING LANDLORD'S SPRINKLER SYSTEM WHERE SAME IS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. H. ALL OTHER CODE OR LANDLORD REQUIRED FIRE PREVENTION SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE INCORPORATED AS PART OF THIS SCOPE OF WORK. I. THE MALL MANAGEMENT, CENTRAL STATION CONTRACTOR, LANDLORD'S FIRE AND CASUALTY INSURER, AND THE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT MUST BE NOTIFIED AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO MAKING ANY MODIFICATIONS TO THE EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM(S). WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED SO THAT ONLY ONE (1) RISER OR BULKMAIN IS SHUT —DOWN FOR ANY GIVEN TIME. SPRINKLER SYSTEM(S) SERVICE SHALL BE RESTORED TO THE AREAS AFFECTED AT THE END OF EACH WORKING DAY DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. NOTE: IN ORDER TO CLEAR ALARMS, CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT SECURITY OR MALL MANAGEMENT SUPERVISOR AT LEAST 60 MINUTES PRIOR TO ANY DRAIN DOWN. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMAIN FOR ONE HOUR AFTER THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN FILLED TO CHECK FOR LEAKS OR OTHER PROBLEMS. J. PIPING TEST — ALL ABOVE GRADE PIPING INSTALLED BY THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE TESTED AT A PRESSURE OF 200 LBS. HYDROSTATIC FOR TWO (2) HOURS AND ALL NOTICEABLE LEAKS TO BE REPAIRED UNTIL TIGHT. K. ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR TO LANDLORD'S SPRINKLER SYSTEM WILL BE REPAIRED BY LANDLORD AT SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR EXPENSE. M. PIPING SHALL BE STANDARD WEIGHT SCHEDULE 40, BLACK STEEL PIPE CONFORMING TO ASTM STANDARDS A- 120 -73 AND FITTINGS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR SPRINKLER SYSTEMS AS DEFINED IN SECTION 2 -5 NFPA 13. N. SPRINKLERS MUST BE INSTALLED IN THE TOILET ROOMS AS WELL AS AT THE CEILING OR ROOF ABOVE. 0. SPRINKLER SYSItM IS EXISTING. THE FOLLOWING SHALL BE ADHERED TO: 1. THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE SHOP DRAWINGS INDICATING THE EXISTING PIPING AND HEADS WITH DIMENSIONS, ELEVATIONS AND SIZES ALONG WITH ANY INTENDED REVISIONS TO THE EXISTING SYSTEM. 2. NEW PIPING SHALL MATCH EXISTING. 3. IF REPLACING OLD HEADS WITH NEW, HEADS SHALL BE APPROVED BY FACTOR MUTUAL FOR ORDINARY HAZARD, GROUP OCCUPANCY. P. A CLEARANCE OF 36" MUST BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN THE SPRINKLER HEADS AND THE TOPS OF STOCK. Q. SPRINKLER HEADS MUST BE INSTALLED ABOVE AND BELOW MEZZANINES, DOUBLE DECK STOCK AREAS, BEHIND CURTAIN WALLS, UNDER CORNICES WITH SOLID TOPS THAT ARE WIDER THAN 2' -6" AND IN SHOW WINDOWS. IF SHOW WINDOWS ARE NOT VENTILATED, USE 212 DEGREE HEADS. R. THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENT FOR SPRINKLER DESIGN SHALL BE NFPA 13 LATEST EDITION, FACTORY MUTUAL DATA SHEET LATEST EDITION, LANDLORD CRITERIA, LOCAL AND STATE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. THE MOST STRINGENT SHALL APPLY. 5. TEST SHALL BE WITNESSED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND WRITTEN CERTIFICATION OF SUCCESSFUL TESTING SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO BE REQUIRED TO PERFORM ALL OTHER TESTS REQUIRED BY THE PREVIOUS SPECIFIED AGENCY HAVING AUTHORITY. FIRE PROTECTION NOTES 1. LANDLORD WILL PROVIDE A TENANT FIRE SERVICE MAIN WITH BRANCH PIPING STUBBED INTO TENANT SPACE. LANDLORD'S SPRINKLER SYSTEM I5 DESIGNED PER ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 2 AND THE LATEST REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA -13. NO ISOLATION VALVES WILL BE PROVIDED OR PERMITTED. 2. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT A FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO LANDLORD'S SPRINKLER SYSTEM WITHIN THE DEMISED PREMISES USING APPROVED MECHANICAL FITTINGS. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL BRANCH PIPING AND SPRINKLERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM WITHIN THE TENANT SPACE. TENANT'S SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGNS SHALL BE BASED UPON THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT. TENANT SHALL ENGAGE THE SERVICES OF A LANDLORD PREFERRED FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR TO DESIGN, PERMIT AND INSTALL TENANT'S FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BASE BUILDING DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS. SPRINKLER LAYOUT AND PIPE SIZE SHALL BE HYDRAULICALLY DESIGNED ACCORDING TO ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 2 AND THE LATEST REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA -13. 3. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS IN THE FORWARD SELLING ARE ARE TO BE CONCEALED POP OFF COVER TYPE. 4. ALL SUPPORTS SHALL BE FROM STRUCTURAL BEAMS AND JOISTS, NOT FROM FLOOR OR ROOF DECK ABOVE. 5. TENANTS CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AN INSPECTORS TEST CONNECTION, PIPED TO A FUNNEL DRAIN, (WITH WET TRAP), MOUNTED 3' -0" A.F.F. INSTALL A 1 CORROSION RESISTANT SHUT —OFF VALVE. 6. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL A VANE TYPE WATERFLOW DETECTOR IN THE MAIN SPRINKLER LINE IMMEDIATELY AFTER CONNECTION TO THE LANDLORD'S MAIN, WHICH IS CONNECTED TO THE LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS A. CONNECT SEWER, VENTS, AND WATER LINES AS INDICATED ON THE PLUMBING PLANS. DETERMINE THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING SERVICE CONNECTIONS BEFORE STARTING THE INSTALLATION OF ANY WORK. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, THE MALL'S PERSONNEL AND THE OWNER'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. B. PLUMBING WORK SHALL CONFORM TO GOOD ENGINEERING PRACTICE AND BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE PLUMBING CODES AND LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO INSTALL THE SANITARY, VENTS, EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, INSULATION, ETC...AS SHOWN ON THE PLUMBING DRAWINGS & IN THE SPECIFICATION FOR A COMPLETE PLUMIBING SYSTEM. C. SANITARY SEWERS AND VENTS INSIDE OF THE BUILDING SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON, NO —HUB WITH APPROVED JOINTS FOR 2" AND OVER, GALVANIZED WROUGHT IRON CAST FITTINGS OR TYPE DWV COPPER WITH CAST COPPER I-11 IINGS WITH SOLDERED JOINTS FOR 2" AND LESS. PLASTIC PIPING SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED DUE TO CEILING PLENUM RETURN. D. ALL COLD AND HOT WATER UNES SHALL BE TYPE 'L' COPPER WITH 98 -2 TIN ANTIMONY SOLDER. E. INSULATE ALL NEW HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING, EXISTING DAMAGED PIPE INSULATION, ETC., WITH NONCOMBUSTIBLE ARMSTRONG "ARMAFLEX" TYPE II FOAM INSULATION WITH SEALED JOINTS OR WITH OWENS CORNING FIBERGLASS ASJ /SSL —II HEAVY DENSITY (K =.26) PIPE INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER AND SEALED JOINTS. INSULATION THICKNESS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: F. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL SHOCK ABSORBERS J.R. SMITH HYDROTROL IN PIPING SYSTEM TO PREVENT NOISE AND DAMAGE DUE TO WATER HAMMER, WHERE NECESSARY. BRANCH PIPING SHALL HAVE ACCESSIBLE SERVICE VALVES. PROVIDE SHUT —OFF VALVES IN THE SUPPLY PIPING TO EVERY FIXTURE. HOT & COLD WATER BRANCH PIPING UP TO 3/4" 1/2" THICKNESS HOT & COLD WATER MAIN PIPING UP TO 1" 1" THICKNESS G. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 2 SETS OF 'AS— BUILT' DRAWINGS TO THE OWNER. H. CHLORINATION OF WATER PIPING: THE DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE FLUSHED WITH CLEAN POTABLE WATER UNTIL CONTAMINATED WATER DOES NOT APPEAR AT THE OUTLET CONT AND SHALL BE FILLED WITH A SOLUTION CONTAINING 50 PARTS PER MILLION OF CHLORINE AND ALLOWED TO STAND FOR A PERIOD (AS PRESCRIBED BY THE CODE) BEFORE FLUSHING. THE SYSTEM SHALL BE FLUSHED COMPLETELY WITH CLEAR WATER UNTIL ALL RESIDUAL CHLORINE CONTENT IS REMOVED. CHLORINATION SHALL BE PERFORMED AFTER ALL PIPING AND FINAL CONNECTIONS AND PRESSURE TESTING HAS BEEN COMPLETED. IF, AFTER THE PIPES HAVE BEEN CHLORINATED, THE PIPES HAVE TO BE DISMANTLED, THE CHLORINATION PROCESS MUST BE REPEATED. I. LABOR SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A WORKMANLIKE MANNER BY MECHANICS SKILLED IN THEIR PARTICULAR TRADE. PIPE AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED SQUARE AND PLUMB AND ACCESSIBLE FOR PROPER OPERATION AND SERVICE. J. PIPING 1. ALL PIPING SHALL BE RUN CONCEALED EXCEPT WHERE SHOWN OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. 2. VALVES, TRAPS, CLEANOUTS AND OTHER APPARATUS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN AN EASILY ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. 3. SOIL WASTE, VENT, OFFSETS AND HOUSE DRAINS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A MINIMUM UNIFORM GRADE OF 1/4" TO THE FOOT. 4. HOT AND COLD WATER LINES SHALL BE AT LEAST 12" APART WHERE PIPING IS PARALLEL. 5. ESCUTCHEON PLATES SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE ALL PIPE PASSES THROUGH A FINISHED WALL. 6. CONNECTIONS FROM STEEL TO COPPER PIPING SHALL BE MADE WITH DIELECTRIC TYPE UNIONS, EPCO OR OTHER APPROVED TYPE. K. COPPER PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT INTERVALS NOT TO EXCEED 7' —O" AND AT EACH CHANGE IN HORIZONTALS OR VERTICAL. HANGERS SHALL SUPPORT PIPING AT PIPE WITH INSULATION OVER TOP OR WITH METAL SLEEVE TO PROTECT INSULATION FROM BEING CRUSHED. 1. HANGER SHIELD- HANGERS FOR PIPING SHALL BE PLACED AROUND THE OUTSIDE OF THE INSULATION AND PROTECTIVE SHIELDS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT EVERY HANGER LOCATION. SHIELD SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 2/3 THE CIRCUMFERENCE OF THE INSULATION AND WHERE SPEED CLIPS ARE USED, THE METAL SHIELD SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AROUND THE CIRCUMFERENCE OF THE PIPE INSULATION. SHIELDS SHALL BE FABRICATED OF THE FOLLOWING GAUGES: NOMINAL PIPE SIZE METAL GAUGE 0" -- 3/4" 20 L. CLEAN OUT ALL LINES, ADJUST ALL VALVES AND CLEAN ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT. ROUT OUT ALL EXISTING SANITARY SEWERS WITHIN SPACE BEING TIED INTO TO INSURE THE PROPER FLOW. M. AFTER THE PLUMBING PIPING HAS BEEN INSTALLED, INSPECTED AND APPROVED, THE PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE FLUSHED TO REMOVE ANY FOREIGN MATTER FROM THE PIPES. N. ALL PARTS OF THE PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR THROUGHOUT THE GUARANTEE PERIOD OF ONE YEAR AFTER FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE BUILDING. 0. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM: DEMOLITION 1. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL STOPS, TRAPS, ESCUTCHEONS, CONNECTIONS, ETC., AS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 2. TERMINATE ALL WATER ROUGH —INS WITH SHUT —OFF VALVES BEFORE CONNECTING EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES. 3. PURGE ALL WATER UNES BEFORE MAKING FINAL CONNECTIONS. 4. WATER AND WASTE LINES TO BE ROUGHED INSIDE WALLS: EXTEND WATER AND WASTE LINES OUT OF WALLS TO EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES. 5. WHERE THE WORK "FURNISH" OR "INSTALL" APPEARS FOR THE PLUMBING CONTRACT, IT SHALL BE INTERPRETED TO MEAN THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES NECESSARY TO INSTALL AND PLACE IN OPERATION CONDITION. 6. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL TRUEBRO "HANDI LAV— GUARD" INSULATION KIT MODEL #102 WITH #105 ACCESSORY TO BE INSTALLED ON THE LAVATORY WATER AND WASTE LINE PER THE LATEST REQUIREMENTS OF A.D.A. NOTES PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL EXPOSED SANITARY, VENT, WATER PIPING, ETC... NOT REUSED FOR THE NEW SPACE LAYOUT. PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES ALL PIPING, CLAMPS, SUPPORTS, ETC., SHALL BE FASTENED TO JOISTS OR BEAMS. DO NOT ATTACH ANYTHING DIRECTLY TO THE DECK OR DUCTWORK ABOVE. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY A UCENSED FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR TO MODIFY THE EXISTING OR INSTALL NEW AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER FOR THIS TENANT SPACE. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NFPA, UL, AND FM APPROVED. THE EXISTING SYSTEM SAHLL BE MODIFIED PER NFPA REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO FIRE PROTECTION DESIGN CRITERIA NOTES. REVIEW NEW CEILING HEIGHTS AND ADJUST ALL PIPING AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMODATE NEW DESIGN. 05 a () IL I & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT DRAWN BY: POD ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : A 02 -13 -08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS SHEET NO. : P200 r . SHEET TITLE : PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS -AKS FEB 192Cti DESIG. MAKE MODEL AREA SERVED SERVICE CFM ESP MOTOR HP SERVED MAX. SOUND LEVEL FAN TYPE WEIGHT REMARKS EF -1 COOK "GEMINI" GC -320 TOILET ROOM EXHAUST 120 .375 75 WATTS 120V/1/60 4.1 SONES CEILING MOUNTED 25 LBS. MOUNTED IN DECK ABOVE TOILET ROOM IN JOIST AT 16" D.C., AUTOMATIC BACKDRAFT DAMPER, INTEGRAL ALUMINUM EXHAUST GRILLE. DESIG. MAKE MODEL SIZE M ' ' CFM MAX N.C. DAMPER FINISH REMARKS A TITUS OMNI 813 250 30 AG -75 PAINT TO MATCH CL'G. LAY -IN 24 "x24" PANEL B TITUS OMNI 8 "3 250 30 AG -75 PAINT TO MATCH CL'G. SURFACE MOUNTED FRAME TRM (LAY -IN 12 "x12" PANEL) C TITUS OMNI 15 "0 1000 30 NONE PAINT TO MATCH CL'G. LAY -IN 24 "x24" PANEL (RETURN) D TITUS OMNI 12 "0 500 30 NONE TO PAINT MATCH CL'G. LAY-IN (RETU RNN) ) X24" PANEL (RETURN) DUCT SYSTEM SMACNA PRESSURE CLASS SMACNA SEAL CLASSMATERIAL DUCT SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK DOWNSTREAM OF FPB 2" A GALVANIZED STEEL SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK UPSTREAM OF FPB 4" A GALVANIZED STEEL EXHAUST AIR DUCTWORK 1" C GALVANIZED STEEL • G ABOVE FINISHED GRADE FPB FAN POWERED BOX S w UPPLY AIR W � RA RETURN AIR EA EXHAUST AIR GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PC PLUMBING CONTRACTOR EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR LL LANDLORD SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSERS a RETURN AIR REGISTER 7 EXHAUST FAN 0 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER OS SENSOR MECHANICAL NOTES: 1. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS SHALL BE HELD TO HAVE REVIEWED ALL SHEETS OF THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PERFORMING ALL WORK INDICATED ON ANY SHEET. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING THEIR WORK WITH THE WORK OF OTHERS. 2. REFER TO SHEET M200 FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES, NOTES AND SHEET M3 FOR SPECIFICATIONS. 3. REFER TO SHEET A200 FOR LOCATION OF DIFFUSERS IN THE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN, AND FIRE RATING NOTES. 4. COORDINATE ALL NEW DUCT ROUTING AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS WITH EXISTING BUILDING CONDITIONS 5. THE DUCTWORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY STRAP HANGERS AROUND DUCTWORK. DO NOT SUPPORT DUCTWORK FROM METAL DECK. 6. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO STARTING WORK AND ADJUST DUCTWORK, ETC... TO CORRESPOND TO THE EXISTING CONDITION REQUIREMENTS. 7. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR MOUNTING FRAME FOR DIFFUSER 'B'. 8. TENANT SHALL FURNISH TWO (2) COPIES OF A CERTIFIED INDEPENDENT TEST & BALANCE REPORT BY LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED CONTRACTOR TO LANDLORD. 9. ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND ETC. EXPOSED INSIDE BUILDING SHALL BE PAINTED WITH COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. 10. HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS IN FIELD BEFORE CONSTRUCTION. 11. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED OFFSETS FOR DUCTWORK. HVAC SYMBOL LEGEND SYMBOL AFF DESCRIPTION ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR SCHEDULE NUMBER CFM UNDERCUT DOOR BY GC EXTEND NEW 8"x6" EA DUCT INTO LL PROVIDED EA MAIN. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. S "x6" 10 "x10" Al OUR Irr'M ii - _ NEW EF -1 (120 CFM) 20 "X16" NEW FP15-1. SET BOX TO DELIVER 2600 CFM. �r SENSOR LOCATION FOR FPB -1. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION W /ARCHITECT FOR CONFLICT WITH STORE FIXTURES_ 1S "x14" MECHANICAL NOTES: 12. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF CEILING DIFFUSERS AND REGISTERS. 13. PERFORM INSTALLATIONS IN ACCORDANCE TO LANDLORDS SPECIFICATIONS. 14. VAV BOX SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY A SENSOR THRU LANDLORD BMS. COOLING AIR VALVE SHALL MODULATE FROM FULL OPEN TO CLOSED TO MAINTAIN SETPOINT. 15. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD FOR THE PURCHASE OF SENSOR FOR THE NEW VAV BEING INSTALLED. 16. PROVIDE RELAYS AND ALL EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED FOR CONNECTION TO LANDLORD SYSTEM. 17. VAV SHALL BE MOUNTED ABOVE CEILING USING ALL THREADED RODS & SPRING VIBRATION ISOLATORS.. 18. ANY SYSTEM OR COMPONENTS THAT ARE NOT REUSED SHALL BE REMOVED. 19. EF -1 EXHAUST FAN SHALL BE OPERATED FROM TOILET ROOM WALL LIGHT SWITCH WITH DELAY TIMER TO PROVIDE INTERMITENT OPERATION. 20. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO DRAWING M200 FOR EQUIPMENT MODEL NUMBER, ACCESSORIES & CONTACT INFORMATION. UNITS SHALL BE ORDERED AS S • ON AS CONTRACTS ARE AWARDED. 21. DO NOT ATTACH ANYTHING DIRECTLY TO SLAB OR ROOF DECK ABOVE. / \ EXIST. LL PROVIDED 10 ". EA MAIN. s " s 1 f EXTEND 4 CONNECT NEW 16 ". SA DUCT INTO EXIST. 20 "+ SA DUCT STUB PROVIDED BY LL. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. EXIST. LL PROVIDED 22 ". EA MAIN. FAN SCHEDULE DUCTWORK SCHEDULE NOTE: ALL DUCTWORK SIZES ARE AIRWAY DIMENSIONS f EXIST. LL PROVIDED 24 "x14" SA MAIN. 10 "x10" 1/2" UNDERCUT DOOR 13Y GC. FLEX CONN. (TYPICAL) • r HI �- EXIST. LL PROVIDED 26"x22" SA MAIN. NOTE: RETURN AIR WILL BE THRU RETURN AIR PLENUM. ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL PROVIDE MATERIALS SUITABLE FOR PLENUM APPLICATIONS. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR 6" MINIMUM CLEAR I-IEIC 1-IT ABOVE COMMON DEMISING WALL 4 STRUCTURE TO ALLOW RETURN AIR BACK TO LANDLORD UNIT. f -Jr C• [CT 10". DIFFUSER, REGISTER, LOUVER SCHEDULE NOTE: MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR PAINTING OF SUPPLY DIFFUSERS AND RETURN GRILLES IN SALES AREA. c, (f) ( ) DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR IN SA DUCTWORK W /CONNECTION TO MALL'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM F• S1- 4UTDOWNL SA DUCTWORK TO RUN ABOVE CL'G SPACE. (TYPICAL) 10 ". 10 "0 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER (TYP.) DDS NOTE: MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD FOR SIZE 4 LOCATION OF TRANSFER AIR OPENING IN DEMISING WALLS FOR THE RETURN AIR TO MALL. 111 IIMMEi�� N sus - FFEXIBLE DUCT MAX. ENGTI -4 5' -0 ". (TYP.) a )- ME ( SCALE: J 89 HANICAL PLAN -. 1/4"=V-0" & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT DRAWN BY: POD ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : Q 02 -13 -08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS f: SHEET TITLE MECHANICAL PLAN SHEET NO. : M10 -AKS rrn 4 n nn nn 1 LU 1 0 LliUU CALCULATIONS: CLARKS - TUKWILA, WA DESIGN CONDITIONS: SUMMER: WINTER: PEOPLE: LIGHTS: RECEPTACLES MISCELLANEOUS TOTAL ROOM GAIN: VENTILATION AIR: TOTAL HEAT GAIN: INDOOR OUTDOOR 75 F DB /63 F WB 84F DB /65F WB INDOOR 70F DB THRU MALL SYSTEM AREAS: SALES AREAS STOCK LAVATORY TOTAL SPACE CFM /S.F. 1260 SQ.FT. 1205 SQ.FT. 60 SQ.FT. 2525 SQ.FT. 1.03 PEOPLE: 17 - BASED ON 75 SQ.FT. /PERSON IN SALES AREA VENTILATION: 510 CFM BASED ON .30 CFM /SF SALES & .15 CFM /SF STOCK HEAT GAIN FACTOR QUANTITY SENSIBLE GAIN LATENT GAIN 250/200 17 4,250 BTU /HR 3.41 5,250 WATTS 17,903 BTU /HR 3.41 3,000 WATTS 10,230 BTU /HR 3.41 4,000 WATTS 13,640 BTU /HR 46,023 BTU /HR SUPPLY AIR CFM: ROOM SENSIBLE GAIN 1.085 x (75 - 55) OUTDOOR 21F DB 46,023 BTU /HR 21.7 AT 9F DB AT 49F DB S.F./TON 389 3,400 BTU /HR 3,400 BTU /HR 46,023 BTU /HR +- 3,400 BTU /HR 49,423 BTU /HR 4.1 TONS = 2121 CFM USE 2600 CFM MECHANICAL GENERAL A. CONTRACTOR ALSO REFERRED TO ALL ARCHITECTURAL, ELECTRICAL AND OTHER LANDLORD DRAWINGS PERTAINING TO PROJECT. ALL OF ABOVE MENTIONED DRAWINGS, AS WELL AS THEIR RESPECTIVE SPECIFICATIONS, ARE A PART OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. B. MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER, FURNISH ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE EVEN THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN BOTH. C. INSTALL AND CONNECT EQUIPMENT, SERVICES AND MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH BEST ENGINEERING PRACTICE AND ACCORDANCE WITH VARIOUS MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE AUXILIARY PIPING, VALVES, WATER SEALS, ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS, ETC., RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OR REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION. D. FURNISH MATERIAL OR LABOR WHICH IS NEITHER SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR CALLED FOR IN SPECIFICATIONS BUT WHICH IS OBVIOUSLY A COMPONENT PART OF AND NECESSARY TO COMPLETE WORK OF SIMILAR CHARACTER. E. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROCURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, LICENSES AND /OR LANDLORD FEES, BACKCHARGES, ETC., REQUIRED TO CARRY OUT THIS WORK. HE SHALL PAY FOR ALL CHARGES MADE BY INSPECTION. NOTE: ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL BE LICENSED IN THE STATE, CITY, ETC. & APPROVED BY LANDLORD TO PERFORM ALL NEW WORK. F. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, ALL LOCAL LEGAL REQUIREMENTS, AND MALL REQUIREMENTS. ALL LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS OF STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNING AGENCIES SHALL BE CONSIDERED A PART OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS AS FULLY AS IF WRITTEN HEREIN. NO EXTRA COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED FOR ANY CHANGES NECESSARY FOR CODE COMPLIANCE REGARDLESS OF THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED. G. WHEN WORK I5 COMPLETED, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL FROM THE RESPONSIBLE INSPECTION AGENCIES. H. TESTING OF ALL WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR. ALL APPARATUS, EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, ETC., SHALL FULLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. I. THE BID SHALL CONTEMPLATE THE FURNISHING AND INSTAWNG OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT, EXACTLY AS SPECIFIED OR SHOWN AS SIMILAR BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SUBMITTING ON SIMILAR EQUIPMENT WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH CHANGES IN ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND /OR ELECTRICAL TRADES DUE TO THE SIMILAR EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS SUBMITTED. NOTE: OTHER MANUFACTURERS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED IF EQUAL IN PHYSICAL & PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS, AND APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. J. INSTALL FINAL APPLICATION OF LUBRICATION OIL, AND ALL OTHER SUPPLIES NECESSARY TO PLACE THE EQUIPMENT IN OPERATION. K. CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE HIS WORK TO BE FREE FROM DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. L ALL POWER WIRING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DONE BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. FURNISH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WIRING DIAGRAMS FOR ALL ELECTRICALLY POWERED EQUIPMENT PROVIDED WITH THE CONTRACT WHICH SHALL INDICATE THE SERVICE REQUIRED AND ELECTRIC LOAD INVOLVED. M. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE BEFORE SUBMITTING BID AND MAKE ALL NECESSARY OBSERVATIONS, MEASUREMENTS, AND NOTE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH HIS WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED. NO EXTRA COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED FOR FAILURE TO DO S0. THIS CONTRACT INVOLVES REMODELING OF EXISTING BUILDING AND THEREFORE SHALL FIELD LOCATE EXISTING DUCTWORK, PIPING AND SEWERS BEFORE STARTING WORK. N. SUBMIT CERTIFIED SHOP DRAWINGS (COMPLETE WITH CONTRACTOR STAMP OF REVIEW & APPROVAL), CATALOG SHEETS FOR EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, 1/4" SCALE DUCTWORK LAYOUT AND WIRING DIAGRAMS IN SIX (6) COPIES TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW. EACH CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE TO DISTRIBUTE APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS TO ALL OTHER TRADES AFFECTED BY HIS WORK, EQUIPMENT, ETC., FOR COORDINATION. 0. ASSEMBLE AND SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT FOR SUBSEQUENT SUBMISSION TO THE OWNER, THREE (3) COMPLETE SETS OF OPERATIONS MANUALS AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS, COPY OF APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS OF FIXTURE CUTS WITH MANUFACTURER'S NAME AND MODEL NUMBER, EQUIPMENT GUARANTEES & WARRANTIES, ETC., FOR EACH ITEM FURNISHED. AS BUILT DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS, AFFIDAVIT OF WAIVER OF LIEN, OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS & SERVICE MANUALS, CERTIFICATE OF HVAC INSPECTION, SPARE PARTS GUARANTEES BEYOND ONE YEAR OF SERVICES, ETC. P. ALL CONTRACTORS MUST COORDINATE EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WITH ALL OTHER TRADES (GENERAL CONTRACTOR, PLUMBING CONTRACTOR, MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, ETC...) AFFECTED BY THAT PIECE OF EQUIPMENT (WEIGHTS, POWER REQUIREMENTS, VOLTAGES, ETC...) PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT AND AGAIN PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. NO EXTRA COMPENSATION WILL BE APPROVED IF COORDINATION IS NOT PERFORMED BY EACH RESPECTIVE CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR. Q. DRAWING & SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC IN. NATURE & ARE NOT INTENDED TO BE SCALED FOR DIMENSIONS. ALL DIMENSIONS SHALL BE TAKEN FROM CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT DRAWINGS & FROM THE STRUCTURE ITSELF BEFORE PERFORMING ANY WORK. R. CUTTING, PATCHING & FLASHING - THE HVAC & PLUMBING CONTRACTORS SHALL PERFORM ALL NECESSARY CUTTING, SUBSEQUENT PATCHING & REQUIRED FLASHING FOR ALL ITEMS NECESSARY FOR THIS PART OF THE CONTRACT TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. S. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN WRITING PRIOR TO THE LETTING OF THE CONTRACT. AFTER LETTING OF THE CONTRACT, THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, SHALL RECTIFY THE DISCREPANCY AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. HEATING, VENTI ATING 8c AIR CONDITIONING SPECIFICATIONS A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. IN RESPECT TO ALL MATERIALS REQUIRED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH MATERIALS MEETING AIEE, NEMA, NELA, ASME AND ASTM SPECIFICATIONS. THE INSTALLATION OF ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO ASHRAE GUIDE AND SMACNA SHEET METAL PROMOTION PLAN STANDARDS. MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND IN PERFECT CONDITION WHEN INSTALLED, AND SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM ALL INJURY UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE SYSTEM. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL TOOLS, SURPLUS MATERIALS AND DEBRIS OF ALL KINDS FROM HIS WORK AND LEAVE ALL IN A CLEAN, PERFECT CONDITION, FULLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ARCHITECT, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE OWNER WITH TWO (2) SETS OF "AS- BUILT" DRAWINGS. FURNISH ALL MATERIALS, TRANSPORTATION, RIGGING, HOISTING, ETC. TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM. ALL EQUIPMENT IS TO BE INSTALLED IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER, ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS AND GOOD PRACTICES. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES AND WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, OWNER'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE AND MALL PERSONNEL ALL TEMPERATURE CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE DONE BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL REQUIRED CONTROLS AND WIRING DIAGRAMS AND SHALL SUPERVISE INSTALLATION. SYSTEM IS TO BE AIR BALANCED BY AN INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED BALANCE COMPANY, TO INCLUDE DIFFUSER CFM, RETURN CFM AND EXHAUST CFM WITH TWO (2) REPORTS SUBMITTED TO THE LANDLORD AND ONE (1) REPORT TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. MAINTENANCE MANUALS TURNED OVER TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE. ALL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT ARE TO BE GUARANTEED FOR PARTS AND LABOR FOR ONE YEAR. I. DUCTWORK AND PLENUMS SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS PER SMACNA "DUCT CONSTRUCTION" CLASSIFICATION. DUCTWORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED PRIME SHEET METAL. J. SHEET METAL FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARDS SET FORTH IN LATEST EDITION OF THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND SMACNA STANDARDS UNLESS MODIFIED HEREIN. 2. DUCT DIMENSIONS ARE GROSS EXCEPT FOR UNED DUCTS WHERE DIMENSIONS ARE NET FREE AREA. 3. DUCT SIZES SHOWN ON THE PLANS ARE ACTUAL SHEET METAL INSIDE DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE ADHERED TO UNLESS JOB CONDITIONS REQUIRE ALTERATIONS. REVISIONS TO DUCT SIZES SHALL BE BASED ON THE "EQUAL FRICTION" METHOD. 4. ALL ELBOWS IN THE DUCT SYSTEM SHALL BE MADE WITH CENTERLINE RADIUS OF ONE AND ONE -HALF (1 1/2) TIMES THE TURNING WIDTH OF THE DUCT. WHERE SPACE PROHIBITS THE SPECIFIED MINIMUM RADIUS, SQUARE ELBOWS WITH DOUBLE RADIUS TURNING VANES SHALL BE INSTALLED. CHANGES IN DUCT SIZES SHALL BE 15'. DIVERGING AND 60'. CONTRACTING, FLOW MAXIMUM ANGLES. 5. THE GENERAL ROUTE OF THE DUCTS 15 SHOWN ON THE PLANS. THE EXACT ROUTE SHALL BE DETERMINED BY JOB CONDITIONS AND SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. ALL GRILLES, REGISTERS, DIFFUSERS, ETC., SHALL BE LOCATED SYMMETRICALLY WITH ELECTRIC LIGHT ARCHITECTURAL TREATMENT, ETC. 6. HANGERS TO BE 8 FT. CENTERS MAXIMUM & AT EACH CHANGE IN DIRECTION WITH 1" GAUGE MINIMUM STRAPS FOR DUCTS (BENT UNDER BOTTOM OF DUCT AND ATTACHED). DUCTWORK SHALL BE SEALED. 7. INSTALL DUCTWORK TIGHT TO BOTTOM OF STRUCTURAL STEEL OR AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. 8. NO FIBERGLASS DUCTBOARD WILL BE PERMIT I ED. K. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL MANUAL SPLITTER DAMPERS AND DEFLECTORS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR NECESSARY TO PROPERLY DISTRIBUTE AND BALANCE AIR. L. INSULATION SHALL. BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. ALL INSULATION, VAPOR BARRIER, JACKETS AND ADHESIVE USED FOR APPLYING INSULATION SHALL HAVE FIRE AND SMOKE HAZARD RATINGS AS Tt.siED UNDER ASTM -84, NFPA -255, AND U.L 723 NOT EXCEEDING A FLAME SPREAD 25 AND SMOKE DEVELOPED OF 50. 2. ALL CONCEALED SUPPLY AIR SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH OWENS- CORNING TYPE 150, 1 -1/2" DUCT WRAP (6.0 R- VALUE). TAPE ALL SEAMS WITH MINIMUM 2" WIDE TAPE. RETURN AIR DUCTWORK TO BE LINED WITH 1" ACOUSTIC LINING, OWENS- CORNING TYPE 300. THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY OF 0.24. 3. OTHER APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: MANSVILLE, KNAUF, CERTAINTEED M. PROVIDE BRANCH SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK WITH SPIN -IN TRUNK CONNECTIONS WITH AIR SCOOP AND VOLUME DAMPER OR 45 DEGREE ENTRY FITTINGS OR BELL MOUTH. N. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION AT THE INLET AND OUTLET OF THE AIR MOVING UNIT, EXHAUST FANS CONNECTED TO DUCTWORK. MATERIALS SHALL BE NON - COMBUSTIBLE TWELVE (12) OUNCES PER SQUARE YARD, NFPA -90A APPROVED. 0. FLEXIBLE INSULATED DUCT SHALL BE THERMAFLEX TYPE M -KE FACTORY ASSEMBLED DUCT CONSISTING OF COLD ROLLED FLAT STEEL SPRING, CONTINUOUS NON - PERFORATED INNER AIR SEAL LINER, 0.23 THERMAL CONDUCTANCE FIBERGLASS INSULATION, AND FIBERGLASS REINFORCED METAUZED FILM VAPOR BARRIER. DUCTS SHALL BE LISTED BY UL, CONFORM TO NFPA CLASS I WITH FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT OF 50 OR LESS. FLEXIBLE DUCTS SHALL BE PULLED TIGHT TO ELIMINATE SAGS AND KINKS. (SIMILAR MANUFACTURER: FLEXMASTER) HVAC E IPMENT SHALL BE FOLLOWS. FPB -1: NEW FAN POWERED VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOX. TRANE MODEL VPEF -1406, 14 "0 INLET, 1/2 HP FAN MOTER 0 277VAC WITH 3.8 FLA, AUXILLARY 8.0 KW HEATER, 480V/3/60 POWER, COORDINATE WITH MALL PERSONEL TO SET BOX TO DELIVER 2600 CFM SUPPLY AIR. NOTES: MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR ALL EQUIPMENT POWER REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ORDERING & INSTAWNG EQUIPMENT. DEMOLITION NOTES: DO5 08q 1. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL EXISTING SUPPLY & RETURN AIR DUCTWORK INCLUDING HANGERS, DIFFUSERS, INSULATION, ETC., NOT REUSED FOR THE NEW SPACE. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS. 2. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND DISPOSE OFF SITE PER LOCAL ORDINANCES ALL EXISTING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, FANS, VAV BOXES, ETC., COMPLETE ASSOCIATED WITH NEW SPACE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED TO REMAIN. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO DISCONNECT POWER. COORDINATE WITH OWNER AND LANDLORD. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER DETAILS AND INFORMATION. POD 01 -30 -2008 1�1;1�I1 & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333-2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS REVISION : A 02 -13 -08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS FU3 1 9 20;:3 I�c_e.e,tE9 g 3 SHEET TITLE : MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NO. : M200 -AKS LEAVE TWO INC -IES FOR DRYWALL INSTALLATION. r Il 9 GENER AL GIeF'LAY TRACK TRACK LIGHTING LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHTS L FINISI-1ED FLOOR 4 GANG BACKIBOX. COMMON FACEPLATE Il II 11611 i1b e e a H e n Jr "lI - - --� e e e M TR K TR A I ulE LIGI- B LIG14TB ILLALL e J A 48" v 1 MASTER SWITCHPLATE DETAIL E100 SCALE: NONE GENERAL NOTES: 1. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HELD TO HAVE REVIEWED ALL SHEETS OF THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INCLUDING ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, FIXTURE PLANS, ETC. & WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PERFORMING ALL WORK INDICATED ON ANY SHEET. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING THEIR WORK WITH THE WORK OF OTHERS. 2. REFER TO SHEE 3. REFER TO SHEE 4. REFER TO SHEE 5. REFER TO SHEE A200 E600 E400 E500 FOR DIMENSIONED LOCATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES IN THE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. OR NOTES & SPECIFICATIONS. OR LIGHTING SCHEDULE, FLAG NOTES, SYMBOL LEGEND & DETAILS. OR RISER DIAGRAM & PANEL SCHEDULES. 6. NIGHT LIGHTING FIXTURES WITHOUT EMERGENCY FEATURE SHALL BE CIRCUITED TO LOCAL LIGHTING CIRCUITS AHEAD OF ALL LOCAL SWITCHING. EC SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ADDITIONAL HOT WIRE IN BRANCH CIRCUIT TO ACCOMPLISH THIS. 7. ALL WIRING LINES INCLUDING LOW VOLTAGE IN THE CEILING PLENUM SHALL BE IN CONDUIT. 8. EXISTING EXTERIOR LIGHTING TO REMAIN BY LANDLORD CONTROL. BE TH -TYP. T2 T4 S T4 T4 T4 TH -TYP. TH -TYP. 8 LA "d" TH -TYP. B 12 g LA „f„ T4 T4 T4 TH -TYP. TH -TYP. TH -TYP. TH -TYP. TH -TYP. 1 ■ i CONNECTION TO SIGN LA 18 CAB - 08 LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 5 '0 44. 1. Pi & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 - 6767 AKRON. 01-110 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 9$188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: STADELMAN ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : / ' 02- 13- 08-PER LANDLORD COMMENTS SHEET NO. : E100 FEB 197nn3 SHEET TITLE : LIGHTING PLAN -AKS FLOOR MTD.) PROY►DE TIE IN .48 REQUIRED tO MALL / MAN BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. FIRE ALARM JUNCTION BOX SUPPLIED BY LANDLORD FURNISH AND INSTALL WIRING FOR POWER CIRCUIT. FURNISH AND INSTALL WIRING FOR COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT_ FLASHES TO BE SYNCHRONIZED. PROVIDE WIRING TO DEVICES INDICATED AS REQUIRED EBY FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SUPPLIER INSTALLATION DRAWINGS. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE TO ADDITIONAL DEVICES FIRE ALARM WIRING NOTES: 1. TENANT SHALL BE REQUIRED TO INSTALL AN ADDRESSABLE FIDE ALARM SYSTEM PER LANDLORDS REQUIREMENTS_ COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS AND INSTALLERS WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION/ 2. LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR 15 TO BE DETERMINED. 3. THIS RISER REPRESENTS A TYPICAL SYSTEM AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR NSTALLATION. SYSTEM SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE INSTALLATION DRAWINGS AND WIRING DIAGRAMS. EXACT SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS SHALL SE COORDINATED WITI -I tNE SYSTIENT SUPPLIER 4. SYSTEM SUPPLIER 51 -TALL SUPERVISE INSTALLATION, PROGRAM AND TEST SYSTEM, AND NSTRUCt OWNER ON SYSTEM OPERATION. S. ALL FIRE ALARM WIRING SHALL BE IN 3/4" CONDUIT, MINIMUM. ALL WIRING SI -TALL BE VERIFIED WITH THE SYSTEM SUPPLIER PRIOR TO BID. 6. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL ADDRESSABLE MONITOR AND CONTROL MODULES AS RECOMMENDED BY THE SYSTEM SUPPLIER 1. ALL CONTROL CAI3INEtS SHALL BE GROUNDED PER N.E.C. REQUIREMENTS AND PER SPECIFICATIONS. S. COORDINATE CITY TIE -IN REQUIREMENTS WITI -I LOCAL AUTHORITY. 10. FRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY WITH THE ZONING IREQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE BUILDING CODE AND THE NIFPA ALL INITIATING DEVICES INDIVIDUALLY REPORT TO THE FIFE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FOR SEPARATE ANNUNCIATION_ 1 TYPICAL WIRING NOTE: RJRN►SH AND INSTALL WIRING TO ALL SYSTEM DEVICES AS REQUIRED BY SYSTEM INSTALLATION DRAWINGS_ REFER TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM NOTES. MAIN 200A DISCONNECT SWITCH PANEL HA PANEL LA TIMECLOCK FIRE ALARM JUNCTION BOX SUPPLIED BY LANDLORD CALL FoR AID POWER SUPPLY 1E1 I FIP24vDC A13ovE CEILING. REFER TO WIRING DIAGRAM ON THIS DRAWING. EMERGENCY CALL FoR AID AUDIOVISUAL DEvICE MOUNTED OVER DOOR. "CORNELL" *05 -I10 SPARE 30KVA XFMR Not : UNIT EQUIPMENT SHALL SE AS SUPPLIED BY "TRI -S CONTROLS" (TOM ANSPACH) 330 -220 -4400 EMERGENCY CALL FOR AID WIRING DIAGRAM LA 11 GENERAL NOTES: 1. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HELD TO HAVE REVIEWED ALL SHEETS OF THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INCLUDING ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, FIXTURE PLANS, ETC. & WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PERFORMING ALL WORK INDICATED ON ANY SHEET. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING THEIR WORK WITH THE WORK OF OTHERS. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. REFER TO SHEE REFER TO SHEE REFER TO SHEE REFER TO SHEE FOR DIMENSIONED LOCATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES IN THE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. FOR NOTES & SPECIFICATIONS. FOR LIGHTING SCHEDULE, FLAG NOTES, SYMBOL LEGEND & DETAILS. OR RISER DIAGRAM & PANEL SCHEDULES. NIGHT LIGHTING FIXTURES WITHOUT EMERGENCY FEATURE SHALL BE CIRCUITED TO LOCAL LIGHTING CIRCUITS AHEAD OF ALL LOCAL SWITCHING. EC SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ADDITIONAL HOT WIRE IN BRANCH CIRCUIT TO ACCOMPLISH THIS. 7. ALL WIRING LINES INCLUDING LOW VOLTAGE IN THE CEILING PLENUM SHALL BE IN CONDUIT_ 8. EXISTING EXTERIOR LIGHTING TO REMAIN BY LANDLORD CONTROL. 9. PHONE JACKS, PHONE CABLE AND DATA CABLE ARE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 10. OUTLETS IN SALES AREA ONLY TO BE MOUNTED 26" A.F.F. 1 1 i Dososq POWER PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT DRAWN BY: STADELMAN ISSUE / DATE: 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS A 02 -13 -08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS SHEET TITLE : POWER PLAN SHEET NO. : E200 -AKS FEB 19 20L) 0 ACCESS PANELS (TYP. 8) 1 CASHWRAP OUTLET PLAN E300 SCALE: NONE 0 A - COUPONS, CUSTOMER SERVICE FORMS, DESKTOP SUPPLIES B - BINDERS, PHONE BOOKS, ENVELOPES, BLANK PAPER C - POSTAL & CLEANING SUPPLIES. D - TAPE & STAPLER E - COUPONS AND DAILY NOTES E300 SCALE: 3/4" =1' E300 SCALE: NONE LA C/B LOCK ON CLIP - AWG IN 1 "C TILTED MONITOR KEYBOARD NOTE: UNIT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE AS SUPPLIED BY "TRI -S CONTROLS" (GEORGE JARMUSIK) 330 - 220 -4400 TRANSACTION COUNTER RE'CPT PTR. PLAN CUB. E SCAIVINER USE a LG BAG BOOT BAG S BA 1 ML C A B E O D CASH DWR CPU CABLE ELEVATION CUB. D PHO NE FURNISH AND INSTALL PHOTOELECTRIC DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR WITH AUXILIARY CONTACTS. WIRE TO SHUT DOWN FPB UNIT UPON ACTIVATION. COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING LOCATION WITH MC AND AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION ON SITE. "FCI *DI- 1100ACDCP PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE 4 -WIRE. FURNISH AND INSTALL SAMPLING TUBE. LENGTH TO BE SPECIFIED 5Y THE MC. CO 9— FURNISH AND INSTALL: FCI* SSK451 REMOTE TEST STATION WITH POWER ALARM AND TROUBLE LIGHT 1-IT AND A BUZZER. WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY, ADD FCI oPS24L0 FIRE STROBE LIGHT. DUAL GANG MOUNTED, I PLATE. MC FURNISHED AN INSTALLED THERMOSTAT TYPICAL DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR 4 ALARM INDICATION WIRING DIAGRAM OUTLET FOR BACKROOM PHONE MAIN TELEPHONE NUMBER 2'x4' PLYWOOD PHONE BOARD MOUNTED TO WALL IN BACKROOM r E300 SCALE: NONE RJ11C 2 DETAIL- CASHWRAP POS LAYOUT 3 TELEPHONE / ADT RISER DIAGRAM 3 PAIR PHONE CABLE IN CONDUIT TO CASHWRAP CAT. 5 CABLE TO CASHWRAP SPARE TWISTED PAIR SECOND TELEPHONE NUMBER TELEPHONE COMPANY PUNCH DOWN LOCK FROM TELEPHONE COMPANY Doi - o841 STADELMAN 01-30 -2008 & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON, OHIO 44333-2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS REVISION : Q 02 -13 -08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS SHEET TITLE : ELECTRICAL DETAILS SHEET NO. : E300 C" FEB 19 ?008 -AKS L: ��e TYPE DESCRIPTION CATALOG # LAMP FIXTURE LOCATION /NOTES IUTAL WATTS QTY. � �� v A LUMASTAR EB SERIES 16" ZENOS DIRECT /INDIRECT ACRYLIC LUMINAIRE ELECTRONIC BALLAST, CLEAR ACRYLIC. EB- A -Z -C- 70ED17 24WHT 70 (ED17) 120 VOLT MOUNTED IN SALES AREA : IF 11' -0" CEILING - TO BE CEILING MOUNTED. IF 12' - 0" - 13' - 0" CEILING MOUNT AT 10' -0" TO BOTTOM OF FIXTURE 70 2 B SPECTRUM 7" ADJUSTABLE INCANDESCENT PAR 38 RECESSED DOWNLIGHT WITH CLEAR ALZA RELECTOR SPA7X -PAR38 - 25- 45 -TBC- AR7500CL CDM -125w/ 830/PAR38/10 SPOT MOUNTS RECESSED IN ACT. CLG. TILES IN MAIN SALES AREA. PROVIDE HANG BARS AND CLIPS 25 BE LIGHTOLIER CALCULITE COMPACT FLUORESCENT OPEN RECESSED DOWNLIGHT WITH CLEAR IRIDESCENCE FREE REFLECTOR TRIM, WHITE FLANGE. 8" APERTURE (2) TRIPLE TUBE HORIZONTAL LAMP, BATTERY BACK UP AND TEST SWITCH 8038 -CLW- 8242HU- FA EM4E (2) 26W TRIPLE TUBE MOUNTS RECESSED IN ACT. CLG. TILES IN MAIN SALES AREA. PROVIDE HANG BARS AND CLIPS- WIRED AS EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE 54 6 0 C LIGHTOLIER LYTECASTER RECESSED DOWNLIGHTING. 5" APERATURE RECESSED ADJUSTABLE REFLECTOR TRIM - WHITE 1029WH 75W PAR30 MOUNTS RECESSED IN MAIN SALES AREA AROUND CASH WRAP 75 0 JUNO MULTI -SPOT RECESSED ADJUSTABLES WHITE CLOSED -PAN TRIM APPEARANCE. 45 DEGREE AIMING 360 DEGREE ROTATION AND HANGER BARS MS303- 70- EMH -WH, HB26 (3) CDM70 PAR30L/FL MOUNTS RECESSED IN GYP. BD. SOFFIT AT DISPLAY WINDOWS 210 0 O O O D1 JUNO MULTI -SPOT RECESSED ADJUSTABLES WHITE CLOSED -PAN TRIM APPEARANCE. 45 DEGREE AIMING 360 DEGREE ROTATION AND HANGER BARS MS302- 39- EMH -WH HB26 (2) 39W- MHPAR3OL/FL MOUNTS RECESSED IN GYP. BD. SOFFIT AT DISPLAY WINDOWS 88 4 10.0 D2 E TECH LIGHTING EMERGE PENDANT - COLOR :TAHOE PINE AMBER TT -A (1) 120 VOLT, 75 WATT MEDIUM 19 SUSPENDED IN SALES AREA IN OVER CASH WRAP @ 7' -0" TO BOTTOM OF FIXTURE 75 4 MERCURY LIGHTING PRODUCTS SURFACE MOUNTED MULTI LAMP FLUORESCENT CHANNELS. 2 LAMP 4' MM- 2- 32 -OCT/ 4T- C- ELB -120V (2) F32T8/ O TL830 /ALTO SURFACE MOUNTS TO ACOUSTIC TILE CEILING IN BACK ROOM 65 17 F COLUMBIA SURFACE MOUNT 2-LAMP 4' PROFILE WRAPAROUND - WHITE FINISH WITH PRISMATIC ACRYLIC DIFFUSER AWN4 -240 BM- 120 -EL (2) F32T8/ TL830 /ALTO SURFACE MOUNTS TO GYP. BD. CEILING IN TOILET ROOM. 65 1 I G TH LIGHTOLIER LYTESPAN TRACK LIGHTING SYSTEM 22SS8BK ALCYON ENCLOSED STEP SPOT PAR38 22SS8BK CDM -i25w/ 830/PAR38/10 SPOT SURFACE MOUNTED IN SALES AREA 25 80 LIGHTOLIER BASIC LYTESPAN 1 CIRCUIT TRACK 6000 SERIES BLACK (2', 4', AND 8' TRACK) 6000BK (2') 6001 BK (4') 6002BK (8') BLACK 1 CIRCUIT 120V SURFACE MOUNTED IN SALES AREA. - 2' = 4' = 4 10 1 T# COOPER LIGHTING SURE -LITES SURFACE MOUNTED SELF- POWERED EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT CC2 INCANDESCENT SURFACE MOUNTED IN BACK ROOM WALL, 12" BELOW FINISH CEILING. 18 5 EM z pg X1 X1 LIGHTALARMS, SERIES SIMPLICITY, UNIVERSAL RECESSED MOUNT, SELF POWERED LED EDGE -LIT EXIT SIGN SLEDWGCD LED RECESS WALL/CEILING MOUNT IN SALES AREA- MOUNT 12" ABOVE DOOR JAMB FOR WALL MOUNTED CONDITIONS 3 1 X2 X SURFACE 2 WALL / CEILING MOUNTED SINGLE OR DUAL FACE EXIT LIGHT WITH TEST SWITCH AND POWER INDICATOR LIGHT. BP- PLED -5G LED SURFACE MOUNT TO WALL/CEILING IN BACK ROOM- MOUNT 12" ABOVE DOOR HEAD FOR WALL MOUNTED CONDITIONS 5 3 FLAG NOTES EC TO PROVIDE PLENUM RATED WIRE FROM THE TELEPHONE ROOM TO THE TENANT'S TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE DEMISED PREMISES UTILIZINGTHE LANDLORD SUPPLIED CABLE TRAY. ANY CORRIDOR WALL PENETRATIONS WILL NEED TO BE FIRE CAULKED AS REQUIRED. SAW CUT AND REPAIR FLOOR FOR CONDUIT INSTALLATION. EXERCISE EXTREME CARE AND CAUTION. IF LEASED SPACE IS NOT SLAB ON GRADE THEN SLAB MUST BE CORE DRILLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. ALL CUTTING MUST BE APPROVED BY LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. RECEPTACLE OUTLET SHALL BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY ABOVE SHOW WINDOW FOR EACH 12 FT OR MAJOR FRACTION THEREOF OF SHOW WINDOW AREA MEASURED HORIZONTALLY AT ITS MAXIMUM WIDTH. 3/4" CONDUIT BACK TO PHONE BOARD FOR TELEPHONE CABLING. FURNISH AND INSTALL PULLWIRE. MOUNT RECEPTACLES, TELEPHONE JACKS & SPEAKER WIRES IN CASH WRAP MILLWORK BELOW COUNTER. REFER TO CASHWRAP DETAILS & NOTES. ALL WIRING TO "TTB" SHALL BE IN CONDUIT. 3/4" CONDUIT BACK TO PHONE BOARD FOR DATA CABLING. FURNISH AND INSTALL PULLWIRE. EMERGENCY FIXTURES WHICH ARE NOT INDICATED AS NIGHT LIGHTS SHALL BE SWITCHED AS INDICATED. BATTERY TO BE WIRED HOT AHEAD OF SWITCH AS REQUIRED BY MFGR. FURNISH AND INSTALL ADDITIONAL HOT WIRE AS REQUIRED. DOOR BELL SYSTEM. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND. "TTB" (TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD) - FURNISH AND INSTALL PLYWOOD BACKBOARD 3/4 "X2'X4' MOUNTED AT 6' -0" AFF TO CENTERLINE. FURNISH AND INSTALL #8 AWG CU TO SERVICE ENTRANCE GROUND TERMINATED ON GROUND BAR LOCATED AT BOTTOM OF "TTB ". PROVIDE A 4 "x4 "x2 1/8" OUTLET BOX ON TTB FOR TERMINATION OF TELEPHONE WIRING FROM CASH WRAP. INSTA HOT UNIT UNDER SINK, 4.6KW, 208V -1 ph FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS, WIRED BY EC. FURNISH AND INSTALL DISCONNECT SWITCH IF REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENT LITERATURE. TENANT SOUND SYSTEM TO BE INSTALLED BY MUZAK. G.C. TO COORDINATE WIRE TO LOCAL LIGHTING CIRCUIT AHEAD OF ALL LOCAL SWITCHING. WIRE THROUGH SWITCH AS REPRESENTED IN THE "MASTER SWITCHPLATE" WITH CORRESPONDING LOWER CASE LETTER. WIRE THROUGH TIME CLOCK AND LIGHTING CONTACTOR LOCATED IN BACK ROOM. REFER TO POWER RISER DIAGRAM HVAC UNIT DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL SHUT DO LOCATION AND WIRING WITH HVAC CONTRACTOR). LOCATION OF MASTER SWITCHPLATE. NOTE: N/A = NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS PROJECT. N HVAC UNIT (COORDINATE SEE WIRING DIAGRAM ON SHEET E300 CONNECTION TO SIGN OVER DOOR. COORDINATE EXACT WIRING REQUIREMENTS WITH SIGN MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. CONNECTION TO "FEATURE WALL" SHALL BE COORDINATED ON SITE WITH MANUFACTURER. FEATURE WALL CONSISTS OF T8 LAMPS ARRANGED AS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER. TOTAL FIXTURE WATTAGE ASSUMED TO BE NOT OVER 300 WATTS. TIME DELAY SWITCH FOR CONTROL OF RESTROOM LIGHT AND EXHAUST FAN, GREENHECK "GTD" TIME DELAY SWITCH, OR APPROVED EQUAL. EC SHALL SET TIME DELAY FOR FIVE MINUTES. LIGHTING SCHEDULE LIGHTING SCHEDULE NOTES • 1- ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY QUANTITIES OF FIXTURES & LAMPS ON LIGHTING & POWER PLAN. 2. ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED & WIRED BY CONTRACTOR 3. ALL SPEAKER COVERS, CLEANOUTS, PLATES, ETC. IN SALES AREA SHALL BE FINISHED TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. SOFFIT DIMENSIONS ARE FINISH TO FINISH. 5. INTERIOR FINISHES ON WALLS AND CEILING SHALL BE CLASS B AT A MINIMUM 6. COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL IS NOT TO BE USED IN AREAS IN WHICH PLENUM RETURN AIR SYSTEMS ARE USED. 7. FIXTURE SHALL BE PRE -WIRED FROM THE FACTORY FOR SWITCHED OPERATION. EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK SHALL OPERATE IN EMERGENCY MODE ONLY. 8. LIGHTING SUPPLIER TO VERIFY LIGHT QUANTITIES AGAINST ARCHITECTS COUNTS SYMBOL LEGEND SYMBOL NEUT. HOT 0 Q V D I J ❑ S 0 L El DD WP UNO N.L. TTB ETR REX RR DESCRIPTION EQUIP. GROUND 3 LA HOMERUN TO PANEL "LA" INDICATING CIRCUIT NUMBERS - ALL WIRING SHALL BE #12 WITH GROUND WIRE UON (INCREASE TO #10 FOR CIRCUITS BETWEEN 100 AND 200 LF) CONSULT ENGINEER FOR RUNS OVER 200 LIN FEET IF WIRE SIZE IS NOT INDICATED - ALL HOMERUNS SHALL BE TO A 20 AMPERE, 1 POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER UON. WHERE WIRE FILL IS NOT SHOWN, FURNISH AND INSTALL 2 #12, 1 #12G, 3/4 "C SWITCH, SINGLE POLE, 20A, 120/277V MOUNTING - 48 "A.F.F., CATALOG NO. HUBBELL, 1221 SERIES UON. SWITCH, THREE -WAY, 20A, 120/277V MOUNTING - 48" A.F.F., CATALOG NO. HUBBELL, 1223 SERIES. SPST, 20A, MANUAL MOTOR STARTER, HP RATED WITH THERMAL OVERLOAD , MOUNTING - AS REQUIRED. JUNCTION BOX, MOUNTING HEIGHT AND SIZE AS REQUIRED OR AS NOTED ON PLANS. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, GROUNDING TYPE, 20A, 125V, 3 WIRE, NEMA 6 - 20R MOUNTING - 15" A.F.F. (26" A.F.F. IN SALES). CATALOG NO. HUBBELL 5262 SERIES (UNO). DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, GROUNDING TYPE, 20A, 125V, 3 WIRE, NEMA 6 -20R MOUNTING - AS NOTED ON PLANS, CATALOG NO. HUBBELL, 2 -5262 SERIES. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER, 20A, 125V, 3 WIRE, NEMA 6 -20R MOUNTING - PER DETAIL, CATALOG NO. HUBBELL GF -5262 SERIES. CLOCK HANGER TYPE RECEPTACKLE BY PASS & SEYMOUR #S3713 -W OR EQUAL. MOUT AT 6' -0" AFF DESK PHONE OUTLET. MOUNTING - 18" AFF DESK DATA OUTLET. MOUNTING - 18" AFF. MAY BE IN THE SAME OUTLET BOX AS THE PHONE OUTLET (WITH A COMMON FACEPLATE) VERIFY WITH OWNER. ELECTRICAL PANEL - IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AS NOTED. REFER TO DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM AND PANEL SCHEDULE. MOUNTING - TOP 6 -0" A.F.F. DISCONNECT SWITCH: HEAVY DUTY, NEMA 1 UNLESS NOTED AS "WP" FOR WEATHERPROOF (NEMA 3R). FUSIBLE IF NOTED. NUMBER OF POLES AS REQUIRED. MOUNT ACCORDING TO REQUIREMENTS OF CURRENT N.E.C. DOOR BELL - 24V, AC VIBRATING TYPE, MOUNTING - 7' -0" A.F.F, CATALOG NO. EDWARDS 340 -4G5. DOOR BELL PUSH BUTTON MOUNTING - 48" A.F.F., CATALOG NO. EDWARDS 852. SIGNAL TRANSFORMER, 20VA, 120V PRIMARY, 24V SECONDARY MOUNTING - ABOVE CEILING UNO, CATALOG NO. EDWARDS 592. FIRE ALARM PULL STATION MOUNTED AT 48" AFF UON FIRE ALARM HORN WITH STROBE LIGHT - WALL MOUNTED AT 80" AFF UON FIRE ALARM STROBE LIGHT - WALL MOUNTED AT 80" AFF UON FIRE ALARM SMOKE DETECTOR - CEILING MOUNTED FIRE ALARM DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR - WITH REMOTE TEST STATION - COORDINATE DUCT MOUNTING WITH THE MC FIRE ALARM RATE OF RISE HEAT DETECTOR - CEILING MOUNTED WEATHERPROOF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE NIGHT LIGHT TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD RECESSED SPEAKER, SUPPLIED BY COMWERX. G.C. TO SUPPLY & INSTALL CONDUIT, J -BOXES & PULL WIRE. Os - 08? EXISTING DEVICE TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY CORRECT OPERATION OF EXISTING DEVICE AND WIRING PRIOR TO DISTURBING ANY SURROUNDING OR ASSOCIATED SYSTEMS. BRING ANY DEFICIENCIES TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. ALL EXISTING DEVICES TO REMAIN SHALL BE FULLY OPERATIONAL AS DEFINED BY THE INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK. REMOVE EXISTING INCLUDING ALL ASSOCIATED CONDUIT AND WIRE BACK TO SOURCE. REMOVE AND RELOCATE EXISTING DEVICE AS INDICATED. CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING DEVICE INCLUDING ALL ASSOCIATED CONDUIT AND WIRE BACK TO SOURCE, REINSTALL DEVICE IN NEW LOCATION INDICATED (IN NEW BACKBOX IF APPLICABLE), EXTEND EXISTING WIRE TO NEW LOCATION AND RECONNECT DEVICE IN NEW LOCATION. IF EXISTING DEVICE IS PART OF A SPECIALIZED SYSTEM SUCH AS A FIRE ALARM OR SOUND SYSTEM, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WIRING AND OPERATION WITH AN OWNER APPROVED SYSTEM REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. Spp4 I TT AND STADELMAN & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON, OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666-8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: ISSUE / DATE: 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Q 02 -13 -08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS SHEET TITLE : ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS / NOTES / DETAILS / LIGHTING SCHEDULE SHEET NO. : E400 FEB 19 7003 -AKS 'v PANEL NAME: HA LOAD SUMMARY PHASE BREAKDOWN LEGEND MOUNTING: SURFACE LOAD KWC AMPS D.F. KWD AMPS TOTAL PANEL LTG = LIGHTING VOLTAGE: 480/277V- 3ph-4W LTG 6.88 1.25 8.60 KWC PHASE A: 9.73 REC = RECEPTACLES BUS RATING: 225A REC 4.02 N.E.C. 4.02 KWC PHASE B: 7.48 AC = AIR CONDITIONING MAIN: 200A MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER AC 9.03 1.00 9.03 KWC PHASE C: 9.08 W. HTR = WATER HEATER A.I.C. 14.000 AIC W_ HTR. 4.16 1.00 4.16 MISC_ = MISCELLANEOUS ETR OR NEW: NEW MISC_ 220 1.00 2.20 D.F. = DEMAND FACTOR PANEL NOTES: TOTAL 26.29 32 28.01 34 N.E.C. = NATIONAL ELECT. CODE MINIMUM SERVICE SIZE 34 CCT NOTES DESCRIPTION LTG REC AC W.HTR. MISC C/B PHASE C/B DESCRIPTION LTG REC AC W.HTR. MISC NOTES CCT 1 FPB-1 (HEATER) 2.66 0.90 20/3 HACR A 60/3 PANEL LA 1.82 0.72 0.00 2.08 1.40 A 2 3 2 DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR 2.66 B 2.27 2.10 0.00 0.00 0.45 4 5 B 4 2.66 BACKROOM LIGHTING / EF C 2.79 1.20 0.00 2.08 0.35 C 6 7 0.63 FPB -1 (FAN) 1.05 C 6 20/1 A TTB SPACE 0.20 20/1 A 8 9 0.57 SPACE D 8 9 B FRAME RELAY AND ALARM SPACE 0.40 20/1 B 10 11 0.57 SPACE E 10 11 C CASH WRAP SPACE 0.30 20/1 C 12 13 0.63 SPACE F 12 13 A CASH WRAP SPACE 0.30 20/1 A 14 15 0.30 SPACE G 14 B SPACE 16 17 SPACE 15 C DESK SPACE 0.36 20/1 B 18 19 1.23 SPACE 1 16 A SPACE 20 21 0.35 SPACE 1 18 17 B INSTA HOT SPACE 2.08 30/2 C 22 23 SPACE 19 C SPACE 2.08 A 20/1 SALES AREA RECEPTACLES 24 25 SPACE 20 21 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES A 1.20 SPACE 20/1 B 20/1 BACKROOM RECEPTACLES 26 27 SPACE 22 23 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES B 1.20 SPACE 20/1 C 20/1 SPARE 28 29 SPACE 24 25 BACKROOM RECEPTACLES C 0.18 SPACE 20/1 A 20/1 SPARE 30 TOTALS: 0.00 0.00 9.03 0.00 0.00 BACKROOM RECEPTACLES 0.36 6.88 4.02 0.00 4.16 2.20 TOTALS: PANEL NAME: LA LOAD SUMMARY PHASE BREAKDOWN LEGEND MOUNTING: SURFACE LOAD KWC AMPS D.F. KWD AMPS TOTAL PANEL LTG = LIGHTING VOLTAGE: 208Y/120V- 3ph-4W LTG 6.88 1.25 8.60 KWC PHASE A: 6.02 REC = RECEPTACLES BUS RATING: 100A REC 4.02 N.E.C. 4.02 KWC PHASE B: 4.82 AC = AIR CONDITIONING MAIN: 100 A MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER AC 0.00 1.00 0.00 KWC PHASE C: 6.42 W. HTR = WATER HEATER A_I.C. 10,000 W. HTR. 4.16 1.00 4.16 MISC. = MISCELLANEOUS ETR OR NEW: NEW MISC. 2.20 1.00 2.20 D.F. = DEMAND FACTOR PANEL NOTES: TOTAL 17.26 47.94 18.98 52.72 N_E.C. = NATIONAL ELECT. CODE MINIMUM SERVICE SIZE CCT NOTES DESCRIPTION LTG REC AC W.HTR_ MISC CB PHASE C/B DESCRIPTION LTG REC AC W.HTR. MISC NOTES CCT 1 ELECTRIC WATER COOLER 0.90 20/1 A 20/1 GENERAL AND EMERGENCY 0.95 A 2 3 2 DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR 0.05 20/1 B 20/1 DISPLAY LIGHTING 0.47 B 4 5 BACKROOM LIGHTING / EF 1.18 0.05 20/1 C 20/1 TRACK LIGHTING 0.63 C 6 7 2 TTB 0.20 20/1 A 20/1 TRACK LIGHTING 0.57 D 8 9 2 FRAME RELAY AND ALARM 0.40 20/1 B 20/1 TRACK LIGHTING 0.57 E 10 11 CASH WRAP 0.30 20/1 C 20/1 TRACK LIGHTING 0.63 F 12 13 CASH WRAP 0.30 20/1 A 20/1 FEATURE WALLS 0.30 G 14 15 DESK 0.36 20/1 B 20/1 SIGN 1.23 1 16 0.35 1 18 17 INSTA HOT 2.08 30/2 C 20/1 SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING 19 2.08 A 20/1 SALES AREA RECEPTACLES 0.54 20 21 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES 1.20 20/1 B 20/1 BACKROOM RECEPTACLES 0.18 22 23 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES 1.20 20/1 C 20/1 SPARE 24 25 BACKROOM RECEPTACLES 0.18 20/1 A 20/1 SPARE 26 27 BACKROOM RECEPTACLES 0.36 20/1 B 20/1 SPARE 28 29 SPARE 20/1 C 20/1 SPARE 30 TOTALS: 1.18 3.30 0.00 4.16 2.20 5.70 0.72 0.00 0.00 0.00 TOTALS: EXISTING 200A DISCONNECT SWITCH FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY LANDLORD. EC SHALL FURNISH AN IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATE ON TENANT'S DISCONNECT SWITCH IN LANDLORD'S SWITCHBOARD. NAMEPLATE SHALL BE 1/8" THICK PLASTIC, BLACK ON WHITE AND ETCHED LETTERS. THE MINIMUM SIZE SHALL BE ONE INCH (1") WITH ONLY THE TENANT'S SPACE NUMBER ENGRAVED ON SUCH, PERMANENTLY AFFIXED • NDLORD PROVIDED METERING EQUIPMENT LANDLORD'S EXISTING ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN 4 #3/0, 1#6G, IN LANDLORD- PROVIDED 3 "C. LANDLORD SPACE .. TENANT SPACE EC SHALL RELOCATE EXISTING 200A FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH. PANEL SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. ROUTE POWER THROUGH TIME CLOCK 2. CIRCUIT BREAKER SHALL HAVE LOCK ON CIRCUIT BREAKER CLIP. A,B,C,D, ETC = SWITCHES AS INDICATED ON LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN. TIMER NOTE: SET TIMER FOR STOREFRONT SIGNAGE AND LIGHTING PER THE MALL'S OPERATING HOURS 120V - CONTROL r i, • NEUTRAL II • • II • r LOAD LOAD 200A NEW 4 #3 /0, 1#6G, 3 "C BY EC. NEW JUNCTION BOX BY EC NEW 4 #3/0, 1#6G, 3 "C BY EC. 'I POWER RISER DIAGRAM A500 SCALE: NONE NEW 3 #12, 1#12G, 3/4 "C BY EC. 200A MCB 20/3 n 20/1 60/3 NEW PANEL 'HA' 480/277V, 3PH (BY EC) P TIME CLOCK: 120V CONTROL, 40 AMP CONTACTS, NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE, 24HR: SAME ON /OFF TIME EACH DAY, WITH RESERVE POWER. FURNISH AND INSTALL THE FOLLOWING TIME CLOCK DEPENDING ON THE NEED DEPICTED; TORK # W300L: UP TO 3 CIRCUITS FPB -1 480V /3PH 8KW HEATER 277V/1PH 1 /2HP FAN MOTOR 3.8FLA L - ff - -Ei NEW 3 #6, 1#10G, 3/4 "C BY EC NEW 2 #12, 1#12G, 3/4 "C BY EC. 480V PRIMARY NEW 30KVA XFMR (FLOOR MTD.) BY EC A 208Y/120V SECONDARY -- NEW 4 #3, 1#8G, 1-1/4"C BY EC. NEW BY EC #6 AWG CONTINUOUS COPPER GROUNDING CONDUCTOR AND BOND TO THE NEAREST OF EITHER EFFECTIVELY - GROUNDED BUILDING STEEL OR COLD WATER PIPE WITHIN 5' -0" FROM POINT OF ENTRANCE INTO THE BUILDING TO REMAIN. Dob -off 100A MCB NEW PANEL 'LA' 208/120V, 3PH (BY EC) tti g4 F® L & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON. OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: STADELMAN ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : A 02 -13 -08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS SHEET TITLE : PANEL SCHEDULE / POWER RISER DIAGRAM SHEET NO. : E500 -AKS FEB 1 9 2003 SECTION 16010 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 1. THE PROVISIONS OF THE INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, ALTERNATES, ADDENDAS AND DIVISION 1 ARE A PART OF THIS SPECIFICATION. ELECTRICAL, ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ALL OTHER DRAWINGS AS WELL AS THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL THE DIVISIONS ARE A PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2. VISIT THE SITE OF THE WORK AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE INSTALLATION. SUBMISSION OF A PROPOSAL SHALL PRESUPPOSE KNOWLEDGE OF SUCH CONDITIONS AND NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE ALLOWED WHERE EXTRA LABOR OR MATERIALS ARE REQUIRED BECAUSE OF IGNORANCE OF THESE CONDITIONS. 3. DEFINITIONS: A. "CONTRACTOR" AS USED WITHIN THE CONTEXT OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL EXPLICITLY REFER TO THE "ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ". B. THE TERM "FURNISH" SHALL MEAN TO SUPPLY AND DELIVERY TO THE PROJECT SITE, READY FOR UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS. C. THE TERM "INSTALL" SHALL MEAN WORK WHICH INCLUDES THE ACTUAL UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, ERECTING, PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, WORKING TO DIMENSION, FINISHING, CURING, PROTECTING, CLEANING, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS. D. THE TERM "PROVIDE" SHALL MEAN TO FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE. 4. INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES AND PERMITS NECESSARY FOR THE PROPER COMPLETION OF ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHOWN. ITEMS OMITTED, BUT NECESSARY, TO MAKE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM COMPLETE AND WORKABLE SHALL BE UNDERSTOOD TO FORM PART OF THE WORK. 5. IT IS THE PURPOSE OF THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS TO INDICATE THE APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT, OUTLETS, ETC. ASCERTAIN EXACT LOCATIONS AND ARRANGE WORK ACCORDINGLY. THE RIGHT IS RESERVED TO EFFECT REASONABLE CHANGES IN THE LOCATION OF OUTLETS UP TO THE TIME OF ROUGHING -IN, WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 6. TEMPERATURE AND INTERLOCK CONTROLS ARE PROVIDED AND WIRED BY A CONTROLS CONTRACTOR. UNE (120 VOLT) VOLTAGE CONTROL DEVICES, SUCH AS THERMOSTATS AND AQUASTATS, WHICH CONTROL FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER, 120 VOLT MOTORS ARE FURNISHED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, AND ARE WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 7. SECURE AND PAY FOR PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED FOR THE ELECTRICAL WORK. 8. WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF LOCAL AND STATE CODES, AS WELL AS THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, AS INTERPRETED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 9. CONSULT THE DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SHOP DRAWINGS COVERING THE WORK FOR VARIOUS OTHER TRADES, THE FIELD LAYOUTS OF THE CONTRACTORS FOR THE TRADE AND MAKE ADJUSTMENTS ACCORDINGLY IN LAYING OUT THE ELECTRICAL WORK. 10. WARRANT THAT EQUIPMENT AND ALL WORK IS INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOOD ENGINEERING PRACTICE AND THAT ALL EQUIPMENT WILL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED. GUARANTEE AGAINST DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS; REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY DEFECTIVE WORK, MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT WITHIN ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF ACCEPTANCE. 11. THE EXISTING ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE SERVICE, AND ALL EXISTING COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS WITHIN THE BUILDING SHALL BE MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. ANY SERVICE SHUTDOWNS THAT MAY BE REQUIRED SHALL BE SCHEDULED THROUGH THE OWNER AND SHALL BE DONE AT A TIME AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE ALLOWED FOR THESE SHUTDOWN PERIODS EVEN THOUGH PREMIUM -TIME WORK MAY BE REQUIRED. PROVIDE TEMPORARY SERVICE TO EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEMS THAT CANNOT BE SHUTDOWN, AS DETERMINED BY OWNER. 12. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF ONE WEEK'S NOTICE TO THE OWNER BEFORE ANY SERVICE SHUTDOWN IS SCHEDULED. 13. BIDS SHALL BE BASED UPON THE SPECIFIED PRODUCTS OR LISTED ALTERNATIVES. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE BASED ON THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY TYPE, MODEL AND SIZE AND THUS ESTABLISH MINIMUM QUALITIES WHICH SUBSTITUTES MUST MEET TO QUALIFY FOR REVIEW. WHERE ONLY ONE MAKE IS NAMED, IT SHALL BE PROVIDED. VERBAL REQUESTS OR APPROVALS SHALL NOT BE BINDING ON THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR PROPOSE TO FURNISH MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED, HE SHALL SUBMIT A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTIONS TO THE ARCHITECT AT THE BID OPENING. INDICATE ANY ADDITIONS OR DEDUCTIONS TO THE CONTRACT PRICE ON THE BID FORM. 14. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS USED ON THIS PROJECT SHALL BE NEW AND U.L. LABELED FOR THE APPLICATION. 15. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP ONE COMPLETE SET OF THE CONTRACT WORKING DRAWINGS ON THE PROJECT SITE ON WHICH HE SHALL RECORD ANY DEVIATIONS OR CHANGES FROM SUCH CONTRACT DRAWINGS MADE DURING CONSTRUCTION. AFTER THE PROJECT IS COMPLETED, RECORD SETS OF DRAWINGS SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE ARCHITECT IN GOOD CONDITION, AS A PERMANENT RECORD OF THE INSTALLATION AS CONSTRUCTED. 16. PROVIDE NAMEPLATES ON PANELBOARDS, DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT, SAFETY SWITCHES, MOTOR STARTERS, JUNCTION BOXES, AND CONTROL DEVICES. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, LETTERING SHALL INCLUDE THE NAME OR DESIGNATION OF EQUIPMENT, HORSEPOWER, VOLTAGE RATING AND SERVICE DESIGNATION. NAMEPLATES SHALL BE LAMINATED PHENOLIC WITH A BLACK SURFACE AND WHITE CORE. IDENTIFICATION WITH A DYMO TYPE INSTRUMENT IS NOT PERMISSIBLE. THE INSIDE COVER OF ALL RECEPTACLE OUTLET PLATES SHALL BE PERMANENTLY MARKED TO INDICATE THE PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBER OF THE OUTLET. THE INSIDE COVER OF ALL BLANK PLATES FOR JUNCTION BOXES INSTALLED SHALL BE PERMANENTLY MARKED TO INDICATE THE SYSTEM. IDENTIFICATION OF BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE TYPEWRITTEN ON DIRECTORY CARDS FURNISHED WITH ALL PANELS AND PLACED IN THE CARD HOLDER ON THE DOOR. PROVIDE NEW TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY CARDS WITH UPDATED SCHEDULES FOR ALL EXISTING PANELS WITH NEW OR MODIFIED CIRCUITS. 17. AFTER INSTALLATION, TEST FOR GROUNDS, SHORT CIRCUITS AND PROPER FUNCTION OF EACH SYSTEM AND RELATED WIRING. FAULTS IN THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE CORRECTED. 18. INSULATION RESISTANCE TESTS SHALL BE MADE ON THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WITH AN APPROVED . MEGOHMMETER. 19. A GROUND CONTINUITY TEST SHALL BE MADE ON THE ENTIRE GROUNDING SYSTEM FROM THE SERVICE TO EVERY OUTLET. 20. AFTER ALL TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED, CLEAN ALL EQUIPMENT LEAVING EVERYTHING IN WORKING ORDER AT THE COMPLETION OF THIS WORK. CLEAN LIGHTING FIXTURES, OUTLET BOX PLATES, PANEL AND CABINET INTERIORS AND EXTERIORS, ETC., OF DIRT, DUST , DEBRIS AND PAINT, AFTER ALL OTHER TRADES HAVE COMPLETED THEIR WORK. 21. PROVIDE A TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL SERVICE ADEQUATE IN SIZE FOR HEATING, FOR THE USE OF ALL TRADES AND FOR THE LIGHTING OF EACH ROOM DURING CONSTRUCTION. TEMPORARY WIRING SHALL BE TO OSHA REQUIREMENTS. TEMPORARY SERVICE CAN BE EXTENDED FROM THE OWNER'S EXISTING POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. THE OWNER MUST APPROVE OF THE POINT OF SUPPLY, THE METHOD OF EXTENSION AND THE ROUTING OF NECESSARY TEMPORARY FEEDERS. PROVIDE A TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE FOR THE USE OF ALL TRADES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 22. DO ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING IN EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS NECESSARY FOR INSTALLATION OF THIS WORK. HAVE CUTTING DONE BY SKILLED MECHANICS AS CAREFULLY AS POSSIBLE AND WITH AS LITTLE DAMAGE AS POSSIBLE. 23. DEMOLITION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MAY BE A PART OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK. REFER TO THE DRAWINGS FOR EXACT REQUIREMENTS. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 16050 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 1. ALL BOXES SHALL BE RIGIDLY SUPPORTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE INDEPENDENT OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. ALL BOXES SHALL BE 4" SQUARE BOXES MINIMUM WITH RAISED COVERS SUITABLE FOR THE WALL MATERIAL. 2. RACEWAYS: A. CONDUIT SHALL BE HEAVY WALL GALVANIZED STEEL OR INTERMEDIATE GRADE STEEL IN EXTERIOR MASONRY WALLS; IN MASONRY WALLS BELOW GRADE; IN CRAWL SPACES; IN THE GROUND; IN CONCRETE FLOORS, WALLS OR SLABS; AND IN DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS. EXPOSED CONDUITS IN HIGH TRAFFIC AREAS WHERE CONDUITS ARE SUBJECT TO PHYSICAL ABUSE SHALL BE HEAVY WALL RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL TO A LEVEL OF 8 FEET ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. ALL OTHER INTERIOR CONDUITS SHALL BE ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT), UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS OR WITHIN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. CONDUITS SHALL BE 3/4" TRADE SIZE, MINIMUM, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS OR WITHIN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. B. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT SHALL BE USED FROM OUTLET BOXES TO RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURES, 6 FT. IN LENGTH. INSTALLATION OF MANUFACTURED WIRING SYSTEMS SHALL COMPLY WITH ARTICLE 604 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUN CONDUITS WITHIN THE CEILING SPACE COMPLETE TO THE PANELBOARDS SHALL BE EMT CONDUIT. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT MAY NOT BE UTILIZED TO WIRE FIXTURES, OUTLETS, ETC IN A DAZY CHAIN FASHION. C. CONDUIT CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS SHALL BE FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT "SEAL -TITE" TYPE "UA" AS MANUFACTURED BY THE AMERICAN BRASS COMPANY OR EQUIVALENT AND SHALL BE OF THE SAME SIZE AS THE FEEDER CONDUIT. D. 3. WIRING DEVICES: CONDUIT CONNECTIONS TO UNDERCABINET TYPE LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE 3/8" FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT OR MC TYPE CABLE FROM THE WALL OUTLET BOX TO THE FIXTURE HOUSING. E. NO BX, AC OR ROMEX TYPE WIRING S ALLOWED. A. LOCAL LIGHT SWITCHES SHALL BE 20 AMPERE, 120/277 VOLTS, AC SPECIFICATION GRADE, WITH GROUNDING TERMINAL, AS MANUFACTURED BY HUBBELL, OR EQUIVALENT, #C5 -122 SERIES. B. FLUORESCENT DIMMERS SHALL BE LUTRON "NOVA T -STAR" SERIES, #NTF -10 FOR 120 VOLT, #NTF -40 -277 FOR 277 VOLT. 3 -WAY, 2 LOCATION FLUORESCENT DIMMERS SHALL BE LUTRON "NOVA T- STAR" SERIES, #NTF -103P FOR 120 VOLT, #NTF --103P -277 FOR 277 VOLT. C. INCANDESCENT DIMMERS SHALL BE LUTRON "NOVA T -STAR" LINEAR SLIDE SERIES - FOR UP TO 1500 WATT DIMMERS AND LUTRON "NOVA" LINEAR SLIDE SERIES FOR 2000 WATT DIMMERS. D. DUPLEX RECEPTACLES SHALL BE 2QA, 125V, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE GROUNDING. GENERAL PURPOSE "SPECIFICATION GRADE" DUPLEX RECEPTACLES: HUBBELL #CR5352. ISOLATED GROUND DUPLEX RECEPTACLES: HUBBELL #CR5352 IG - ORANGE. HOSPITAL GRADE DUPLEX RECEPTACLES: HUBBELL #8300H. TAMPER RESISTANT "SAFETY TYPE" DUPLEX RECEPTACLES: HUBBELL #HBL8300SG. E. DUPLEX RECEPTACLES WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE, SHALL HAVE AN INTEGRAL GROUND FAULT PROTECTOR AND SHALL BE 20A, 125V, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE GROUNDING: HUBBELL #GFR5352. GROUND FAULT RECEPTACLES SHALL NOT BE THRU - WIRED. PROVIDE INDIVIDUAL DUPLEX RECEPTACLES AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. HOSPITAL GRADE GROUND FAULT DUPLEX RECEPTACLES: HUBBELL #HGF8300. F. ALL SWITCHES, DIMMERS, AND RECEPTACLES SHALL BE IVORY UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED WITHIN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. VERIFY COLOR WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROCUREMENT OF THE DEVICES. ALL COVERPLATES SHALL BE SMOOTH HIGH IMPACT THERMOPLASTIC FINISH WITH COLOR TO MATCH THE DEVICES. EMERGENCY RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES SHALL BE RED, WITH COVERPLATES TO MATCH THE FINISH OF THE OTHER COVERPLATES PROVIDED IN THE AREA. IN UNFINISHED AREAS, USE CADMIUM PLATED, ROUND CORNER, STEEL COVERPLATES FOR SURFACE MOUNTED OUTLET BOXES. BOTH THE WIRING DEVICES AND THE COVERPLATES SHALL BE BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER. G. MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS SHALL BE WESTINGHOUSE TYPE "MS" SERIES OR EQUIVALENT, WITH PILOT LIGHT, OVERLOADS AND ON /OFF SWITCH; FLUSH MOUNTED IN FINISHED AREAS. MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE D, GENERAL ELECTRIC, ITE OR ALLEN BRADLEY. H. THE FOLLOWING ARE EQUIVALENT WIRING DEVICES: 1. RECEPTACLES: #5362 SERIES MANUFACTURED BY PASS AND SEYMOUR OR LEVITON. 2. LIGHT SWITCHES: PASS AND SEYMOUR #20AC1 SERIES OR LEVITON #1221 SERIES. 3. DIMMERS: NO OTHER MANUFACTURERS ARE ACCEPTABLE. 4. WIRE AND CABLE FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS AND FOR FEEDERS SHALL BE 600 VOLT, TYPE THHN/THWN COPPER ONLY, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. MINIMU FOR POWER AND LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE #12. 5. SAFETY SWITCHES SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY FUSIBLE OR NONFUSIBLE TYPE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, AND SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR THE VOLTAGE AND CURRENT RATINGS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. 6. FUSES RATED 600 AMPERES OR LESS, 600 VOLTS OR LESS, SERVING ALL LOADS SHALL BE U.L. CLASS RK1, DUAL ELEMENT, TIME DELAY AS MANUFACTURED BY BUSSMANN, OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT AS MANUFACTURED BY RELIANCE FUSE, GOULD SHAWMUT OR LITTELFUSE , GENERAL ELECTRIC OR S & C. 7. FUSES RATED 600 AMPERES OR MORE, 600 VOLTS OR LESS, SERVING ALL LOADS SHALL BE U.L. CLASS L, BUSSMANN, TIME DELAY TYPE KRP-C_SP, OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT AS MANUFACTURED BY RELIANCE FUSE, GOULD SHAWMUT OR LITTELFUSE , GENERAL ELECTRIC OR S & C ARE APPROVED. 8. ALL MOTOR STARTERS SHALL BE COMBINATION TYPE. STARTERS SHALL INCLUDE A FUSIBLE SAFETY SWITCH, A STARTER WITH THREE OVERLOAD DEVICES, AND A CONTROL CIRCUIT TRANSFORMER. THE ENCLOSURE SHALL BE NEMA TYPE 1, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. EACH COMBINATION STARTER SHALL INCLUDE A CONTROL CIRCUIT TRANSFORMER WITH A 120 VOLT SECONDARY CONNECTION UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ONE SIDE OF THE SECONDARY WINDING SHALL BE FUSED AND THE OTHER SIDE GROUNDED. STARTERS SHALL HAVE A GREEN RUNNING PILOT LIGHT, A HAND - OFF - AUTOMATIC SELECTOR SWITCH AND A MINIMUM OF TWO NORMALLY OPEN AND TWO NORMALLY CLOSED AUXILIARY CONTACTS, READY FOR CONTROL WIRING CONNECTIONS. 9. DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND MOTOR STARTERS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE D', GENERAL ELECTRIC, SIEMENS /ITE, CUTLER HAMMER /WESTINGHOUSE, OR ALLEN BRADLEY. 10. ANY CORE DRILLING OR CUTTING OF FIRE RATED FLOORS, SHAFTS AND WALLS SHALL BE FIRE STOPPED PRIOR TO FINISH PATCHING. ALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL FIRE RESISTANCE HANDBOOK, VOLUME II AND SHALL BE RATED TO MATCH THE FIRE RATING OF THE FLOORS, SHAFTS OR WALLS PENETRATED. 11. RACEWAY INSTALLATION: A. CONDUITS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AND SECURED TO ALL BOXES IN SUCH A MANNER THAT EACH CONDUIT SYSTEM SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS FROM THE POINT OF SERVICE TO ALL OUTLET BOXES. RUN CONDUITS CONCEALED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. IN REMODELED AREAS WHERE IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO INSTALL CONCEALED CONDUIT, PERMISSION MUST BE OBTAINED FROM THE ARCHITECT TO RUN SURFACE WIREMOLD OR CONDUIT. THE ROUTING AND ELEVATION OF SUCH SURFACE MOUNTED RACEWAYS MUST BE COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECT BEFORE INSTALLATION. EXPOSED RACEWAYS SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES. C. INDIVIDUAL BRANCH CIRCUITS ARE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS FOR CLARITY. LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS MAY BE GROUPED FOR HOMERUNS, WITH A MAXIMUM OF (2) OR (3) CIRCUITS PER HOMERUN, DEPENDING ON THE SYSTEM. NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS IN RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS SERVING DATA EQUIPMENT LOADS SHALL NOT BE SHARED. D. WIRING FROM LEGALLY REQUIRED EMERGENCY AND STANDBY POWER GENERATION SOURCES SHALL BE KEPT INDEPENDENT OF EACH OTHER AND INDEPENDENT OF ALL OTHER BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING, AND SHALL NOT ENTER THE SAME RACEWAY, CABLE, BOX, OR CABINET WITH OTHER WIRING, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY ALLOWED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. 11. WIRE AND CABLE INSTALLATION: A. PULL WIRE AND CABLES INTO CONDUIT USING IDEAL INDUSTRIES "YELLOW 190 ", OR EQUIVALENT. B. COLOR CODE WIRE AND CABLE FOR CIRCUITS AS CALLED FOR IN THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. COLOR CODING OF FEEDERS SHALL BE BY MEANS OF COLORED TAPE AT TERMINALS. 12. WIRING DEVICE INSTALLATION: A. ADJACENT DEVICES SHALL BE MOUNTED IN GANGED BOXES WITH COMMON COVER PLATES. B. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECT BEFORE ROUGH -IN. REFER TO DETAILS AND INTERIOR WALL ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. C. OUTLETS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED BACK TO BACK. D. ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH THE GROUND OPENING ABOVE THE PHASE AND NEUTRAL OPENINGS. E. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE SECURED WITH MORE THAN A SINGLE SCREW. 13. ALL HARDWARE, SUPPORTS, HANGERS, BRACKETS, ANGLE IRON, CHANNELS, RODS AND CLAMPS NECESSARY TO INSTALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED TO SUIT THE FIELD CONDITIONS AND THE APPLICATIONS INTENDED AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. THE USE OF PERFORATED STRAPS IS NOT PERM TTED. NO J CHMENTS AND .. " "*. ►•u .=► ►•• • • I LA SUPPORTS SHALL BE FASTENED TO BAR JOISTS . OR BEAMS ONLY. 14. ALL EQUIPMENT MOUNTED ON EQUIPMENT ROOM WALLS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO 3/4" PLYWOOD BOARDS, PAINTED WITH FIRE RESISTANT PAINT. 15. DISCONNECT SWITCHES MOUNTED ON OR ADJACENT TO MECHANICAL AND BUILDING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LOCATED TO ALLOW THE PROPER WORKING CLEARANCE AS DEFINED IN ARTICLE 110 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. 16. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS IN HOLLOW SPACES, VERTICAL SHAFTS, AND VENTILATION OR AIR - HANDLING DUCTS SHALL BE MADE SO THAT THE POSSIBLE SPREAD OF FIRE OR PRODUCTS OF COMBUSTION WILL NOT BE SUBSTANTIALLY INCREASED. OPENINGS AROUND ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE - RESISTANT -RATED WALLS, PARTITIONS, FLOORS, OR CEILINGS SHALL BE FIRESTOPPED USING APPROVED METHODS TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE RESISTANCE RATING. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 24 -IN. HORIZONTAL SEPARATION BETWEEN BOXES INSTALLED ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF WALLS. SECTION 16400 - SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 1. GROUND ALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM CONDUITS, MOTORS, PANELS AND OTHER EXPOSED NON- CURRENT CARRYING METAL PARTS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL PROVISIONS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, STATE BUILDING CODE AND LOCAL OR REGIONAL CODES. 2. GROUNDING OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SHALL BE BY MEANS OF AN INSULATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR INSTALLED WITH FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS IN ALL CONDUITS. GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH N.E.C. ARTICLE 250. 3. SYSTEM NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE GROUNDED AT THE SOURCE. NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR EQUIPMENT GROUNDING. 4. THE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS FEEDING ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES SHALL BE CONNECTED ONLY AT THE ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE GROUND TERMINALS, AND AT THE GROUND BUS OF THE SERVING PANEL. 5. FURNISH AND INSTALL BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBOARDS EQUIPPED WITH CIRCUIT BREAKERS, WITH FRAME AND TRIP RATINGS LISTED ON THE DRAWINGS. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE THERMAL - MAGNETIC, MOLDED CASE BOLT -ON TYPE. ALL CURRENT CARRYING PARTS OF THE BUS STRUCTURE SHALL BE TIN - PLATED ALUMINUM. EACH PANELBOARD SHALL CONTAIN A GROUNDING BUS. 6. EACH PANELBOARD SERVED DIRECTLY BY A TRANSFORMER SECONDARY SHALL HAVE A MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER OR OTHER MAIN OVERCURRENT PROTECTION, SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE 240 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. 7. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE D, SIEMENS /ITE, GENERAL ELECTRIC OR CUTLER HAMMER /WESTINGHOUSE. 8. PANELS SHALL BE MOUNTED SO THAT TOP OF THE CABINET IS AT 6' -0" ABOVE FLOOR. A GLAZED DIRECTORY FRAME SHALL BE PROVIDED INSIDE EACH PANEL DOOR AND SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT SIZE TO GIVE A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF EACH CIRCUIT. TYPED DIRECTORY CARDS SHALL BE PROVIDED LISTING EACH CIRCUIT SERVED. 9. THE BRANCH CIRCUIT NUMBERS USED ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE APPLIED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION. HOWEVER, AT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK, CIRCUIT NUMBER ADJUSTMENTS SHALL BE MADE AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE BALANCED PHASE LOADING ON EACH PANELBOARD. 10. FLUSH MOUNTED PANELBOARDS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A MINIMUM OF THREE EMPTY 3/4" CONDUITS STUBBED UP TO THE NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE FOR CONVENIENT FUTURE EXPANSION. 11. TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE 115 DEGREES C. TEMPERATURE RISE ABOVE A 40 DEGREES C. AMBIENT. ALL INSULATING MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA ST20 STANDARD FOR A 185 DEGREES C. UL COMPONENT RECOGNIZED INSULATION SYSTEM. SOUND LEVELS SHALL NOT EXCEED NEMA STANDARDS. TRANSFORMER SHALL HAVE (4) 2 -1/2% FULL CAPACITY PRIMARY TAPS. 12. TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE D, SIEMENS /ITE, GENERAL ELECTRIC, OR CUTLER HAMMER /WESTINGHOUSE. 13. PROVIDE A 6" CONCRETE PAD FOR FLOOR MOUNTING OF EACH TRANSFORMER RATED 75 KVA AND ABOVE, AND FOR SMALLER TRANSFORMERS IF INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING 1. RECESSED INCANDESCENT FIXTURES SHALL HAVE THERMAL CUTOUT PROTECTION PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. 2. RECESSED FIXTURES SHALL BE PROVIDED TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE CEILING TYPES INSTALLED. VERIFY ALL CEILING TYPES WITH THE DIVISION 1 CONTRACTOR, OR WITH THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCUREMENT OF FIXTURES. 3. FLUORESCENT ELECTRONIC BALLASTS SHALL BE ONE, TWO, THREE OR FOUR LAMP TYPE TO ACCOMMODATE THE FIXTURES AND SWITCHING SPECIFIED, AND SHALL BE U.L. LISTED, CLASS "P ". FLUORESCENT ELECTRONIC BALLASTS SHALL BE ADVANCE "CENTIUM" INSTANT START SERIES FOR TB LAMPS OR EQUAL BY VALMONT, MOTOROLA, OR MAGNETEK/TRIAD. BALLASTS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM POWER FACTOR OF 90 %, A MINIMUM BALLAST FACTOR OF 85 %, A MAXIMUM CREST FACTOR OF 1.7, AND A MAXIMUM TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION OF 10%. 4. FLUORESCENT COMPACT FLUORESCENT LAMP BALLASTS SHALL BE ENCAPSULATED TYPE - HIGH POWER FACTOR AND POWER FACTOR CORRECTED OR ELECTRONIC AS DESCRIBED IN THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON THE DRAWINGS. BALLASTS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE FIXTURE MANUFACTURER. 5. HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE BALLASTS SHALL BE CONSTANT WATTAGE, HIGH POWER FACTOR TYPE, WITH LOW NOISE. 6. INCANDESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE 130 VOLT RATED. A -LAMPS SHALL BE FROSTED. PROVIDE INCANDESCENT LAMPS AS RECOMMENDED BY THE FIXTURE MANUFACTURER. 7. FLUORESCENT LINEAR AND U -LAMPS SHALL BE T -8, 3500 DEG K. 8. COMPACT FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE 3500 DEG K. 9. HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM LAMPS SHALL BE CLEAR OR COATED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE FIXTURE MANUFACTURER. 10. METAL HALIDE LAMPS SHALL BE CLEAR OR COATED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE FIXTURE MANUFACTURER, AND SHALL BE 3700K UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE. A. FOR OPEN RELECTOR HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE FIXTURES, PROVIDE LAMPS LISTED FOR THE APPLICATION AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 11. ALL LAMPS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY GENERAL ELECTRIC, SYLVANIA, WESTINGHOUSE /PHILLIPS, OR VENTURE. PROVIDE CLEAR, LEXAN LAMP SLEEVES WITH END CAPS FOR EXPOSED FLUORESCENT LINEAR LAMPS. PROVIDE SPARE LAMPS AMOUNTING TO 10% (MINIMUM OF 3) OF EACH TYPE AND SIZE OF EACH LAMP USED ON THE PROJECT. 12. RECESSED AND SURFACE MOUNTED FIXTURES MOUNTED IN, OR ON CEILINGS OTHER THAN ACCESSIBLE LAY -IN CEILING SYSTEMS, SHALL BE SECURELY SUPPORTED IN A MANNER APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. MOUNTING SHALL ALSO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE ARTICLE 410, AND AS RECOMMENDED BY THE FIXTURE MANUFACTURER. 13. RECESSED FIXTURES IN ACCESSIBLE LAY -IN CEILING SYSTEMS SHALL BE SUPPORTED AS FOLLOWS: 6. 7. A. THE GRID SYSTEM TEES SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT EACH CORNER OF EACH FIXTURE WITH A SUSPENDED CEILING SUPPORT WIRE UP TO A BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBER, OR UP TO THE STRUCTURAL DECK. B. EACH FIXTURE SHALL ALSO BE SECURELY FASTENED TO THE GRID SYSTEM TEES BY MECHANICAL MEANS, SUCH AS BOLTS, SCREWS, RIVETS OR BY CLIPS IDENTIFIED FOR USE WITH THE TYPE CEILING FRAMING MEMBER INSTALLED. 14. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES (INCLUDING "NORMALLY -OFF" EMERGENCY FIXTURES) THAT ARE CAPABLE OF BEING AIMED SHALL BE AIMED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR THE OPTIMUM COVERAGE OF THEIR TASK, TO THE SATISFACTION OF, AND UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE ARCHITECT. SECTION 16700 - COMMUNICATIONS 1. COMBINATION TELEPHONE /DATA OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE 4 INCHES SQUARE WITH SINGLE GANG PLASTER RINGS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. TELEPHONE -ONLY, DATA -ONLY, FAX AND PAY TELEPHONE OUTLETS SHALL BE SIMILAR. 3. BLANK COVERPLATES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL UNUSED OUTLETS. 4. ALL CONDUITS REQUIRED FOR COMBINATION TELEPHONE /DATA OUTLETS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED COMPLETE WITH PULL WIRES. 5. PROVIDE CONDUIT FROM EACH OUTLET UP TO THE NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CORRIDOR CEILING SPACE AND PROVIDE A PLASTIC GROMMET AT EACH STUB. PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM DEVICES AS SHOWN AND SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS. INCLUDE SUFFICIENT WIRING, CONDUIT TERMINATIONS, ELECTRICAL BOXES, AND ALL OTHER NECESSARY MATERIAL AS RECOMMENDED BY THE SYSTEM SUPPLIERS. ENERGY STAR ALL ELECTRICAL POWER DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE THE "ENERGY STAR" CERTIFICATION LABEL. PS 4 P AI R OA R F4U �C 4;Lj zR & ASSOCIATES > Retail Design & Development 345 SPRINGSIDE DRIVE TEL 330 / 666 -6767 AKRON, OHIO 44333 -2434 FAX 330 / 666 -8334 STORE #753 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE #1010 466 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONSULTANT: DRAWN BY: STADELMAN ISSUE / DATE: ISSUE 1 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01 -30 -2008 REVISION : 02 -13 -08 -PER LANDLORD COMMENTS 12uLI SHEET TITLE : ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NO. : E600 -AKS